Skip to main content

Full text of "The London cabinet-makers' union book of prices"

See other formats


1 

I 



1 


t "1 


^^^7^^ 


l,^;.i 


IHH 


jp^l 


,■ 


B^''« 








_n 



«seoMccgcK«QOEl 



t;. 



.^e 4 



Robert E. Gross 
Collection 

A Memorial to the Founder 
of the 

Business Administration Lihrary 
Los Angeles 



The Business Administration Library has acquired the rare first 
edition of The London Cabinet-Makers' Union Book of Prices (London: 
Printed by Ballantine & 3y>/orth ... For the Committee: and sold by 
Potts and Collison, ..., l5ll) for the Robert E. Gross Collection of 
Rare Books in the History of Business £ind Economics. 

Prepared by a Committee of Masters emd Journeymen, this book of 
prices fixes the prices v/hich may be charged for all kinds of cabinet 
work. The great value of the work is its relevance to the study of 
wao;es and prices of the period, as well as to tlie history of furniture 
design, for it contains long and detailed specifications for all types 
of cabinet furniture. In addition, it is of interest as a document 
fixing prices through collective bargaining, since both masters and 
journeymen sat on the committee responsible for the work. 

Books like this were meant for daily use in the workshop and 
have therefore rarely survived. It was reprinted with few alterations 
in iSS'f and again in l536, but the British Museum records only the 
latter editions. The present copy bears amply evidence of its daily 
use in a workshop; the corners of the last leaves are purple stained, 
perhaps resultine; from an accident with some liquid used in the 
cabinet-msLkers' workshop. 

Richard L. King 



nit 



LONDON 
BOOK OF PRICES. 



\ 



CtM 



-^ 



(/ 




.11 f. 



.^.>n-^n.A 




thk 



L O N B O N 

CABINET-MAKERS- 
UNION 

BOOK OF PRlCESo 



BY A COMMinEE 

OF MASTERS AND JOURNEVMEX 



Printed by DaUintme 4 Bi/uorth, Dukestrcet, AdclpSi : 
FOR THE COMMITTEE: 

AND SOLD BY POTTS AND COLLINSON", CHEN lES-STREET, BEDFORD-r 
SQUARE; BAKER AND LVAL, WIIETSTONE-PA K K, LINCOLNS-INN- 
fields; R.GOODMAN, SUN-STItEET, FINSBU RY-SQU ARE ; N ICOI.S 
AND CO. WELI.S-STUEET, OXFORD-STREET; AT THE K INC's ARMS, 
COMPTON-STREET, SOHO ; AND AT THE PORTLAND ARMS, LONO- 
LANE, SMITHFIELD. 

1811. 



!•,•; 



PREFACE. 



:.>ijjJ.Uj :ji' 

ji-T, length the CoMmittek are. enabled to lay before the 'ruADi: 
the result of their labours, and they trust it will be found of general 
utility. It has been their study, as much as possible, to dissect and 
•e(juallise eaph piece" of • work, thereby to prevent those litigations 
which have too', fequently existed in the trade, by taking work 
from wrong starts; it being now rendered of little consequence what 
•thefworkis called, or what its purposes are: at the same time, they 
bave, in most instances, precisely named Avhat the work shall be 
lita.vted from, according to its measure. 

• t^-arious disputes have existed in the trade on the mode of de- 
ducting for Backs or Doors of Libraries, or adding for additional 
Doors: to do away that difficulty, they are now started without 
Door's, and the price of the extra size of Carcase regulated accord- 
ingly. The price of Doors may be readily added from the'l'able ; and 
a clear deduction for Backs will also be found in a Table. 

Many disputes have also arisen in the trade respecting the num- 
ber of members in Cornices, or other Mouldings ; and as they are in 
the present day so difterent from what they were formerly, the Com- 
mittee Ibund it impossible to regulate them otherwise than by start- 
ing all work without Mouldings (except in 'a few instances named 
./hiiiid in 



PREFACE. 



ill the Preambles), and forming a Table and Plate of Mouldings, in 
which almost every one extant, or by comparison, may be found, and 
the workman paid for all his labour, and nothing more. 

The Committee are aware this mode will be attended with trouble, 
at first, in making out accounts; but a little practice will soon re- 
medy it ; and the justness of the mode be found more than commen- 
surate to the trouble, not only in this case, but in many others, 
Avliere there are references to Tables. 

But it is not the intention of the Committee here to enumerate the 
different alterations from the old system — they will be best seen by a 
careful perusal of the work, in the compilation of which they have used 
their best endeavours; notwithstanding which, no doubt errors will be 
found, and perhaps some indifferent language : — the last has been of 
minor importance with the Committee, provided the sense might not 
be misconstrued. They therefore hope for that candour which the na- 
ture of such a complicated work merits. Taking into consideration 
the jarring interests of the parties concerned, and the different 
suspensions of the work, from imperative causes, the difficulties that 
have arisen are inconceivable to any but those who have experienced 
them. 

Such as it is, we now lay it before the Trade; and should it 
prevent those differences which have so frequently occurred, the 
Committee will not think their labour misapplied. They have, in 
every instance, done justice to the workman, and, they hope, the 
master's interest has not been neglected. Where prices in the Cabinet 

branch 



branch are by this work estabUshed, it is proper to mention, they 
are by the Coniiuittee considered as being allowed for work of 
the best quality. 

Hoping that " The London Cah'met-makers Union Book of Prices " 
■will prove a spur to industry, and for the general benefit of master 
and journeyman, 

We remain 

Your obedient servants, 

THE COMMITTEE. 

London, March 1, 181 1. 



^ 



GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 



All drawer work that starts with common brackets considered block'd on 

and finish'd, in the same Avay as mentioned in the Dressing Chest. 
Taper stump feet, of every description, also to be taken from the Dressikc 

Chest. 
Partition edges in drawer work are considered faced with mahogany in the 
start price. 

N'.B. — The inside of bookcases, and other carcases, start coloured and 
polish'd witli soft wax. 

All deal tops and bottoms of carcases considered faced with mahogany; 

when not faced, no deduction to take place. 
The bottoms of carcases, straight or swcep'd, where doors arc introduced, 

considered rabbeted in their respective starts, unless otherwise mentioned^ 
Wlicn rails, half the width of a deal each, arc dovetail'd at the front and back 

of carcase work, and the tup scrcw'd on ditto, no extja charge to be 

made. 
Each extra rail, three feet long, 4d, 
Every six inches longer, extra ]d. 
Outside drawers, cither in carcase or tabic work, to start with Jocks and 

handles, except otherwise mentioned in the preamble. 
.Sham drawers, where they occur in the start, are considered to have handles 

and an escutcheon, the same as the drawers in the same job. 
All outsides of backs, tops or bottoms of carcase work, the insides of table 

rails, &c. to start coloured. 
If no back to a carcase, deduct as per Table No. 18. 

b 



GENERAL OBSERVATION'S. 

Colouring and polishing drawer bottoms, per foot superficial id. 

Ditto drawer fronts — See pages 347 and 351. 

The inside of funiiturc and seci'etar}' drawers ahtl ehds of bookcases are 

considered polislfd \\'ith turpentine and wax; and if not polish-Vl, no de- 
duction to take place. 
When backs of bookcases are made of mahogany, the polishing to be paid 

for per foot superficial Id. 
"When the edges of shelves for bookcases, ^c. are. not feint-rounded, or a 

quirk bead on each edge, as in start, no deduction to take place. 
If extra members are introduced on the edges of shelves, deduct for feint- 
rounding, and add as per Tables No. 16 and 17. 
No joints in bookcase shelves, bottoms, or backs of carcases, to be paid for, 

except when the stuff is broke down, or does not average eight inches 

A\ide. 
■All carcase work to measure on the carcase, and table work on the top. 
Libraries, wardrobes, &c. to measure on the bottom carcase. 
^Vhen cornice frames are rabbeted, and the ends of carcases to receive ditto, 

each side of cornice frame or end of carcase \hd. 
^Vhen an inclos'd pier-table or a pedestal is framed into legs, instead of 

being put together as a carcase, add for four legs extra, when the job 

starts with stump feet put in with a pin, 5s. 
Ditto, extra from the stump feet put in w ith tenons, 4s. 
Sofa-table, Pembroke-table, sofa-writing-table, or chamber-table tops, made 

of inch stuff, to be extra per superficial foot Id. 
All rails of tables above and below drawers are considered faced Viith 

mahogany in the start. 
No extra to be charged on a single job, except mentioned in the respective 

extras. 
All swcep'd table rails to be paid for cutting out and gluing up as per Table, 

except othcrw ise mentioned in the preamble. 
All straight cltmps considered ploiigh'd and tongued on, except otherwise 

mentioiied in preamble. 



GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 

When drawers or doors are introduced against projecting legs or breaks, for 

extra price of ditto — See Straight-front Pier Table, />an-e Ij'j. 
All work is settled ■without any mouldings in the start, except otherwise 

mentioned in the prcumhlc. 
M'hen marble tops are introduced on any work, deduct for mahogany top 

from plain slab in Dining Tables, page 208. 
Polishing the underside of pillar-and-claw tables, and the flaps of dinin<>- 

tables, is included in the price given for the tops. 
The front of the cistern in cylinder-fall wash-hand table is considered 

veneer'd in the start. 
For triangular block to loo table, — See Woric-stand, No. 1. 
Sawing legs out of stuff under IJ inch thick not to be paid for. 
When a secretary drawer is introduced into any piece of work, deduct the 

price of the drawer taken out for its reception, then add the price of the 

Secretary Drawer, page 5S. 
When a band or string is routed in on tops, to be measured on the edge of 

table. 
Fixed hanging stiles to be considered as pilasters. 
Loose scribing pieces to be paid by time. 
A\'hen tlie fronts of claws are veneer'd, the veneer is considered not to be 

mitred. 
Moulds and cauls for general use to be provided for the workman, or paid for 

by time. 
Filling up holes and reducing or lining up slabs to be paid for by time. 



V The Co.mmittee recommend that the workman, in making out his 
accounts, will put the page to the various items at tlie end of the line in his 
bill.— Doing which will be no inconvenience to the journeyman, and it will 
save a considerable time to the pnrty that examines the account. 



GENERAL INDEX. 



B 



Page 



Bedstead, table 


• • 


42 


Bedstead, bureau . 


• • 


44 


Bedstead, press 


• • 


4(i 


Bedstead, library-press, \vi 


th breaks 


49 


Bureau .... 


. 


66 


Bookcase 


• 


67 


Bookcase, library, straiglit-i rout . 


70 


Bookcase, library, with breaks 


73 


Bason-stand 


• 


241 


Bason-stand, corner 


• 


243 


Bason-stand, square, inclosed 


245 


Bidet .... 




260 


Bidet, box-top 




261 


Bidet, portable 




262 


Bottle-tray, No. 1 




283 


Bottle-tray, square, No. 2 




284 


Bottle-carrier, hexagon 




. 285 


Butler's-tray 




. 287 


Book shelves, hanging 




. 293 


Book shelves, open 




. 294 


Bed-steps 


310, 31 


1, SIC 


Bed table . 


. 


. 314 



Carcase, open 

Case for the inside of a carcase 



25 
89 



Clothes-press, low 

Clothes-press 

Clothes-press, round-front 

Clothes-press, wing 

Cabinet, straight-front . 

Chamber table 

Card table, square 

Card table, square, on pillar and claw 

Card table, circular 

Card table with round corners 

Card table with round corners, 

on pillar and claws . 
Card table with canted corners 
Card table with canted corners, on 

pillar and claws 
Card table, quarter-round corners 
Card table, quarter-round corners, 

on pillar and claws . 
Card table, ovalo corners 
Card table, ovalo corner!, on pillar 

and claws . 
Cfllarel, square. No. 1 
Cellaret, No. 2 
Cellaret, taper. No. 3 
Cellaret, No. 4 
Cellaret,, No. 5 
Clothes-horse, No. 1 
Clothes-horse, folding, No. 2 



Page 

23 

35 

37 

39 

77 

79 

139 

s 141 

142 

144 

145 
146 

147 
147 

148 
MS 

loO 
275 
277 
278 
346 
327 
300 
301 



GENERAL INDEX. 



Canterbury 



Page 

31j 



D 



Dressing or lobby cliest 

Dressing or lobby chest, round-front 

Dicssing-cliest, knee-hole 

Double-cliest 

Double-chest, round-front 

Dining table, square 

Dining table, ii;ilf-round 

Dining tiibio, pillar and claw 

Dining table, horse-shoe , 

Dressing table, lady's, No. 1 

Dressing table, lady's, No. 2 

Dressing tnble, No. 3 

Desk, cylinder-fall 

Desk, tambour 

Desk table. No. 1 . 

Desk table, No. Q 

Desk, counting-house, No. 1 

Desk, counting-house, double 

Dumb-waiter 

Deductions for deal and wainscot 



1 

18 

24 

30 

31 

G02 

205 

208 

214 

229 

231 

234 

102 

107 

205 
266 
267 
271 
30!) 
330 



Furniture drawer . ... 50 

Flaps 206 

Frame for piilar-and-claw dining table 210 
Fire-screen, horse . , .301 

Fire-screen, sliding . , . 302 
Fire-screen, folding . . , 303 
Fire-»crcen, triangular bottom . SOG 

K 

Knife-tray, square . . 286 

Kuife-case, vase, No. 1 . . 32 1 



Knife-case, vase. No. 2 
Kuife-case, vase, No. 3 
Kuife-case, vase, No. 4 
Knife-case, tapered 



323 



Loo table . . . . .214 
Library, moving, or book-stand, No. 1 2y6 
Library, moving. No. 2 . . 2i,(8 

Music or reading stand (as in plate) 263 
Music or book stand . . . 31(5 

N 

Night table. No. 1 . . . 255 
Night table, No. 2 . . . 2J7 
Night table, sliding-front, No. 3 . CJ8 

P 

Pembroke table . . . ,114 
Pembroke table on pi!l;y and claws 128 
Pembroke table, iinivirsal ur i,.\i\- 

ing-flai> . . . , . 12y 

Pembroke table, poi-cupboar J . 13 1 
Pier table, straight-front . .151 

Pier table, round-front, straight 

ends 1.-36 

Pier tables, quarter-round ends (as 

in plate marked A ar ^) , .158 
Pier table, inclosed, straiglit-froni l6l 
Pier table, inclosed, with interualor 

external break . . . .16.3 
Pier tabk, inclosed, with rounri-lront 167 
Pier table, inclosed, with ovalo enus, 

and straight middle . . . I6S 



GENERAL INDEX. 



Pedestal 

Pedestal with tapered ends 
Pillar-and-claw table 
Pot-cupboard 
Pot-cupboard, corner, circula: 
Pole-screen stand. No. 1 
Pole-screen stand, No. 2 
Pole fire-screen mounts 
Poundage for hard woods 



Page 

. igi 

. 201 

. 217 

. 230 

•front 264 

. 305 

. 305 

. 306 

. S29 



Secretary drawer . . 

Secretary .... 
Secretar3', round-front . 
Sofa table .... 
Sii'eboard table, straight-front 
Sideboard table, round-front 
Sideboard table with ovalo or hoi 

low corners 
Sideboard cellaret, straight-front 
Sideboard cellaret, round-front 
Sideboard cellaret, ovalo or hollow 

corners .... 
Sideboard pedestal, straight-front 
Shaving-sland, No. 1 
Sandwich-tray, square . 

Sandwicli-tray, oval 
Screen drcbsing-glass . . 



58 

62 

64 

133 

172 

178 

179 
181 
185 

187 
189 
237 
290 
291 
299 



Tops forcylinder or tambour tables^ 117 
Table legs, and regulations for ihe 
si/e of ditto . . . . J71 



Tray-stand . . . . 
Tea-tray, oval 

Trio tables .... 
Tripod-stand for fire-screen . 
Tripod flower or candle stand 



Vase 



W 



Page 

283 
292 
318 
325 

, 325 



320 



Writing table, No. 1 . . .85 
Writing table, library, No. 2 . 87 

Writing table, library, knee-hole . 91 
Writing table, library, circular . 94 
Writing table, cylinder-fall . . 99 
Writing table, tambour, No. 1 . 103 
Writing tabic, tambour, No. 2 . 106 
Writing table, as in plate . . 109 
Writing table, lady's screen . .110 
Writing table, sofa . . .112 
Writing table with round corners 

at the back .... 
\"\'riting table, gentleman's, as in 

plate 4 .... . 
Work-stand, lady's. No. 1 
Work-stand, lady's. No. 2 . 
Work table, square 
Work tabic, caiitcd-corner . 
U'ork table, round-corner 
Wash-liand tab!c,cylinder-fall, No/l 248 
Wash-hand table, cylinder-fall. No. 2 249 
\Viudo\v blind .... SOS 



:•./ 



115 

123 

217 
220 
223 
225 
228 



y 



INDEX TO THE TABLES. 



Taf>k 
No. 1 Sawing out and jointing straight work and cooper's joints . 

2 Lining tops, bottoms, ends, Sic. .......> 

S Drawers anJ partitions, veneering ditto,&c. in straight work 

4 Ditto - ditto . - - in sweep work . 

5 Ditto - ditto, in eliptic or circuhir work, under two feet diainetci- 

(SaTccarjing and wedgitig drazeer front in,' the references to this table.) 

6 Veneering on straight or flat work .... 

7 Jointing veneers, butt-joints, &c. on straight or sweep w6rk 

8 Veneering table rails on straight or sweep work - 

9 Veneering friezes or table edges, and mouldings on tal)le frames. (See 

references to this totile.) 

10 Veneering halt or three-qnarier circles, round columns, tops, bases, 8cc. 

1 1 Doors, straight or circular ...... 

12 Veneering door-frames, pannels, or solid doors, and putting pannels with 
beads behind ........ 

13 Cutting out and glueing on mouldings 

14 I'reparing and glueing on stuff" for cornices 

15 Working mouldings on ditto ..... 

16 Winking mouldings 3-8ihs wide, or under . 

17 l>iiio from 3-8ihs to o-8ths of an inch wide 

17 (Continued.) Ditto from 5-8ths to7-8ths of an inch wide 

18 Framed backs, and deduction for backs 

19 Framing '.op» or slider^ to receive Haps 

20 Framing tops or sliders with Hush pannels 

21 Lip[)ing and lining wiiTh cloth or leather 

22 Sawio'^out straight legs, ccUnnns, &.c. and 'tapering ditto 

23 Sawing out sweep legs, and shaping ditto 



Page 

312 

.■]n 

350 
354 

3j8 

3t)4 

3GS 

372 
S7* 

I 380 

382 
3S5 
S.^8 
390 
.S92 

sys 

393 
397 
399 
402 
404 
406 



INDEX TO THE TABLES. 

Page 

44 Feint-rounding, moulding, and sinking pannels in legs, &c. . . . 408 

25 Therming straight legs ... 410 

26 Bantling and stringing ......... 414 

27 Sawing out, sluiping, and fixing daws 418 

27 (Continued.) Feint-rounding top edges of claws and chamfering . . 419 

28 Veneering and panneling claws 422 

29 Shamming drawer fronts 426 

30 Clamping 428 

SI Filling up the insides of door-frames for glazing 429 

32 Panneling with band or strings, friezes, pilasters, legs, stump feet, 8cc. 432 

33 Brass work, fixing on ditto . . 436 

34 Claws, moulding and sinking pannels in ditto 440 

35 Making, veneering, and panneling tripod standards .... 444 

36 Moulding tripod standards 448 

37 Ovals or circles formed by strings or band grooved in • . . . 452 

3S V'eJieering and panneling table legs . 454 

;i9 Panneling v.itll mouldings ......... 456 

40 I'illins: u[) the corners of door-frames, «s mp/ft/e, No. 1. . . . 460 

41 Foniiing sunk pannels, with quarter or veneer 462 

42 I'orming veneering, and quartering up to ovals, circles, or diamonds . 468 

43 Filling up door-frames, to form oval or circular pannels or tops . . 472 

44 P.eoding or fluting turned legs or columns, 3-Stl)s of an inch wide 1 

or under ........... j 



■;>^ 



Extras and Deductions omitted. 

£. 5. d. 
Table, No. 26, a line routed in from tlie edge on straight 

work, per foot run - t) 0? 

Each extra string, per foot run Oi 

A stretcher (a& Plate 3, Jig. 12), not exceeding three inches 

hollow 2 

The hollow stretcher in page 135 considered to be lapp'd 

together in the centre. Sec. as described in Plate 5, fig- 11- 
A pair of folding window-blinds, each extra inch in height 

of ditto • 

Ditto, each extra inch in length when two or more frames 

Each dowel in a claw 

Shannning partitions with cockbeads on sweep-drawers 

above two feet diameter, to be extra on References to 

Table ]S'° 3, on the shilling 

Ditto with strings 

Ditto witl) cockbeads on drawers two feet diameter or 

under ■ 

Ditto with strings 

Lion-paw castors to be extra each set 

When the square on the tops of claws, N° 1, 3, 4, 7> 8, 

10, are veneered, to be extra each 0? 






1 





of 





1 





3 





u 





6 





3 





2 



c 



ERRATA. 



Tjioe SO, line 31, each Inch above two feet wide .' ^7.. •• •• •• ....".T. • 6il. 

4S, line 20, for swept, read swcep'd ; and in all other place$ where the word iwept •ccuu. 

63, lino '27, for each inch, read each extra inch. 

59, line 1 1 , after the word worR, read from back to front. 

69, line 7, for plate 2, read plate 8. 

90, line 12, 



2, 1 

i- for 19 or 20, read tl. 
lll.hne 20, 3 •' 



1 14, line 13, for plate 32, read plate 3. 
1S3, line 16, for No. read page 115. 
1 J6, line 23, /or Table 34, read 35. 

137, line 10 & 11, For moulding the top edge of claws — SeeTxBli, No. 34. 

138, line 22, for each sciiiare or turned pillar, read each extra square, &c. 
151, line 3, for black, read back. 

160, line 2, read each corner extra. 

172, line 21, /or eleven and half, read inch and half. 

176, line 23, /or tail, ren'i rail. 

198, line i,for See Tabic of Ditto, read See Tambour-door to Incloicd Bason-stand, page 84T. 

502, line 19, for nine shillings, read nincpcncc. 

903, line 12, read Pembroke-table comers. 

504, line 23,_/(ir Iwopcucc, read oue shilling and lwoi>ence. 

S12, line 92, for or, read of. 

517, Hue 8 & 9, read if this table- top is venect'd, to stari from Loo-table or Lady't Work-stand. 

521, For rounding corners of top — Soe page 218. 

324, line 17, for sixpence halfpenny, read ninepence. 

527, line 12,yur Secretary-drawer, read Furniture-drawer, page SO. 

532, line 8, read Ditto, when the edge is rounded. 

538, line 17, for ditto, read glass-frame. 

239, line ia,for vale, rtuiJ rail. 

272, line 14, /)r sash ovalo, read ovulo. 

579, line 13, the tiord each to be left out. 

308, line 20, /or twopence, read two shillings. 

313, line 22, (liis line an error. 

316, line 1, to be charged stvenpence, and omit the second line. 

339, line '2, for four feet extra, read four feet in cooper'sjoints extra. 

339, line 4, for each joint, rend each square joint. 

347, line 4, for bead, read string. 

419, table 27, /or feint-ronnding or chamfering claws, read feiut-rouuding claw.. 

424, line 10, for No. 37, rea-J No. 32. 



[OBntercn at ^tationerg^tjall.] 



THE 

LONDON 

CABINET-MAKERS'' 

Pinion 

BOOK OF PRICES. 



A DRESSING or LQEBY CHEST. 



£. s. cL 



Ali. solid. — Three feet Ion i^, two feet eiffht inches high, 
the ends one foot seven inches wide, plain back, four 
long drawers in ditto, cock or flush beaded, or to shew 
a corner string b_y bhu-k or while holly rabbeted round 
as a bead ; the top to project half or three (Quarters 
of an inch, tie edge of ditto square : on common 
brackets block'd on the bottom of the carcase ; the- 
ends, bottom, and pariition edges faced with mahogany, 
with straight slips un<ler the partitions to (ill the groove 18 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 
Each inch more in length above three feet, to three feet 

six inches, extra 5 

Ditto above three feet six inches 7 

B Each 



.2 

£. s. cL 
Each inch more in height above two feet eight inches, 

when the carcase is three feet ^ix inches long, or 

inidcr, extra • • - - • • 3 

Ditto above three feet six inches, to four feet '3h 

Ditto alxjve four feet • o 4 

Each inch more in width of ends up to two feet^ or less 

down to one foot two inches, add or deduct 3 

AVlicn a chest of drawers is four feet long, each extra 

inch in width of ends above two feet s* 6 

Each inch under three feet Ions;, down to two feet six 

inches, deduct 3 

Ditto under two ieet six inches, down to two feet li 

Ditto under two feet eight inches high, down to two teet 

four inches, deduct • • • S 

Ditto under two feet four inches, down to two feet • • • • 2 
Each inch in depth of drawers above the average of 

seven inches to each drawer, extra 2 

A front edge under the top, faced with mahogany, fitted 

in between the ends with shps to guide the drawer • • 4 
A slider square ch'mp'd, lined up in front, and faced with 

mahogany ; solid, or lipp'd for cloth ; cock beaded, &c. 

as in start 2 

Every three inches in length of ditto abcne three feet, 

extra 2 

Mitre-clamping ditto, each mitre extra 6 

Framing ditto, with a Hush panncl, extra from square 

clamping 8 

Each extra pannel 8 

Framing ditto, with bead and butt, each pannel extra 2 

AVorking 



3 

£. s. d. 
\\o\\C\u% a quirk bead on the framing when one panncl 7 

Ditto each extra panncl 5 

A lr<Mit edge, and slips under tlie slider 5i 

For paititions and draweis, more or loss, and veneering 

ditto— ^VeTACi.E, N°3. 
For veneering the top or ends — See Table, N° 6. 
For base or otlier mouldings — See 'I'AnLFS, N° It) and 17. 
INlaking the Carcase in two parts, \vhen three feet long 

or under, extra 3 

Ditto when above three feet, to three feet six inches long 3 2 
Ditto when ;'bove three feet six inches, to four feet long 3 6 
Ditto wlien above tour feet, to tour feet six inches long 4 
A tront and bvick rail, six inches deep or under; putting 

in a bottom, and hingeing the top; the start siije, and 

down ti) two feet six inches long 3 

Every three inches longer, or two inches wider, extra • • 22" 

Ditto under two feet six inches long, deduct 2 

A lock on ditto, the plate let in • • • 6 

Cleaning and [)olishing the inside with soft wax 8 

B ] An inner to|), fixed upon slips, and polished, the start 

size, and down to two feet long 1 2 

Every three inches longer, or one inch wider, extra • • • • 14- 

A ditto top, two feet long and under 10 

B ] A bead, one inch wide or under, round ditto, four mitres 

included, at. per toot run 1 

If Ciints or breaks, each extra mitre 0^ 

ISi.B. No deduction under six feet in leno-th of ditto. 
B ] AVhen tlie top is cut in tluce, ti»e end j)ieces made fast, 

and the middle ])iece hinged to the back rail, extra • • 1 6 

^Vhen 



v: 



4 

£. s. d. 

When part of the top is made fast to the back rail, or a 
piece fixed behind to hinge to, either when the top is 

in one or three pieces, extra- « • 8 

^Vhen the end pieces of the top are hinged to the back 
or ends of the carcase, each piece extra, from being 

made fast 6 

B ] "When part of the end pieces of the top are made fast 
to the ends of the carcase, ai>d the remainder hinged 

to ditto, extra 4 

B ] AVhen the middle and end pieces of the top are rabbeted 

to fold into one another, extra • 

Quirk-beading the joints, every tliree feet of bead • • • • 1 . 
For fitting up the inside — See Furnituhe Drawer, 

page 
Blocking common brackets with inch stuff, cross'd, extra 6 

When a plinth, deduct for conmion brackets 2 

A plinth four inches wide, a square edge to ditto, block'd 
on the bottom of the carcase ; or when the ends go 
down, and a piece put in front to receive ditto; at 

per foot run 2^ 

Each inch, more or less, in width of ditto Oi 

Each mitre in ditto 2i 

Ditto when a moulding is worked on the edge 2f 

SaAving out stuff and glueing on for a moulding — See 

Table, N° 1. 
Working a moulding on ditto — See Tables, N° 16 S^- 17- 
When the moulding is planted on after it is worked, 
for the price of ditto — See Taules, N° 16 and 17- 

Veneering the plinth long-way, at per foot run 2 

Veneering 



Veneering the ])]inth cross-wa^^ caeh j(jint extra 1 

A loose iVanie lor a plinth three leet long () 1 

Every six inehes longer, extra 2 

Eaeh rail aeross ditto, <lovetair(! or franrd in 4 

A loose frame of ineh and half deal, or under, to reecive 

braekets or stump feet I 4' 

Ditto of two-inch deal 1 8 

Every six inehes longer (than three feet), e^tra 2 

Each rail across ditto, framed in G 

Rabbeting the ends of carcases, to receive plinth frame, 

each end : 1 1 

Ditto the front ] 

Each long rail in a bracket or stump-feet frame, of wainscot 

or licach, extra Iv 

Each short ditto 1 

Solid French brackets, the wood to run eithei" up and 
down, or cross-way, block'd on the bottom of the car- 
case, extra from common brackets o 2 

When the wood runs up and down, and tennon'd on, 

extra 8 

If the back brackets are not sprung, deduct 8 

Solid PVench feet, the swag either rabbeted at the top 
edge to cover the bottom, or the bottom kept back, 
and the swag glued on its whole thickness, mitred in 
front, and scolTop'd front and ends, (as A or IJ, 
Vlate 1), extra from common brackets block'd on the 

bottom 2 

Veneering ditto, each side extra 2^ 

Veneering the front swag 4 

Veneering 



£. s. d. 

Veneering the end swags, each o 2 

If cross-way, each joint Ok 

Each mitre 1 

W'lien the t^ack feet are not sprung, deduct 5 

Scollopping French feet (as C, Plate l), extra 6 

Ditto (•u.'hc7i as T>, Plate 1), deduct 3 

Veneering French brackets, each side extra 2i 

Pitto common brackets • • 2 

N. B. When the ends of carcases are vencer'd the 

whole length, veneering French feet on the ends not 

to be paid for separately, but measured into the length 

of the veneer. 

Taper or turn'd stump feet, double or single tennon'd in, 

to be considered the same as conmion brackets. 
AVhen turn'd feet are put in with a pin, deduct each foot 3 

Ditto when a square is left by the turner • • I4 

Ditto when the squares are reduced under tlie turning, 
or, squares glued on the bottom of the carcase, 

each foot ••• Of 

Canting the corners of the square, each cant extra • • • • Oi 
AVhen French or common brackets are made portable, 
by blocking a piece of inch stuff to the brackets, with 
a [)in to guide the mitre, and screw'd on the bottom 

of the carcase, extra- •.•••.. 1 3 

\Mien stump feet arc dovetail'd or tennon'd into a piece 
of inch stuflf", and screw'd to the bottom, extra from start 10 

For therming, panneling, reeding, ike. See Tablf.s. 

Wlien lion's or other paws are introduced, deduct for 
brackets, then add for ditto according to time. 

Sinking 



1' 



. 7 

£. .v. >h 

Sinking in and fixing castors in paws, cacli o .V 

C ] Fixing grounds of inch stutf within tiie ends to receive 
j)ilasters, the partitions cut away to receive ditto, and 
the grounds notch'd in the inner edge to receive tlic 
ends of partitions : Or, the grounds cut in pieces, and 
fitted in between the partitions, and straight shps to 

guide the drawers : when four heights 1 10 

C ] Ditto of inch and half stuft' 2 1 

C] Ditto of two-inch stuff 2 4 

C ] Each heiglit of drawers, more or less, wiien the grounds 

are of inch stuff, add or deduct 5] 

C ] Ditto when of inch and half stutf 6{ 

C ] Ditto when of two-inch stuff 7 

C j AVhen the grounds are also notch'd in the back to receive 
the partitions, and let into the top and bottom, each 

lieio;ht of drawers extra 1 

C ] AVhcn the grounds are cut in pieces, and the ends of 
ditto are let into the partitions, either tlat or edge-way, 

each height of drawers extra i 

C, ] "Wlien ditto are dovetaii'd in, each piece extra 1 

A'. B. The grounds for pilasters to be made any 
width, in consideration of the drawers being shorter ; 
and when drawers are either added or deducted, 
to lie measured the full length between tiie outside 
ends. 
AVhcn partitions are put in from the back as ti pannel, 
plow'd into the front c(\ge and runners, to be the same 
price as if lin'd cross-way. 
C ] ^Vlion more than one drawer, in length, each upright 

partition 



£. s. d. 
partition, faced with maliogan v, dovetail'd or tennon'd 
in, to divide one height of drawers, witli shps to guide 

ditto • • • U 

N. B. When drawers are divided by upright parti- 
tions, deduct for long drawers their full length, then 
add for short ditto as per Table, N° 3» 
Each inner end, dovetail'd, groov'd, or tennon'd in, faced 
with mahogan}', two feet t\vo inches long, by one foot 

six inches wide 1 7 

Every two inches longer, or three inches shorter, add or 

deduct • 1 

Each inch, more or less, in width, down to one foot two 

inches, add or deduct 1 

C ] An upright partition, dovetail'd or tennon'd into the top 
and bottom, two feet three inchesjlong, by five inches 

wide, or under • 

Every six inches longer, extra . . >i 

Straight slips to guide the drawers, each slip • 

C] Filling up the spaces between outer and inner eiMs, or 
upright partitions, for veneering, or for laying on 

pilasters, each space • 2. 

N.B. All the following pilasters, canted' corners, 
recesses, and columns (exclusive, of stump feet), con- 
sidered to start two feet three inches long. 
C ] Plain Pilasters, of" (piarter or half inch stuff, two inches 
wide, or under, planted ofi flush with the outside 

ends, each 5 

C ] Every six inches less in length than two feet three 

inches, deduct Of 

Every:- 






6i 





1' 





1 



9 

£. s. d. 

C ] Every four inches more in length, or lialf inch more in 

width, extra Oi 

C ] ^^'ll(Ml pilasters are above three feet long, every half inch 

more in v»icltJi than two inches Oj 

C ] Phiin pih-sters of three-quarter or inch stutF, two inclios 

wi(k' or iiiuler 5] 

C ] Ditto of inch ;Hifl quarter or inch and huh stuff 6V 

C ] Every five incites less in length than twt) feet three inches, 

deduct Oi 

C ] Every four inches more in length, or half incli more in 

■ width, extra Oj 

Veneering the front of pilasters, each 3 

Every six inches longer than two feet three niches, or 

half inch wider than two inches, extra 0% 

Veneering the edges of pilasters, when inch stutl", or 

under, each i^^A^.'C: f) 1^ 

Each foot longer than two feet three inches, extra 0$ 

Veneering the etiges, Avhen from inch to inch and half 

stuff, each edge 2 

Each foot longer* extra 1 

TennouniL;- pilasters into top or bottom, each end extra- • 0" 2} 



Uitto it ta;)erVl, each end 



a 



"When plain pilasters i<»nn a break, by being planted on 
h;ilf or three quarters of an inch from the end, eiich 

pi'uster extra • 1 

C J Plantmg on pieces of inch stufi" or under, to form breaks, 
on plinth or phntli fiamc, Ihish with the outside ends, 

the witlih of the pilaster, each piece 2 

C] Ditto froin inch to inch and half stuff C? 

c ' When 



10 

£• s. d. 

C j Wliea the pieces form two l^reaks, by being planted on 

half or three cjuaiteis of an inch from the end, each 

piece extra Oi 

C ] Bre.iking a solid top over j>ihistcis, ^ach break 5 

C J A\ hen the space between breaks exceetis two feet six 

inches on the length-way of the wood, or one loot two 

inches of cross-wav, each foot iiiore of Icnijth-w'av, or 

four inches •of cross-\vay, extra • O 1 

C ] Planting on pieces to form breaks, when a veneer'd top 

to project half an inch and luider; or, on a sttnn}> 

foot tranie, or frieze inider two inches Avide ; each |)iece 1^ 

C ] Ditto on a solid top, the pieces to match O if 

Each half inch more in jrrojection of ditto, extra O O Oj 

A. B. When the pieces exceed two inches deep, to 

be the same price as on a plinth or plinth franw?. 

C ] Tapering the edges of pilasters, when 4nch stuti'or under, 

each edge 

C ] Ditto, from inch tt> inch and half stuti" • • ^ 

C J Tapering the fronts of pilasters, each 

Roimding the fronts of pilasters, the start size or nnder, 

(as A'° 1 or 2, PUiie 1), each pilaster 

Ditto (as ]\° 3) • • • 

Ditto r«s- A ° 4) . ♦ • 

Ditto (as A° 1 or 2) when tapered 

Ditto (as A ° 3) ditto 

Ditto (as A ° 4) ditto 

Every six inches longer than two feet three inches, or 

half inch wider than two inches, in rounding N° I, 2, 

or 3, extra 1 

Every 









oi 








oi 








1 








5 








6^ 








9* 








6i 








8^ 





1 


1 



II 

£. .V. (I. 

Every six inches longer than two t'eot three Indies, or half 

inch wider than two inches, in rountiing N° 4, extra- • li 

Ditto, >;° 1, 2, 3, or 4, when laper'tl, extra 1^ 

C ] Plain canting the corners of the carcase (when the ends 
arc linVl up), each cant two inches and a half wide 

or nndxT 3 

Veneering ditto • • • • 4-i 

C ] Every six inches longer than two feet three inches, or half 

inch wider, of plain canting, or veneering, extra • • • • Of 
C ] When inner ends, or upright partitions, and plain solid 
cants, three iiiches wide or under, fitted into (he 

corners, each cant 7 

C ] Every six inches longer, or half inch wider, extra • • • • 1 
C ] When blocks are put on the cants, for the top and 

bottom to remain sqviare, each block 2} 

C] When ditto projects, to form small breaks, each break extra Oit 
C ] When the blocks are left solid, and the cants are sunk 
between ditto, each cant an inch and a half wide or 
under, the bk)cks included in the measure of the 

length 6 

C ] Every six inches longer, or half inch wider, extra I5 

C ] "NV'orking a hollow or ogee on the corners of the blocks, 

ei\o\\ corner Q 2 

C ] Canting the corners of the top, or stump-ftjot frame, 

each corner- • • 1 

C ] Ditto the bra( k^ts, each 6 

C ] Ditto French feet, or f'rcnch brackets, each 10 

C] Ditto ihc plinth ivame, uith an upright block in the 

corner, each cant 3 

Cantiiiir 



12 

£. 5. (L 
C ] Canting the plinth frrnne, when the cant is plow'd and 

tongned, or dovetail key'il, each cant 6^ 

C] Ditto the grmnuls when tor fast j^hnth, each cant- •••• • S? 
Rounding the corners of the carcase (wlien the ends are 
lin'd up) to a (pmrter of a circle three inches diameter 

or under, cacli corner 6 

Every six inches longer than two feet three inches, or half 

inch more in diameter, up to tive inches, extra ••.-.• ll 
If these corners are glued up with cooper's joints — See ^^ ^—/J J' , 

StRAIGUT-FKONT IN-CLOSKD PiER TaBLE, ./y^'^''^^-^ '^ 7^fUC'7', 

A'^eneering the corners when five inches diameter or under, 

each corner • • - • - • 1 4 

Every four inches more in length of veneer, extra 2 

C ] AVhen inner ends or upright partitions, and solid corners, 
fitted in and roundetl, three inches diameter or under, 

each corner • 10 

C ] Ever3' six inches longer, or half inch more in diameter, 

up to five inches, extra 2 

Veneering the corners, when five inches diameter or 

under, each corner 1 

Every four inches more in length of veneer, extra 1? 

C ] Preparing and fixing pieces, two inches square or undt-r, 
on the edge of the eiuls, for pilasters, canted or round 

corners, each piece 8 

C ] "SVhen ditto is dovetail'd, or tennon'd into the top and 

bottt)m, each piece extra 3 

C ] Every six inches longer than two feet three inches, or 

(juarter of an inch square up to three inches, extra • • \\ 
C ] AYhen ditto or round corners project to form small breaks, 

each break extra \\ 

AVhen 



-aiul fixing dilto on the corners of the carcase,, bctwopii 






2 





4 





9 



IS 

£. s. d. 

C ] -"When solid cornci-s and the partitions are double tcnnon'd 

or cK)vt'taii'il in lioni the back, each partition extra • • 5 
Roun<hng the corners of the top or stump-foot frame, 
each corner 

C ] Ditto the phnth frame, with an upright block in the 

comer, each corner • 

C ] Ditto, with a piece dovetail'd or plow'd, and tongued, to 

form the corner 

C ] Preparin<j; and fixing solid round corners on plinth or 
plinth frame, exclusive of mitres, extra from canting, 

each corner 5 

Veneering ditto cross-way, each corner 'i 

Ditto long-wav 6 

C ] A^ hen the corners project to form small breaks, each 

break extra Of 

D 1 Preparing lialf-cohunns for the turner, and fixing ditto 
between top and bottom, either on front, ends, or 
canted corners, each half-column two inches and a 
halt" diameter, or under 7 

D ] Dilto, when the column and stump-foot are in one piece, 
by glueing on half the f(X)t, and tennoning ditto into 
the carcase, or fixed b}' a plate, and the upper part 
filh^l up for the turner; or solid columns cut down and 
fixed as above ; each column 1 4 

D j Every six incb.es longer than two feet three inc'hes, or 
half inch more in diameter (exclusive of the stump 
foot), extra H- 

D ] Preparing thiee-({uarter columns for the turner, rabbeting 



fop 



1 


5 




> 


2' 








H 





21 



14 

• £. s. d. 
top and bottom, each co]i;raa two inches and a half 
diameter, or under 

D ] Ditto, when tlie cohnua aud stinnpiibot arc.in one piece, 

each 

D ] Every six inches longer, or half inch more in diameter 

(exchisi\c of the stump foot) extra 

]'ixing ditto -with plates, each plate extra 

D ] Shaping a top or bottom to hah-round columns, either 

on front or ends, each shaping- • 5 

T) ] Ditto to three-quarter columns on the corners of the 
carcase, or to ludf-columns on a canted corner, or at a 
distance from the end, each shaping • • • • S 

D] AVhen pieces are glued on, to form the shape, for half- 
columns on front, deduct cacli shaping 1 

D ] Ditto, when at a distance from the end 3^ 

N.B. When the pieces arc tennon'd, dovctnird, or 
screw'd on, to be the same jirice as %vhen shaped in 
the solid. 

D ] AVhen the sliapings of tops or bottoms, for half-columns, 
on front, are turnVl, plain glueing on each piece, ex- 
clusive of mitres • • • • 2 

D ] Ditto, tennon'd or dovetail'd on, each piece 4 

When the shapings for three-quarter columns, or half 
ditto, on a canted corner, arc turnM, tennoning or 
dovctaihng on each piece> exclusive of mitres- - 5 

D ] Shaping a top or bottom^ ovalo corner'd, each corner (the 
sweep not to exceed a quarter of a circle fi\ e uu lies in 
diameter) 5 

D ] When plinth or plinth frame, preparing for the turner, 

and 



1.5 

and fixiiic; liall-ciivle pieces, to form j)lintlis under 
colunins, on front, ends, or ciinled "roiiicis, <>;)eh piece, 

e\(li*sive ol" mitres q 3' 

D ] Ditto, when lor tliree-ciimiter colamns .•>,'• 

N. B. When the above i)lcces and tlic column arc 
in one, to be the same [mce as when separate. 
D ] T'orming a s(piare recess to receive a column (when inner 
ends, or upright partitions, and outside drawers), eitlicr 
in front or in tl;e corner of the carcase, each recess • • 8 

1) ] Ditto, when in an open carcase, or with th)ors 10 

J) J Every six inclies longer than two feet three inches, extra 1] 
Every half inch square above three inchra, when in open 

carcase or with docMS, up to six inches, extra- • • Ik 

N. B. No addidon or deduction to take place in the 
square of the recess wlicn outside drawers, in consi- 
deration of the dra\^ers being shorter: and when 
drawers are added o\- deducted, to be measured the 
full length between the outside ends, 
for veneering ditto — See Table, N° 8. 
D ] I'ixing a square block in a recess five inches long, and 

three inches squ;ire, or under 3 

D J Each extra inch in square of block Ot 

Bounding tlie corner of ditto to the quarter of a circle, 

when three inches square, and five inches long, or under 3 

Each extra incli in square of ditto 1 

D ] Eilling up the recess at the corner, or (when no inner 
end) glueing a piece two inches square to the edge of 
the end, and working a cove to a quarter of a circle 

two inches and a half diameter, or under 1 2 

Everv 



16 

£. s. d. 

C ] Every six inches longer than two feet three inches, or 

half inch more in tiiameter up to five inches 24 

C ] riiiing up a recess at the corner, or glueing a piece of 
two-inch stiitF four inches wide on the edge of tlie end, 
and working a cove to a half-circle two inches and a 
half diameter, or under - 2 

C ] Fixing a piece between two ends two inches and a half 

Avide, and working a cove as above • • 1 10 

C ] Every six inclies longer, or half inch in diameter, up to 



five inches, extra 



«->a 



Fixing a turn'd column, with wire orturn'd pins, between 

top and bottom, either in square or hollow recess • • • • 3 
D ] Ditto, when a square is left at top or bottom, and fixing 

as above, each column extra 3 

X) ] Ditto, when a square is left at toj) and bottom 4 

Dovetailino; or sinde-tennonins; a column into top or 

bottom, each end extra from the above 1^ 

D ] When columns have a square at top or bottonj, each 
(juarter of an inch above three inches square, or six 

inches in length above two feet three inches, extra 1 

D ] AVhen the length of the s(iuare, at top or botton), exceeds 

the s(iuare of the column, every three niches extra —001 
When the colunms and stump feet are in one piece, 
fixing ditto with screws, j>lates, or tennons, each co- 
lumn & 

Ditto, when a square is left at top or bottom Oil 

D ] When caps or bases of colunms, or half ditto, are separate, 
each butt joint prepared by the turner, with or without 

a pin, extra 1 

Glueing 



17 ^ 

Glueing up tlic base:?, or caps, for the turner, (when 
separate from the cohunn), each joint five inches long 
or under o 5I 

Every five inches longer, extra I 

D ] When bases, or caps, for three-quarter cohnnns, are 

separate, rabbeting and fixing ditto, each base or cap 3! 

N. B. \V lien loose base or caps, the column to 
measure its own diameter only, and the base and caps 
in the length. 
D 1 When parts of columns are fixed on drawers or doore, 

each moving joint Q i 

For muntins, slipping drawers, or other work — See refer- 
ences ^0 Tadlj:, iS° 3. 

For fram'd backs — See Table, N° 18. 

Colouring and polishing insides of straight drawer fronts, 

when one foot six inches long and under, each front • • Oj 

From one foot six inches to three feet long 1 

]'iach extra foot in length of ditto {) Oj 

Polishing with oil or turpentine and wax, when the job 

is three feet square and under • • • • 9 

Ditto, Avhen with columns or pilasters on the front, extra 

each 1 

Ditto, when fixed on the ends, each extra Oj 

N. B. ^Vhen pilasters arc formed with a veneer, this 
extra price of polishing not to be charged. 

Every six inches in length above three feet, extra 2 

Ditto in height above three feet, extra 1 



A ROUND 



18 



A ROUND-FRONT DRESSING or LOBBY CHEST. 

£. s. d. 
All solid. — Three feet long, two feet eight inches high, the 
ends one foot six inches wide, plain back, four drawers 
in ditto, cock or flush beaded, or to shew a corner string 
by black or white holl}'^ rabbeted round as a bead; tlie 
top to project half or three quarters of an inch, the 
edge of ditto square ; on common brackets block'd on 
the bottom of carcase, or taper stump feet ; the ends, 
bottom, and partition edges, faced with mahogan}'- • • • 1 4 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

■ 

Each inch more in length above three feet, to three feet 

• six inches 

Ditto above three feet six inches • • • • • ••••••• > • • 

Each inch more in height above two feet eight inches, 

when the cai'case is three feet six inches long or under,. 

extra • • • 

Ditto above three feet six inches, to four feet — ..... q 

Ditto above four, feet • 

Each inch more in width of ends up to two feet, or less 

down to one toot two inches, add or deduct 3 

Each inch under three feet long, down to two feet six 

inches, deduct • • • 4^ 

Ditto under two feet six inches, down, to two feet 2-^- 

Ditto under two feet eight inches in height, down to two 

feet four. inches, deduct 4 

Each. 






7 





9i 





4 





4^ 





5h 



fC' 



19 

X'- s. d. 
T^nch inch under two feet four inches, di>wn to I wo tccl, 

deduct »c 

^Vhen a cliest of drawers is lour feet long, each inch in 

Avichh of ends above one foot ten inches wide, extra •• (i 
Each inch in (h^pth of drawers above the average of seven 

inches to eacli drawer, extra 2J 

A front edge under the top, faced witli mahogany, fitted 

in between tlu; ends with shps to guide the drawers- -005 
A shdcr, scjuare clanip'd, hned up in front, and faced 

"with mahogany, sohd or h])p'd for cloth, cock beaded, 

as' in start • • • 2 () 

Every thice inches tibovc three feet in length of ditto, 

extra 

Mitre-clamping the fiont of slider, each mitre extra • • • • 
I'raming the slider with a flush pannel, extra from square 

clamping 

Each extra pannel 

Framing ditto with bead and butt, each pannel 10 

A\'orking a quirk bead on the framing when one pannel, 

extra 

Ditto each extra pannel 

Framing a slider with one pannel, the fr-ont rail to the 

sweep inside, extra from scjuare clamping o 

Each extra jiannel 

Framing ditto with bead and butt when one pannel • • • • 

Ditto each extra pannel O 

Framing ditto with one pannel, a bead work'd round the 

inside of framing 

Ditto each extra pannel ' -« 






2i 





Ok 





8 





8 






7 





6 


1 


4 





11 


1 


7 


I 


H 


2 


oi 


1 


&l 




Fcr 



20 

For parti tious and drawers, more or less, and veneering 

ditto — .See Tables, ]S° 4 and 5. 
For veneenng the top or ends, &c. — See Table, N° 6. 
For base or otlier mouldings — See Tables, iSi° l6 

or 17. 
For sawing out and jointing — -See Table, N° 1. 
Making tliis chest in tv,o parts to be 3d. on the shilling 
on the extras marked [A] in the Straight-front Dressing 
Chest, page 3. 
Cutting, liingeing, and fitting up top, as described ii> 
the Straiidit-front Dressino; Cliest, to be 4d. on the 
shilling on the extras marked [B] in that Chest, page 
3 and 4. 
Blocking common brackets with inch stuff cross'd, extra 9 

When a plinth, deduct for common brackets 2 6 

A plinth four inches wide, stpiare edge to ditto, either 
bent of three-eigl)ths stuff, or saw'd out for tlic work- 
man, block'd on the bottom of carcase ; or when the 
ends go down, and a piece put in front to receive ditto ; 

at per foot run, sweep part 

Ditto, straiglit part, at per foot run 

Each inch, more or less, in width of sv.eep plinth 

Each mitre in ditto 

Each ditto when a moulding is work'd on the edge • • • • 
For veneering pluith, long or cross way — See Table, 
N° 8. 

A loose frame for plinth, three feet long 

Every six inches longer, extra 

Each rail across ditto, dovetail'd or fram'd in 

A loose 






u 





n 





oi 





4 





41 


1 


5 





3 





5 



21 

£. s. (I. 
A loose frame of inch and half deal, or under, to rrroivc 

brackets, or stvuiip feet \ 7 

Ditto of tw'o-meh deal I 11 i 

Every six inches longer than three feet, extra (3 24 

Each rail across ditto, when the front rail is straight in 

the inside ' G 

Rabbeting the front or ends, to receive a plinth frame, 

each front or end 1 j 

Each long rail in a bracket or stump-foot frame of wain- 
scot or beech, extra 2l 

Each short ditto I 

Solid J'rench brackets, the wood to run up and down, or 
cross-way, block'd on the bottom of the carcase, extra 

from common l)rackets 2 6 

When the wood runs up and down, and tennon'd on, 

extra 10 

If the back brackets are not sprung, deduct 8 

Solid Fiench feet, the swag mitred in front, and scollop'd 
front and ends fas A or 1> in Plate l), extra from 

connn(.in brackets, block'd on the bottom 2 6 

Veneering ditto, each side extra • • * 2^ 

Veneering the front swag 7|- 

Ditto if cross-way 9| 

Veneerinir the end swags, each 2 

Eiich mitre in ditto 1 

If the back ft^t are not sprung, deduct 5 

Scolloping French feet (as C in Flaie 1), extra 6 

Ditto (rchen as D, Plate 1), dedijct 5 

Veneering French brackets, each side extra 3i 

Veneering 



31 



22 

£. s. <?. 

Veneering common brackets, each side extra 3 

AVhen turn'd feet are put in with a pin, deduct each front 

foot 6 

Ditto, each back foot • • • 3 

Ditto, -when a square is left by the turner, deduct each 

front foot 

Ditto, each l^ack foot H 

When stump feet, French or common bnickets, are made 
portable, by framing a piece of inch stuff' on the top 
of feet, or blocking ditto to the brackets, with a pin 
to guide the mitre, and screw'd on the bottom of the 

carcase, extra • • • 1 6 

N. B. All the pilasters, and preparations for ditto, 
as marked [C] in the margin of Straight-front Dressing 
Chest, when introduced on sweep work, to be charged 
4f/. on the shilling extra on that price. 
All the columns and preparations for ditto, as marked [D] 
in the margin of Straioht-tiont Dressino- Chest, when 
introduced on sweep work, to be cJiarged 2d. on the 
shilling extra on that price. 
For any other work not inserted here — See Straigiit- 

PRONT Dressing Cuest, page 1. 
Clamping the top end-way, to appear as solid, at per 

foot run 3 

Each joint in ditto Oi 

For glueing on stuff" for front moulding — .SVe 'I'a e le, N° 13. 
For inuntins in drawers, shpping ditto, veneering partition 
edges (askew or cross-way), or other work — See refer- 
ences to Table, N" 3. 



If 



23 

It; a dressing chest is made with a fritit elliptic front, 
above one foot diameter, to be charged ](/. on the 
shilling on the start and extra sisse of Round-lront 
Dressing Cliest, page 18. 
Ditto, MJien one foot and do^vn to eight inches in dia- 
meter, lid. on tlie shilling on the start, &c. as above. 
Ditto, Avlien eight inches in diameter, and under, 2|(/. 

on the shilling on ditto. 
"When the ends, of a round or elliptic front chest stand 
square, to form a break two feet three inches long, the 

top and bottom shap'd to ditto, extra 

Ditto, when lined up for pilasters 

Every three inches in extra height when not lined up- • • • 

Ditto when lined up to receive pilasters • • • 

for the price of lining up for ditto, and forming pilasters 
— See STRAiGUT-ruoNT Dhessing Chest, page 1. 

Breaking a looses? stump-foot frame to ditto 4 

Ditto a loose plinth frame 6 

Oiling and polishing, when three feet square and under- • 11 
Ditto, when with columns or pilasters in front, each 

colunm, &<•. extra - . . 

Ditto, when fixed on the end, extra 

Every six inches in length more than three feet, extra • • 
Every six inches in height above three feet, extra • • • • • - 



2 


9 


3 


9 





2^ 





3i 






1 


0- 


0^ 





2 





1 



A KNEE- 



34 



A KNEE-HOLE DRESSING CHEST. 



£. 



s. 



Tliree feet long, two feet eight inches high, the ends one 
foot seven inches wide, plain back, one long and six 
short drawers in ditto, cock or flush beaded, or to shew 
a corner string by black or white holly rabbeted round 
as a bead ; the top to project half or three c^uarters of 
an inch, the edge of ditto square ; on six common 
brackets, block'd on the bottom of carcase ; the ends, 
bottom, and partition edges, faced with mahogany • • 1 12 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each inch more in length above three feet, to three feet 

six inches, extra 

Ditto above three feet six inches, to four feet 






7 





8 





5 





6 



Each inch more in height above two feet eight inches • • 
Each inch, more or less, in widtli of ends, add or deduct 
Each inch under three feet long, down to two feet six 

inches, deduct 6 

Ditto imder two feet eight inches high, down to two feet 

four inches, deduct 5 

Each inch in depth of drawers, above the average of 

seven inches to each drawer, extra 1 

Making a cupboard in knee-hole, without doors or shelf, 

the inside colour'd and polish'd 1 7 

For shelf, or upright partition, grooves, Sec. in ditto — 

See Open Carcase, page 

For 



25 



£. 



For the price of doors, hanging-stilcs, &:c. — See TAnLi-., 

N°. 11. 
For other extras — See Straight- froxt Dressing 

Chest, page 1. 
For other work not inserted here — See Library Table. 
N. B. Allien this job is tour feet long, to be settled 

from Library Table with Knee-hole. 
For drawers, more or less, niuntins, slipping ditto, &c. — 

&e Table, N° 3. 
For brackets or plinth — See Dressing Chest, page 4. 
INIoulding top or plinth — See Tables, N° 16 or 17- 
Veneering top, ends, &c. — See Table, N° 6. 
For framing top, ends, or back — See Tables, N° 18, 

1.0, or 20. 
Oiling and polishing, Avlien three feet long and under • • 12 
Every tlnce inches in length, or six inches in height • • • • If 
For jiolishing pilasters or colunms — »SVc Dressing Chest, 

page 17. 



AN OPEN CARCASE. 



All solid. — Two feet six inches long, two feet eight inches 
high, the ends nine inches wide inside, a bead work'd 
on the inner edge of ditto, plain back, the top to 
project half or three quarters of an inch over front and 
ends, and inch and half over tlie back, the edge of 
ditto square, on comhion brackets, block'd on the 
bottom of carcase, the inside colour'd, and polish'd 

>vith soft wax Q Q Q 

E EXTRAS 



26 

EXTRAS. 

Each inch more in length or heiglit, up to three feet six 

inches, extra • li 

Pitto, above three feet six inches, to four feet • 2 

Each inch more in width of ends, up to eighteen, when 

the carcase is tlu'ee feet six inches ions; or under, extra 2i 

Ditto, abo\'e eighteen inches, to two feet 3 

A rail in front under the top, four inches wide, or under 10 
Ever}^ tlu'ee inches longer than two feet six inches, extra 1 
Square or bevel grooving, at per dozen, -when the ends 

are one foot wide or under 6 

Every three inches wider in ends, extra per dozen of 

grooves 1 

Colouring square or bevel grooves, at per dozen, when 

the ends are one foot wide or under 1^ 

Every six inches wider in ends, extra per dozen of 

grooves • • • J 

Boring center-bitt holes, at per dozen 2 

Sinking the shelves, to receive the head of the pin, each 

sinking 0^ 

Saw-teeth racks, at per dozen of teeth • 3 

A shelf, for square grooves, two feet long, nine inches 

wide, or under, faced with mahogany, a bead work'd 

on each edge, or feint rounded, colour'd, and polish'd 

with soft wax 7 

Ditto, when for bevel grooves 8 

Ditto, when for saw-teeth racks, notch'd at each end, and 

two slips to bear the shelf 1 

Every 



s. 


d. 





1 





oi 





0,^ 





1 



27 

Ever}' extra three inches in Icngtli of shelf 

Each extra inch in width vlicn tno feet Ions; tind 

under 

Ditto when from two feet to three feet long 

Ditto ^vhen above three feet long 

"When the ends of shelves are rabbeted for small gi'ooves, 

each shelf extra 1 

Dovetail-grooving shelves into the ends of carcase, when 

one foot wide or under, each shelf made fast, extra • • 6 

Ditto, ever}' three inches wider, extra 

An ujiriglit partition, two feet four inches long, nine 

inches wide, faced with mahogany, a bead work'd on 
, each edge, dovetail-groov'd or tennon'd in, colour'd, 

and polisli'd with soft wax 1 3 

Every three inches longer, or one inch wider, up to twelve 

inches i ^ 1 

"When above twelve inches wide,^ every two inches in 

length above lour feet long 

"When above four feet long, each inch in width above 

twelve inches 

AVhen the length does not exceed three feet long, each 

inch in width to eighteen inches 

Ditto, each extra inch above eighteen inches wide • • • • 
A\'lien the length exceeds three feet long, each extra inch 

in width of ends above fifteen inches wide 

AVhcn the inside of the carcase is fitted up for books, 

with upright partitions to slide in square grooves, 

each partition of half-inch mahogany, or deal faced with 

mahogany colour'd, one foot three inches long, nine 

inches 






u 





U 





1 





U 





u 






5 





Ok 





oi 





n 





1 





2i 





2 





1 





H 



£. s. (I 

inches wide, or under, the edge of ditto square, polish'd 

with soft wax • •' ■ 

Every two inches longer, or one inch wider, extra • ••'••• 

Rounding the edges of ditto, each, edge • • • 

Scolloping the edge with a plain liolluw ' 

Rounding the edge when scoilop'd • • 

Scolloping the edge with a double. ogee 

Rounding the edge when ditto • • • 

Each mitre groove q 

Fitting partitions to ditto, each. 

For plinth, or plinth frame — See Dressing or Lobby 

Chest, page 4. 
.Scolloping ditto in front with a plain hollow (as E, 

Plate 1) 

Ditto with a double ogee (as F, Plate 1) 

Ditto the ends with a hollow, each 

Ditto with a double ogee • • • •• • 0. 

For doors — &e Table, N°^ 11. 

For drawers, partitions, &c. — aS^c Table, N° 3. 

Veneering top or ends — See Table, N° 6". 

For inner ends, pilasters, or other work not inserted here 

— See Dressing or Lobby. Cilest. 

Oiling and jjolishing, the start size, and under • 5 

Every extra three inches in length, or six inches in height O5 
N.B. When this job is made with doors in front, the 

polishing to be charged from Inclosed Pier Table,. 

;page 



A CASE 






5 





u- 





n 





3 






29 



A CASE FOR THE INSIDE of a CARCASE. 

£• s. cL 
One foot six inches long, one foot six inches hioli, nine 
inches wide, of haU-inch deal faced with nndiogany, 
the inside colour'd and polish'd with soft wax 2 9 

EXTRAS. 

Every two inches more in length or height, extra 1 

Each inch more in width, extra 1^ 

A plain back, tM'o'feet square, or under, rabbeted in, the 

inside of ditto, colour'd, and polish'd with soft wax • • 9 
Each superiicial toot, more than four, of plain back, 

extra • 1^ 

Each partition, six inches long or under, of half-inch 
deal faced with mahogany, square groov'd in troni the 
back, the partition shoulder'd in front, colour'd and 

polish'd 4^ 

Each inch more in length, extra 0^ 

N. B. The average width of these partitions being 
considered, no addition or deduction to take place. 
When this case is made moveable out and in to the 
cnrcase, cleaning, cokjiuing, and polishing the outside,, 

the start size or under 6 

Ditto, from one foot six inches long and high, to two feet 8 

Ditto, from two feet long and high, to three feet lO^ 

N. B. When this case and partitions are made of ma- 
hogany, and polisii'd, to be the same price as the above.. 

A DOUBLE 



so 



A DOUBLE CHEST. 

£. s.^d. 
All solid. — Three feet «ix inches long, six feet four inches 
high to the top of cornice, the ends one foot nine 
inches wide, six long and Uvo sliort drawers, cock 
beaded, &c. ; a plain cornice, sprung and glued on, 
without mouldings; the top lined up or block'd to 
receive ditto ; plain backs ; the bottom of tlie upper or 
top of lower carcase lined up with inch stuff to receive a 
surbase moulding ; the top and bottom carcase to have 
two pins to guide ditto ; on common brackets, &c. •• 2 2 11 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each inch more in length, up to four feet long 

Ditto above four feet long 

Each inch more in height, when the carcase is three feet 

six inches long, or under 

Ditto above three feet six inches to four feet long • • • • 

Ditto above four feet long 

Each inch more or less in widtir of ends, either in upper 
or lower part, from one foot four inches to two feet, 

add or deduct 

"When above two feet wide, each inch extra 

Each inch less in length, down to three feet long 

Ditto, down to two feet six inches •'•••. 

Each incii less in height, when the carcase is three feet 

six inches long 

Ditto, when four feet long 

Ditto, when four feet six inches long 



1 


o 


1 


4 





3V 





4 





4i 





3 





6 





10 





6 





3 





3i 





4 




For 



A ROUND-FRONT DOUBLE CHEST. 

All solid. — Three feet six inches long, six feet four inches 
high to the top of cornice, the ends one foot eight 
inches wide, six long and two short drawers, cock 
beaded. Sec. ; a plain cornice, sprung and glued on,. 






Vs 





8^ 





U 





U 



31 

For a loose cornice or surbasc frame — See Plinth or 

Stump-foot frames in Dressing Chkst, jjage 5. 
"W'lion cornice or plinth frames arc rabbeted, and the 

ends of tiic carcase to receive ditto, each side or end • • 

A false top to ditto, (containing six square feet 

Each square foot more in ditto 

Each ditto less, down to four square feet 

Each inch in depth of drawers, above the average of 

seven to each drawer,^ extra 2i 

For mouldings — 6t'e Tables, N° 15, l6, and 17- 

For veneering ends — See Table, N° 6. 

For French feet, colunms, canted corners, &c. — See 

Dressing Chest. 
For any other work — .See Tables, ^-c. 
For drawers, more or less, or veneering ditto — .Sec Table, 

N°3. 

Oiling and ])olishing, the start size or under • • 2 2 

Every extra three inches in length • 2 

Ditro six inches in height 1? 

For polishing j)ilasters or columns See Dressing 

Chest, page IJ. 



without 



1 


7 


1 


9 





4i 





5 





5h 



5-2 

£. s. d. 

-\vitliout mouldings; the top lined up or block'd to 
receive ditto; plain backs; the bottom of the upper 
or top of lower carcase lined up with inch stuff, for a 
surbase moulding; the top and bottom carcase to haVe 
two pins to guide tiitto ; on common brackets, &c. --320 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each inch more in length, up to four feet long 

Ditto, above four feet long 

Each inch more in heisiiht, where the carcase is three feet 

six inches long, or under ••..•• 

Ditto, when carcase is four feet long •••'•• 

Ditto, "when above four feet long 

Each inch, more or less, in width, either in the upper or 

lower part, from one foot four inches to two feet, add 

or deduct 3 

When this job is four feet long, each inch in width of 

ends above one foot eleven inches wide, extra 

Each inch less in length, down to three feet, deduct • • • • 

Ditto, from three feet to two feet six inches 

Each inch less in height, v/hen the job is three feet six 

inches long 

Ditto, when four feet long 

Ditto, when four feet six inches long 

For a loose cornice or surbase frame — See Plinth or 

Stump-foot frame in Rotjnd-fkont Dressing Chest, 

pages 20 or 21. 
For the price of a fidse top to cornice frame — See 

Straight-front Double Chest, page 31. 

For 






6 


1 


2 





9 





4 





4i 





5 



33 

For extra drawers, sawing, jointing, bending, or veneering 

ditto — See Tables, N*^ 4 or 5, and references to 

ditto. 
For an}"^ other work, not inserted here — See Koux^-front 

Dkessing Chest. 
For mouldings- -5'ee Tables, K° 15, 16, or 17. 
Putting pannels, with beads behind — ASee Table of 

l)(Jors, N° 11 or 12. 
For veneering ends, fronts, pannels, &c. — See Tables,. 

N° 4, 5, 6", or 12. 
For other work — See Dressing Chest, &c. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 2 5 J 

Every extra three inciies in length 2 

Ditto six inches in heigiit li 

For polishing pilasters or columns See Dressing 

Chest. 



A LOW CLOTHES PRESS. 



All solid. — Four feet long, four feet high to the top, the 
ends one foot eleven inches Avide, in one carcase ; two 
flat pannelVl doors, three clothes-press shelves niside 
(same as in Clothes Press),, two short drawers at 
bottom, cock beaded, &:c. ; a thick partition above ditto, 
dovetail-groov'd through ; the edge of top square ; plain 

E. back ; 



34 

£. s. d. 
back; on common brackets, block'd to the bottom, 
'without mouldings 118 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each inch more in length, up to four feet six inches long, 

when above four feet high 10 

Ditto, above four feet six inches long 1 

Each inch more in length, up to four feet six inches, w hen 

inider four feet high 9 

Ditto, above four feet six inches long Oil 

Each inch more in height, when the cartl^ase is four feet 

long, or under 4 

Ditto, when above four feet, to four feet six inches long- • 4|- 

Ditto, when above four feet six inches long 5 

Each inch more in width of ends, to two feet wide, or 

less, down to one foot six inches wide, add or deduct • • 3 
Each inch in width of ends, above two feet wide, extra- • 6 
Each inch less in length, down to three feet six inches 

long • • 8 

Ditto, from three feet six inches down to three feet long 6 

For any other work — See Clothes Press. 

For mouldings, &c. — See Tables, N° 15, l6, or 17, 

For veneering — See Tables, ^° 3 or Q. 

For French feet, &c. — See Dressing Chest. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 1 4 

Every extra three inches in length, or six inches in height If 
Polishing pilasters, or columns — Sec Dxiessing Chest. 

A CLOTHES 



35 



A CLOTHES PRESS. 



£. s. d. 



All solid. — Four feet long, six feet nine inches high to 
the top of cornice, the ends one foot eleven inches 
witlc ; two flat panncl'd doors to the upper part ; five 
clothes-press shelves, the sides of ditto five inches wide, 
the bottoms rabbeted in and slipj)'d ; a front two inches 
■wide, with a bead on top, and Ijuttoni edge or the top 
edge feint roundctl ; to run on straight slips screw'd on 
the ends, or the ends groov'd, and slips screw'd on the 
ends of the shelves ; two long and tAvo short drawers in 
lower part, cock beaded, Sec. : a plain cornice, sprung 
and glued on (as in Table of Mouldings), the top 
lined up or block'd to receive ditto ; plain backs ; the 
top of the lower or bottom of the upper part lined up, 
to receive a surbase moulding; on common brackets, 
•Sec. 2 19 3 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each inch more in length, above four feet, to four feet 

six inches long 

Ditto, above four feet six inches long 

Each inch more in height, when the carcase is four feet 

>: long, or under 

Ditto, when above four feet, to four feet six inches long* • 

Ditto, above four feet six inches long 

Each inch more m width of ends, to two feet Avide, either 



> 



1 


4 


1 


6 





4 





4i 





5 



m 






ol 


1 








8 





3^ 





4 


2 


6 



36 



ill upper or lower part, or less, clown to one foot six 

inches, add or deduct 0.3 

"When this job is above four feet long, each inch in width 

of ends above two feet wide, extra 6 

Each inch in depth of drawers, above the average of eight 

inches to each drawer, extra • • •^•/ "? 

Each inch less in lengdi, down to three feet six inches lon^ 

Ditto, doMu to three feet long •-••!• 

Each inch less in height, Avhen four feet long or under ■ •- 

Ditto, when four feet six inches long 

Each shelf, more or less, as in start • 

Every extia tlnee inches in length of ditto, or leSs down 

to two feet six inches, add or deduct 1 

If no front, deduct for front and rabbeting the bottom in, 

the start length • 

Ditto, when three feet six inches long or under 

Each half-inch more in width of shelves' sides 

Ditto less, down to three and a half inches wide 

If the slips for shehes to run on are cross-Ava}^ each slip 

extra • • ^ 1 

jV.B/When shelves run on slips screw'd inside the 

ends, no deduction to take place for the width of sides 

below the start. 
When ends are groov'd to receive the shelves, the groove 

not to exceed two and a half inches wide, each shelf 

extra from running on start slips S 

When shelves have a slip glued on the side to run on, 

glueing a piece of mahogany on the end of the slip, 

tlie saiixe way as the front of the shelf, each shell' • • • - 1-^ 

A loote 






9 





8 





0$ 





Oi 



^^7 

A loose cornice frame — See Plinth frame in Dressing 

Chest. 
A ditto surbase frame — See Stiunp-foot iramo Iji dillu. 

Each piece across the carcase, to stay the ends fj 

Ditto, when (juirk beaded on each edge 10 

A square frame, mortic'd and tennon'd togethei-, and 

dovetail'd in back and front of carcase 2 

If drawers or shelves are made of Havannah cedar, to 

be charged Sd. on the shilling on the full price of ditto, 

as per Table. 
Ditto, if made of pencil cedar, to be charged '2d. on 

the shilling on^the full price of ditto. 
Putting pannels, with beads behind, nnd veneering ditto 

' — See Table of Doors, N° 11 and 12. 
Veneering ends, fronts, pannels, &c. — See Table, N° 6. 
Sawing and juintmg fronts, ends, &c. — See Table, N° 1. 
J'or mouldings — See Tables, N° 16 and 17. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 

E\er3' extra three inches in length 

Ditto six inches in height 

Polishing pilasters or columns — See Dressing Chest. 



A ROUND-FPtONT CLOTHES PRESS. 

All solid. — Pour feet long, six feet nine inches high to 
top of cornice, the ends one foot ten inches wide ; two 
flat pamjel'd doors to the upper part (paunels plow'd 



3 


6 





2 





n 



in); 



38 

£. s. d. 
in); five clothes-press shelves inside (as in Straight- 
moNT ditto) ; two long and two short drawers in the 
lower part ; cock beaded, &c. : a jilain cornice, sprung 
and glued on fas in Table of Mouldings) ; the 
top lined up or block'd to receive ditto ; plain backs ; 
the top of lower or bottom of upper carcase lined up 
to receive a surbase moulding ; on common brackets, 
block'd on the bottom 4 1 3 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each inch more in length, up to four feet six inches 

long 

Ditto, above four feet six inches 

Each inch more in height, when the carcase is four feet 

long, or under 

Ditto, Avhen from four feet to four feet six inches long • • 

Ditto, when above four feet six mches long 

Each inch, more or less, in width of ends, either in upper 

or lower part, from one foot four inches to two feet, 

add or deduct 

AVhen this job is above four feet long, each inch in width 

of ends above one foot eleven inches, extra 

Each inch in depth of drawers, above the average of 

eight inches to each drawer, extra 

Each inch less in length, down to three feet six inches 

long 

Ditto, from three feet six inches down to three feet long 



'to 



Each inch less in height, when four feet long 



1 


6 


1 


7 





5 





5i 





6 





3 





6 





2^ 


1 


3. 


1 








4 



Each 



39 

Each inch less in height, when four feet six inches long- • 
Kach shelf, more or less, in ditto, the start length of job 
For veneering shelf fronts — -S't'e Table of veneering Szccep- 

table liaih, N° 8. 
For extra size, or other work, in shelves — See Straight- 

FROXT Clothes Press. 
For veneering fronts, ends, or doors — See Tables, N°4, 

5, 6, or 12. 
For any extra work in doors, (Sec. — Sec Tables of ditto. 
For cutting out fronts, &c. or sawcarfing ditto — See 



Table, N° 5. 



A WING CLOTHES PRESS. 



All solid. — Six feet eight inches long, six feet nine inches 
high to the top of cornice, the ends of the middle part 
two feet wide, the wings one foot nine inches wide ; 
two flat pannel'd doors to the middle part, pannels 
plow'd in ; six clothes-press shelves inside (as in 
Clothes Press); two long and two short drawers in 
the lower part ; cock beaded, &c. : the wing doors to 
open from top to bottom, with two pannels in cRch .: 



i. 


d. 





4>l 


:3 






For mouldings —See Tables, N° 15, iG, or 17- 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 2 10 

Every extra three inches in length 2 

Ditto six inches in height Ig- 

Polishing pilasters, or columns — Sec Dressing Chest. 



four 



40 

£. s. d, 
ftHir fast shelves inside of one Ming, six turned pegs in 
the other ; a loose cornice frame ; fram'd backs to all 
the carcases; tlie wing backs to have three pannels, 
the lower mitldle back two pannels, and the upper 
ditto four pannels; the cornice sprung and glued on 
(as in Table of Mouldings) ; fast plinth, a square 
edge to ditto, without any mouldings 5 1.9 



EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each inch more in length, above six feet eight inches, to 

seven feet six inches long 

Ditto, above seven feet six inches long 

Each inch more in height, Avhen the carcase is seven feet 

six inches long or under • • • 

Ditto, when above seven feet six inches long 

Each inch, more or less, in width of middle part 

Each inch less in length, to six feet long 

Ditto in height, when the carcase is seven feet six inches 

long, or under 

Ditto, when above seven feet six inches long 

Veneering the breaks of middle carcase — See Table of 

veneering Table Rails according to their width, N° 8. 
A loose frame for a plinth, the start length of the job • • 3 8 
Per extra size in ditto, or extra rails^ — See Plinth Irame 

in Dressing Chest. 
Vjiivh jib joint in surbase, either in hollow, round, or 

square, each member of ditto 4 

Framing 



1 


4 


1 


6 





7i 





8^ 





9i 


1 








6 





7 



41 

£. s. (I 
Franiins; llie lower part of wing doors flush to veneer on, 

extra each door 8 

If frain'd solid, extra each door 1 3 

N. B. If frani'd with flush panncl, to be the same as 
•with an ovalo on the framing. 
AVhen the wing door is fram'd in two, with one pannel 
each, a partition edge to shew in iVont, and rabbeted 
to receive the doors, lock'd and hinged, each wing extra 2 Oj 
^ drawers in lower part of wings, deduct for lower 
framing as per Table, N° 11, and add for drawers 
and partitions as j^er Table, N° 3. 
For veneering ditto to sham drawers, if veneerd in one 
piece — See the price of veneering on Ponnels, Table, 

If veneer'd in separate pieces — Sec Table of veneering 

Drazcer Fronts, N° 3. 

For shamming drawer fronts on ditto See Table, 

N° 29. 
A frani'd bracket (not shap'd, or a rule joint ditto, as in 

a Pembroke table) in the top part of wings, or center 

part, to receive clothes pegs • • • 1 

Arms for gowns, &c. hung with a swivel, each % 6 

If doors in the lower part of middle carcase, deduct for 

drawers and partitions as per Table, N° 3. 
Cleaning the inside of carcase, colouring, pohshing, and 

preparing ditto to receive doors 1 9 

Add for doors according to Table, N° li. 

A cupboard within the wings, not to exceed ^two feet 

deep, formed by a plain front fixed, or to slide between 

G slips, 



43 

£. s. d. 

slips, and a top liingcd to a piece screw'd to the back, 

•each cupboard 2 6 

For the price of mouldings — .See Tables, N° 15, IG, 

or 17. 
For veneering fronts, pannels, door frames, &c. — See 

Tables, N° 3, 6, or 12. 
For pilasters, and extra work in ditto — Sec Dressing 

•Chest. 
For extra drawers, or any other Avork not inserted here — 

See Tables, c^'-c. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 4 

Every extra three inches in lengdi 2i 

Ditto six inches in hcidit 2^ 

PoUshing pilasters or columns — See Dkhssing Chest. 



A TABLE BEDSTEAD. 



All solid. — Three feet six inches Ions:, three feet six inches 
high, the ends one foot nine inches wide ; two Hat 
pannel'd doors, pannels plow'd in, to open to the 
bottom of carcase, or the front made to take oft\: fast 
top, square edge to ditto; fram'd back, Avith two 
pannels ; on common brackets, &c. 1 6 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each inch more in length, up to four feet long ^ • O (5 

Ditto, above four feet long • • • 6} 

Each 



4;3 

Each inch more m height, when the carcase is four feet 

long or under 3^ 

Ditto, when above four feet long 4 

Each inch, more or less, in width of ends, from one foot 

four inches to two feet, add or deduct 3 

If the ends exceed two feet wide, each extra inch in 

width r)f ditto 3i 

Each inch less in length, down to three feet, deduct • • 4y 
Each inch less in height, when, four feet long or under 3 

Ditto, when above four feet long S '- 

Hingeing part of the top, with a part of ihe front hinged 

to ditto to fold back, and shanim'd with cock beads as 

a drawer front, with nobs or handles and 'scutcheon • • 3 

Hingeing part of the top only 1 

If the front and top are made to lift up, and supported 

with straiglit iron stays or turn'd pillars • 2 

If ditto is supported by two quadrants sunk into the 

ends 4 4 

AVhen the quadrant is sunk into the ends, with a lining 

over ditto, swept on both sides, and screw'd on 4 9i 

"When the quadrant is sunk into a case, the' outside and 

inside of ditto swept, and the edge of ditto canted 

and screw'd on, iScc. 4 11 

A ditto, when sunk into the ends, with a hning glued on 

ditto, the front ei.\gc ch.amfer'd and swept, extra • • • • 4:^ 
"NVhcn made to take to j>ieces, the ends tennon'd into a 

bracket or stump-toot frame, and the top screw'd down 

to slips on the ends or corner plates 4 

If the liont is niade in one, square-clanip'd, veneerd, 

and 



44 

£, s. d. 
and shamm'd with cock beads, to represent four long 
drawers, with handles and 'scutcheons, extra • • 2 

For the price of bedstead — See Press Bedstead. 

For mouldings— (See Tables, N° 15 a7id 16. 

For other -work — See Dressing Chest, and Tables. 

For veneering front — See Table, N° 3. 

For veneering door frames or pannels — See Table, N° 12. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 

Every extra three inches in length, or six inches in height 1 



A BUREAU BEDSTEAD. 



All solid. — Three feet six inches long, three feet six inches 
high, the ends one foot nine inches wide, the front and 
fall made fast ; the front to represent four long drawers, 
cock beaded, &c. with 'scutcheons and handles to ditto ; 
a quarter-round on the front and ends of the fall ; the 
carcase prepared to receive a bedstead to let down 
behind ; on common brackets, &c. : the front of a solid 
board, not clamp'd l6 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each inch more in length, up to four feet long ■ 4a- 

Ditto, above four feet long 5 

Each inch more in height, when the carcase is four feet 

long or under O 2j 

Each 



/ 






3 





Si 





3 





21 





3 



45 

Each inch more in width of cuds, up to two friet, or less, 
down to one foot four inches, add or dcxUict 

If the ends exceed two feet wide, each inch more in 
width of ditto 

Each inch less in lena,th, down to three feet lonsr, deduct 

Each inch less in height, when four feet long or under • • 

Ditto, when above four feet long 

For the price of a bedstead — See Prf.ss Bedstead. 

ISlaking the front to take off, the fall hinged to fold on 

the top, and a plain back to ditto 3 9 

If the front is made to lift up with the fall, and supported 
with straight iron sta3's (the plates let in), extra from 
the above 2 6 

If flat pannel'd doors to ditto — See Table, N° 11 ; and 

deduct for front, as in the start 4 9 

For mouldings — See Tables, N° 15, l6, or 17- 

For veneering front as drawers — See Table, N° 3. 

Ditto the top or ends — See Table, N° 6. 

Ditto door frames or panncls — See Table, N° 12. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 9 

Every extra three inches in length, or six inches in height 1 

For a plain back — See page 2.0. 

If fram'd buck— See Table, N° 18. 



A preSs 



£. s. d. 



46 



A PRESS BEDSTEAD. 

All solid. — rour feet long, six feet nine inches high to 
the top of cornice, the ends one foot ten inches wide ; 
two doors, Avith two flat pannels in each, or the front 
-fram'd in one and .hinged under the cornice; one 
drawer at the bottom eight inches deep, cock beaded, 
&c. : the carcase made to take to pieces, the ends 
tennon'd into a frame in top and bottom of inch and 
half stuff; the end rails of the frames made of beech 
or wainscot; two fram'd backs (with two pannels in, 
each), plow'd and tongued together ; cornice sprung 
and glued on (os in Table of Mouldings) ; the par- 
tition over the drawer of inch stuff, and dovctail'd 
tJirough ; on common brackets^ &c. 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS., 

Each inch more in length, above four feet, to four feet 

six inches • — lO 

Ditto, above four feet six inches long • 1 0- 

Each inch more in height, when the carcase is four feet 

long, and under • • 

Ditto, when above four feet, to four feet six inches long • • 

Ditto, when above four feet six inches long 

Each inch more, in width of ends, up to two feet, or less, 

down to one foot four inches, add or deduct 



Ami kJ 






4 





# 





5 





3 


When 



s. 


^. 





6 





B 





G 





3J 





4 



47 

"NVbcn this job is four feet lono; and above, each inch in 

Avidth of ends abo\e two feet Avide « 

Each inch less in length, down to three feet six inches 

Ions ^ 

Ditto, down to three feet in lengtli 

Each inch less in height, Avhen the job is four feet long 

or under • 

Ditto, when above four feet long 

Framing the lower part of doors with a wide rail, not 

exceeding one foot six inches wide, to veneer on, to be 

of equal value with lower pannels. 
For veneering ditto — Sec Table, N° 12. 
For shamming drawer fronts on ditto — »S'ce Table, N°29- 
N. B. If no drawer under doors, deduct for drawer 

as per Table, N° 3, then add for the extra size of 

doors accordino; to Table, N° 11. 

A flap at the bottom of the front, hinged to let down, 

or made to take oft", with two hooks and eyes to fasten 

ditto, to stand against framing, the doors with one 

pannel each, and reduction of the size. 
For clamping ditto — Sec Table, N° 30. 
ItJaking the ends to open in the middle, with two bolts 

on each enrd to fasten ditto 4 

Ilingeing the front under the cornice, the hinges not to 

shew in front 2 

Making the lower carcase complete, to receive a drawer, 

the upper ends fram'd flush, or to stand back, to receive 

a surbase moulding * 

For extra work in doors — See Table, N° 11. 

for 



48 

£. s. d. 
For French feet, &:c. — See Dressing Chest, jscrge 5 o?- 6. 
For mouldings — See Tables, N° 15, l6, or 17. 
For veneering the door frames or pannels — See Table, 

N° 12. 
For other veneering — See Tables, ^° 5 or 6. 
A plain bedstead, with swing feet, and a rail fram'd be- 
tween, made for a four-feet job 6 

Each inch more in width of ditto • • - 1 

A rail to ditto to strain the sacking, with two screws • • 10 
Temporary posts, turn'd and fixt into the sides, with 

screws and plates 9 

Folding posts, with one joint each, and fram'd into the 

top of the sides o 3 6 

Ditto, fram'd on to the corners, with screws, as a common 
bed-post, the upper and lower parts to fold with rule 

joints • • • 5 

Fixing a joint rod, Avhen the front forms a tester 1 

A tester lath, hinged, and fixing a rod to ditto 3 

Colouring and polishing a plain bedstead • 1 

Staining and polishing ditto, to be paid according to time. 

Colouring and polishing a pair of plain pillars 9 

Ditto, when carved or reeded 1 3 

Nailing a sacking in 6 

For sawing out stutF for ditto — See Table, N° 1. 

Oiling and polishing, tlie start size or under 2 S 

Every extra three inches in length 2 

Ditto six inches in height 1^ 

For polishing pilasters or columns — See Dressing Chest. 

A LIBRARY 



49 



A LIBRARY PRESS BEDSTEAD, with BREAKS. 

All solid. — Five H^ct three inclics long, tlic ends one foot 
nine inches wide, six feet nine inches high to the top 
of cornice ; tour doors, witli two flat pannels to each ; 
the cornice fast sprung, and glued on (as in Table of 
Mouhlings); the breaks three inches deep; the middle 
dooi-s made fast to ditto, and to open with the wing doors 
from top to bottom ; fi-am'd back, with four pannels in 
ditto ; fast plinth, with square edge 3 14 § 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONJ^. 

Each inch more in length, to six feet long <) 

Ditto, when above six feet long 10 

Each inch more in height, when the carcase is six feet 

lomr or under 5 

Ditto, abpve six feet long 6 

Each inch, more or less, in width of ends, from one foot 

four inches to two fpet, add or deduct • • • 7 

Each inch in width of ends above two feet 8 

Each inch less in length, down to four feet six inches • • 8 

Ditto, down to four feet long 7 

Each inch less in height, when five feet long or under • • 4 

Ditto, when above five feet long n 

Ilinticino; doors on the mitre *3 6 

For tlie price of veneering breaks —See Table, N° 8. 
For bedstead — See Press Bedstead. 

u For. 



50 

£. s. d. 
For mouldings — See Tables, K'^ 15, l6, or ly. 
For veneering }>anne]s, door frames, &c. — See Tables, 
N° 6 or 12. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 

Every extra three inches in length 

Ditto six inches in height 

Polishing pilasters or columns — -See Dressing Chest. 



4 








2* 





2i 



The price of fitting up a FURNITFRE DRAWER. 

When a furniture drawer is introduced in any piece of 
work, to be charged S^f/. on the shilling extra on the 
price of a drawer the same size, according to the 
Table of Drawers. 

N. B. In this drawer, the partitions considered at 
tiiree and a half inches deep, each half-inch, more or 
less, in depth of ditto to be Id. on the shilling extra 
on all linings, partitions, and boxes, tlie price of the 
tops being first deducted. 

A pair of lopers to support a drawer, A\ith T grooves in 
the sides and plain grooves in the ends of carcase, both 
groov'd through, and filled up at the ends 3 6 

"When lopers are stopp'd in with bolts, extra each pair • • 6 

^Vhcn made Avith T grooves in the ends of carcase, extra 
each pair 

Quirk-beading the ends, front, or back, of drawer, each 









10 








of 

If 



£;lass frame not to be charsed for. 



s. 


d. 





oi 





u 





U 





2 



4 


2 





Of 





oj- 



51 

If mitred, each rnitre 

Lining the inside of drawer with bead stuff, at per foot 

run, mitres included 

Ditto, when a round front • • • • • • 

Ditto, when an elliptic front 

A glass frame, hinged to a sliding piece, either the two 

partitions rabbeted, or two pieces plow'd and fitted in, 

to receive it, the frame not to exceed twelves inches 

square inside 

Each inch more in length or width 

Each inch less in ditto 

If two glass frames or more of one size, and linished at 

the same time, deduct each 3 

A horse behind ditto, or a sr-jliop'd foot, with a [)air of 

hino-es and two rows of notches to ditto 

A plain foot behind ditto, with one hinge 

Framing the sliding piece 

Making the glass frame, or piece the frame is lunged to, 

to fjt a sweep front, extra 4 

N. B. The inside of glass frame is considered to be 

square. 
For the price of a drawer under the glass — See Tables, 

N° 3 or 4. 

A partition over the drawer G 

Each square hole formed by partitions, the whole depth 

of drawer 3i 

N. B. The holes formed by tlic two partitions of 



1 








6 





6 



Each 



5<2 

£■ s- d. 
Each square loose cover, tliree inches square and u)ider, 

supported by two side pieces or four corner blocks- • • • 

Ditto, above three inches, to six inches square 

Above six inches, to nine inches 

Every two inches extra in length or width • • . . . q 

IVIaking a loose cover fit a sweep-front six inches square 

or under, extra • 

Ditto above six inches square ' 

Rounding or chamfering a loose cover three inches square 

or under • . . 

Ditto above three inches to six inches square ....... 

Ditto above six inches square- * • » • 

Veneeriog each loose cover three inches square or under 

Ditto above three inches to six inches square 

Above si:x inches to nine inches square 

Jf veneer'd with satin or other hard woods, or mahogany 

curls, to be extra each cover 

Ilinseins: Ciich cover- 

Putting thin stuff inside holes, to form a nibbet for the 

cover to rest on, each side more than two, when the 

hole is three inches square or under • • 

Ditto, above three inches, to six inches- - - - - • 

J)itto, above six inches, to nine inches 

]3itta, above nine inches 

N.B. These linings not considered to be mitred. 

If mitred, each corner extra • • - 0^ Oj 

Each fast top, fitted in a square hole, three inches each 

way, or under - • - • • • • • - • -.-••-•- • - — - 3 

Above 






3^ 





4i 





6- 





oi 





u 





2 





4. 





5 





6 





li 





2: 





2i 





Oi 





4*. 





n 





u 





H 





o 



s. 


d. 





4 





5i 





n 





O I 





3-^ 





5 





1 



53 

Above three inches, to six indies 

Above six inches, to nine inclics square 

If made to fit a sweep tiont, extra each top 

Each false bottom, fitt<:cl in a sfjuare hole, three inches 

each way, or under • • • • • 

Above three inches, to six inches 

Above six inches, to nine inches square 

If made to tit a sweep front, extra each bottom ...... o 

Each square box without a top, four inches square or 

under, mitred either with a block in corner, or plain 

ke3''d together 1 

Each inch more in length or width, up to six inches 

scjuare • • • • Ol 

Ditto, above six inches square Ol 

Each box without a top, not exceeding four inches each 

way, made to fit a sweep front 1 8| 

Ditto, to fit an elliptic front 1 111 

Each inch more in length of sweep or elliptic front, up 

to six inches • 1 

Ditto, above six inches Ik 

Each extra inch in length of straight part, the same as. 

the square box. 

Putting a U)ck on ditto 4 

A square box with the top to slide, three inches square 

or under, the top edge of the box roinided, and the 

end^piece glued on the top 

Each mch in length or width, up to six inches square • • I) 

Ditto, above six inches square 

Making ditto to fit a sweep front Q 2 5 

Ditto 



1 


6 





Of 





1 



s. 


d. 


2 


8 





H 





H 


1 


9 


o 


8 



54 

£. 

Ditto an elliptic front 

Each extra inch in length of sweep or elliptic front up to 

six inches •••-•- 

Ditto, above six inches 

A square box with the top cut off, and a rim inside « • • • 

Ditto, to fit a sweep front 

Ditto, an elliptic front 'ill 

A square box \vilh the top rabbeted, one part made fast, 

the other part hinged with a teachest-cannister hinge, 

sawcarf 'd in 

Ditto, to fit a sweep front 

Ditto, an elliptic front 

A square box with the top rabbeted on, one part made 

fast, hinged with a teachest hinge screw'd on, or a 

pair of small butt hinges 

Ditto, to fit a sweep front 

Ditto, an elliptic front 

N.B. The extra size of these boxes to be charged 

from the box with sliding top, and tlie size to start the 

same. 

The sweep-front boxes to measure from the long 

corner. 
Dovetailing a square box together, extra from mitring 

and keying 

Ditto, a sweep-front box 

If mitred at the top edge, extra each box 

An empty lift-out, four inches scjuarc and two inches 

deep, or under -. . . . o 

Every extra two inches in length or width 

A 



1 


S 


2 


6i 


2 


9k 


1 


9 


2 


7^ 


2 


101 






2 


t) 


H 





1 





10 





Of 


ditto, 



55 

£. s. cL 

A ditto, to fit a sweep front O i 4 

Ditto, ail elliptic front ] 6 

Each extra inch in lenoth or width of ditto ()'<• 

N.B. ^\ hen this lift-out exceeds two inches deep, 

to be char<2;ed as a box without a top. 
Each iiole in ditto, formed by partitions, for rings, combs, 

&c. 2} 

Each angle hole in ditto, for scissars. Sic. 3 

Bloiking up the holes, each block 2 

Scolloping jrartitions for rings, combs, «Scc. with a plain 

hollow, the edge of hollow left scjuare^ each j)artition Of 

Ditto, when the scollop is rounded - I5 

A drawer in the end, fitted up for ink, sand, and wafers, 

not exceeding sixteen inches from back to front 3 

N.B. If above sixteen inches long, the extra size 

to be charijed from Tablk of Drajccrs. 
A hollow for pens or pins, nine inches long and two inches 

■wide, or under 5 

A ditto, made to tilt • • • 7^ 

If made to lift out, with two pieces of tape fixed at the ends 7 
Each inch in length, or quarter of an inch in width, of 

holi(»w, extra Oi 

N.B. This hollow not to carry a partition with it : 

for the price of ditto — See Square hole, as ahovc. 
Staining hollow, to be paid according to time. 
When the end of a hollow is fitted to a sweep-front 

drawer, extra • • 1} 

A drawer, with a bevel end, fitted up for ink, sand, and 

wafers, not exceeding nine inches long 3 4 

A quadrant- 



56 . 

£. s. d. 

A quadrant-drawer, eight inches long and under, fitted up 
for ink, sand, and wafers, to turn out with two pieces 

of wire or connnon screws 4 6 

A plain comb-tray, not exceeding eight inches square, 

the rim bevcl'd, xiiitred, and key'd together 1 7 

Each inch more in length or width 1 

Each finger-hole in ditto li 

Scolloping edges of tray with an ogee scollop, each side- • 1? 

Raljbeting the bottom on tray, extra 3 

A square brush-top or pincushion board, with a moulding 



r- 1 



round ditto v 

A plain board fitted in for stuffing, with a beiul mitred j. 

round ditto • 7g 

A frame or box for covering for a pincushion, one inch 

deep or under 9 

Each extra inch in depth of ditto \0 1 

If a pincushion board is sunk about an eighth of an inch V 

deep, with a board fitted in ditto for stuffing Oil 

An oval brush-top or pincushion board, Avith the following ^ 

preparations : — a square top, with an oval hole cut in 

ditto ; a brush top, fitted to the oval hole ; and a h- k 

bottom, to block up ditto 1 2 

A lining round the inside, to shew a bead on tiic top edge 10 
A moulding round the edge of the brush-top or pincushion 

board, either with three reeds or two beads, and hollow 6 
An oval pincushion board, sunk about an eighth of an 

inch deep, with a board fitted in ditto for stutfing • • • • 1 4 
A plain solid slider, square-clamp'd, two feet six inches 

long, and one foot six inches wide, the ends of drawer 

plow'd 




plow'd, and tl)C slider longuod to run in ditto, Avith 

two fmgcr-lioles i <; 

Eack. indi more in length or width \h 

Every three iat^s less in ditto, down to two feet long 

and one foot three inches wide, deduct 1 

Groovjn. the ends, and screwing two pieces on ditto to 

support the back ot slider, the ends grooA'd thnuitih, 

aud the groove filled up in front, extra 5 

Ditto, w hen the ends are not groov'd through 7 

Each piece of half-inch stuti" let in a slider, &c. to form 

the finger-holes out of, the top edge to stand up to 

form a lipping 2 

^Making the slider to fit a circular front, extra 4 

Ditto an elliptic front - 6 

Every three inches in length of slider Avhcn a circular or 

ellititic front, extra q 0^ 

Lipping the slider for cloth — Set Table, N° 21. 
Glueing black wooil on partition edges, each piece, under 

threq^iches in length o O-f 

Ditto, from three inches to si x inches o o| 

Ditto, from six inches to one foot • 1 

Ditto, from one foot to two feet • • • • o 1^ 

Each extra foot above two feet in length 0? 

Glueing Avhite holly on partition edges, each j)iccc unch^r 

three inches in length o oj 

Ditto, from three inches to six inches () l 

Ditto, from six inches to one foot 1 i 

Ditto, from one foot to two feet 1^ 

Each extra foot above two feet in length 0? 

1 A SECRETARY 



58 



A SECRETARY DRAWER. 

£■ s. d. 

All solid. — ^I'hree feet six inches long, one foot^iglit 
inches wide, the front nine inches deep outside, tlie 
inside work nine inches from back to front ; six drawers 
and five letter holes, with a space for paper, in ditto ; 
the partitions put in with square grooves, and mitred 
hi front; the edges of ditto rounded; the ends of 
drawer shaped with an ogee • • • • • -.*.'i» 1 4 9 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each inch more in length, up to four feet long 

Ditto, above four feet long 

Each inch less in length, down to three feet long 

Ditto, from three feet, down to two feet six inches • • • • 
Each inch more in depth of front and inside work, when 

the drawer is under three feet long 

Ditto, Avhen three feet long, up to four feet long 

Ditto, above four feet long 

Each inch less in ditto, down to seven inches, when 

under three feet long • • • 

Ditto, when three feet long, up to four feet long 

Ditto, above four feet 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS, 

JFJien the Drawer has no JVork inside. 

Each inch more in length, up to four feet long Si 

Each ditto, above four feet long 3 

Each 






4 





5 





3 










4 





.') 





6 





3i 





4i 





5i 



59 

£. s. d. 
Eacli iiith less in lem)th, clown to throe feet long • • • • l| 
Ditto, iVoui three feet, down to two feet six inches- • • • li 
Each ineh more in deptii of iront, when nnder three feet 

long 2 

Ditto, when three feet loiig, up to flour feet 3 

Ditto, above four feet • • r)r"::'f»*f5.,v • • • • 4 

Each inch less, down to seven inches deep, Avhen under 

three feet long ] ^■ 

Ditto, when three feet long, up to four feet • ......••• 2^- 

Ditto, when four feet and u,)wurds^ • • • • • •/■t^^-r/.-, ;,f • 3$ 

Each extra inch in width of inside^ work. to be' charged 
\\d. on the shilling on the inside work, the drawers 
and facing the partitions with dilFercat coloured woods 
excepted. 
Each inch less in ditto, down to seven inches wide, de- 
duct from the shilling li; 

Jointing up stuff tor inside work, each joint twelve inches 

long and under 0^' 

Every six inches extra length of ditto 0^ 

For the price of extra drawers, and veneering ditto — 8cc 

Tabli:s, N°3 or 4. 
Tennoning the partition through the bottom, each end 

of the partition 5 

Ditto through the top, each end C) 4 

Ditto through the partitions, e;\ch end 3 

When a thick partition, with two heads on the edge of 
ditto, is introduced, more than two in a drawei* to be 

extra each partition • • • 1. 

Lining the ends with thin stuff, to receive the inside work 7 

Ditto 



a. 


iL 





6 





1 





u 





5 





4 


a 


1 





9 





11 



60 

£ 

Ditto the bottom, when under three feet long ........ Q 

Every six inches extra in length of ditto 

A\'hen a bead is put under a spiall drawer, and runners to 

carry ditto, each drawer extra • ''•, 

Each hole or space formed by partitions, more or less • • 
Each hole, more or less, formed by partitions to receive 

a drawer • 

Slipping drawers, each 

Putting in partitions for ink, sand, and ^vafers 

If required to be put in after the drawer is made 

Blocking .up the ink and sand bottles, each 1 

If the above blocks are three quarters thick and upwards, 

to be charged as false bottom of F u r n i t u r e D r a we k . 

For the price of a hollow for pens — See Furniture 

Dramer. 
Each plain piece for a label, &c. three quarters of an 

inch wide or under 

Each arch, scollop'd with a plain hollow, three quarters 

of an inch wide and under 

Each extra hollo\v, round, or two squares, in ditto • • • • 

Each extra inch in ^vidth of arch 

Each circular or elliptic arch, three quarters deep or under 

Cock beading a circular or elhptic arch 

Ditto, when a break at bottom 

Putting a corner line round a circular arch 

Ditto, when a break at bottom 

Veneering each arch 

A plain prospect door, lock'd and hinged, six inches wide 

and eight inches high, the plate of lock let in 






u 





2 





oi 





01 





'2k 





o 





Si 





n 





o 





1 


1 


4 




li 



01 

If the partitions on each side are rabbeted for door to fall 

into, each side extra I 

Each extra inch in length or width » O5 

Uiiitieins: the door on the mitre, with butt hiujjcs fT 

X'^enccring the prospect door 5 

If a small drawer front represent two in length 1|^ 

Ditto in width, the bead groov'd in '2 

A string roimd the jirospect door 4 

A triple string round ditto 6 

Glueing black or white on partition edges — See Furni- 
ture Dr.AWEU. 
Veneering the front and standing board, or banding ditto 

for cloth, the start length of the drawer 1 6 

Every six inches, more or less, in length of ditto 3 

For veneering the drawer front — See Table, N° 3. 
For veneering ditto to represent two drawers, to be charged 

as two drawers the same size, in Table of ditto. 
For veneering round-front drawers — See Table, !N° 4. 
Making ditto round-front, the front saw'd out for work* 

man 0^ 3 

Ditto, W'hen the inside of front is swept and filled up • • • •, 6 

A flap inside the front, hinged 1 10 

For a lock on ditto — See Table of BrassrcorJc. 

]^reparing the front to receive a drawer c) 

For the price of a drawer in ditto — See Table, N° 3. 
A flap inside ditto, hinged, twelve inches long or under, 

supported by blocks in the corner 1 

For extra size of ditto — See Loose cover in Fukniture 
Drawer. 

Tlin^einir 



A SECRETARY. 



All solid, — Three feet six inches long, three feet six inches, 
hiwh, the ends one foot nine inches wide, the drawer- 
front nine inches deep outside; six small drawers, a 
space for paper, and five letter holes, inside ; the drawer 
front cock beaded, &c. : a pair of flat pannel doors, 
pannels plow'd in ; a three-quarters partition between 
drawer and doors ; plain back ; the top to project half 
or three (piarters of an inch, the edge of ditto square;, 
one plain shelf inside, with two plain grooves to ditto ; on, 



62 

£. s. d. 

Hingeing front with dolphin hinges, extra from desk hinges 9 

Ditto, above four inches long • • 1 3 

Makino- the inside work of drawer round-front, to be 
charged Id. on the shilling on the price made out from 
the straight drawer, on the whole of the inside work. 
Making ditto hollow or elliptic, to be \\d. on the shilling 

on the price of the straight-front drawer. 
Sweeping the standing-board to a round-front drawer, the 

cdoe of ditto rounded %- 

o 

Veneering drawer fronts, &c. — 5'ee Tabli;s, N° 5 or 4. 
For extra drawers — See Tables, N*^ 3 or 4. 

N.B. When the partitions in a sweep -front are 

faced with differeat-colour'd wood, to take the same 

poundage as the above. 



cemmon 



63 



X'- <• 



common brackets, &o. ; the ends, bottom, and parlition 

edges, faced with mahogany 2 G I 

"EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Kach inch more in lengtli, from three feet six. inches to 

four feet, cxtia 11 i 

Ditto, above four feet 1 li 

Kach inch more in height, when the carcase is four feet 

long or under 3 f 

Ditto, when above tour feet 4 

Each inch more in \vidth of ends up to two feet, or less 

down to one foot four inches, add or deduct 3 

^Vhen the secretary is four feet long and upwards, each 

inch in width of ends above two ibet 6 

Each inch less in length, from three feet six inches down 

to three feet, deduct 

Ditto, from three feet down to two feet six inches • • • • 

Each inch less in height, down to three feet high 

If drawers instead of doors, deduct for doors and cutting 

the ends away to receive ditto 

Ditto for shelf, and cleaning inside 

For clothes-press shelves — See Clothes Press. 

If drawers inside doors, or extra drawers outside — See 

Table, 1s° 3. 
If an upright partition, shelves, or grooving — <St'e Opex 

Carcase. 
For any other work in carcase — See Dressing Guest. 

or Tables. 






81 





6 





3 


8 


5 


3 


4 



For 



# 



6i 

£. s. ck 
For extra work or size of drawer — See Secretary 

Drawer. 
For veneering ends, fronts, doors, &c. — See Tables, 

N° 3, 6, or 12. 
For mouldings — See Tables, N"^ 15, l6, or 17. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under • • G 

Every extra three inches in length • 

Ditto six inches in height 

Polishing pilasters or columns — See Dressing Chest., 



1 


a 





1 





1 



A ROUND-FRONT SECRETARY. 

All solid. — Three feet six inches long, three feet six inches 
liigh, the ends one foot eight inches wide, the drawer 
front nine inches deep outside; six small drawers, a 
space for paper, and five letter holes, inside ; the drawer 
front straight inside, cock beaded, &;c. : a pair of flat 
]iannel doors, the pannpls bent in ; a three-quarter par- 
tition between drawer and doors ; plain back ; the 
edge of top square, to project half or three quarters of 
an inch ; one plain shelf inside, with two plain grooves 
to ditto; on common brackets, &c. ; the front edge of 
bottom rabbeted to receive the doors ■ • 2 18 

EXTRAS. AJSD DEDUCTIONS. 

Each inch more in length, from three feet six inches to 

four feet long • G 1 2^ 

I^itto, above four feet long • • • • 1 4? 

Each 



65 

£. s. d. 
Each inch more in height, wlicn the job is four toct long 

or inider 4i 

Ditto above four feet long (J 5i 

Each inch, more or less, in width of ends, from one foot 

four inches to one foot eleven inches, add or deduct • • 3i 
^Vhcn Secretary is made four feet long, each inch in 

width of ends above one foot eleven inches wide 6 

Each inch less, from three feet six inches down to three 

feet, deduct 10| 

Ditto, from three feet to two feet six inches 8 

Each inch less in height, down to three feet 4 

If drawers instead of doors, deduct for doors and cutting 

ends away for ditto • 12 6^ 

Ditto for shelf and clcanino; inside 3 & 

Add for draAvers as per Table, N° 4. 

For mouldings, &c. — See Tables, N° 15, 16, or 17- 

For veneering top, ends, doors, or fronts — See Tables, 

N° 4, 6, ov 12. 
For extra work or size in drawer — See Secretary 

Drawer. 
For upright partition shelves, or extra grooves — See Open 

Carcase, page 23. 
For sawing out and jointing up fronts — See Table, N° 1. 
For any other work in carcase — See Dressing Chest, 

and Tables. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 1 2 

Every extra three inches in length 1 

Ditto six inches in heio-ht 1 

Polishing pilasters or columns — See Dressing Chest. 

K A BUREAU. 



66 



A BUREAU. 



-P. 



All solid. — Three feet long, the ends one foot seven inches 
wide, thiee feet six inches high, four drawers in ditto, 
cock beaded, &c. ; the inside work nine inches deep, 
six small drawers, five letter holes, and a space for 
paper; the desk fall rabbeted, and a quarter round on 
the front'and ends of ditto; the top lap-dovetail'd on; 
the standing board solid, and dovetail-groov'd through 
the ends ; two lopers, faced with mahogany, and cock 
beaded, to support the fall ; plain back ; on common 
brackets, &c. 118 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each inch more in length, from three feet to three feet 

six inches 

Ditto, above three feet six inches long 

Jiach inch more in height, when under four feet long • • 

Ditto, when above four feet long ; 

Each inch less in length, down to two feet six inches, 

deduct 

Ditto, from two feet six inches to two feet 

Each inch, more or less, in width of ends, from one foot 

two inches to two feet, add or deduct 3 

"When the fall is veneer'd, mitring the veneer to represent 

clamps, each clamp with one mitre 4i 

Ditto, 






8 





9* 





5 





6" 





5 





3 



67 

£. t. J. 

Ditto, when mitred at each end Ci 

Veneering the insidos of eiids, and uj) the slopes, when 

veneer'd from back to front 1 2 

Ditto, when veneer'd to the front of inside 10 

If this job is made without drawers, deduct for drawers 
and partitions from Table, N° 3; then add for clean- 
ing inside and preparation for doors 1 7 

For price of doors — See Table, N° 11. 

If the top is not lap-dovetail'd, deduct 6 

For clothes shelves — See Cloth us Press. 
For shelves or grooving — See Open Carcase. 
For any other work — See Dressing Chest, fl7J^i Tables. 
For mouldings, &c. — See Tables, N° 15, l6, or 17- 
For veneering top, ends, or fronts — Sec Tables, N° 3, 
or 6. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 10 

Fvery extra three inches in length 1 

Ditto six inches in height I 

Polishing pilasters or columns — -See Dressing Chest. 



A BOOKCASE. 



All solid. — Three feet long, three feet six inches Jiigh to 
the top of cornice, the ends nine inches wide inside : 
the cornice either block'd on the top or the ends to go 
to the top, and a piece fixed in front to glue the 
cornice to ; the bottom edge faced Avilh mahogany, and 



si 



ii> 



68 

£. s. d. 
a slip on the inside for the doors to stop against; 
the cornice sprung and gkied on (as in Table of 
Mouldings) ; the inside empt}^ and Avithout grooves ; 
plain back ; the doors without pannels, or squares ; 
an ovalo inside of framing ; the bottom faced with ma- 
hogany, and prepared to receive doors 15 6 



EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each inch more in length or height, up to four feet square, 

when the ends are twelve inches wide or under 3 

Ditto, from three feet six inches to four feet, when the 

ends exceed twelve inches wide 3^ 

Ditto, above four feet square, when the ends do not ex- 
ceed one foot four inches wide 4 

Each inch more in width of ends, up to one foot four 
inches wide, when the carcase is three feet six inches 
Ions; or under • ^ 2? 

Each inch more in ditto, up to one foot four inches, when 

the carcase is above three feet six inches long 3 

Each inch more in ditto, above one foot four inches, to 

two feet, when the carcase is above four feet long • • • • 3i 

Ea<?h inch less in length or height, down to two feet six 

inches square 2 

Ditto, from two feet six inches to one foot six inches 

square 1 

A loose cornice frame, the start size or under 10 

Every extra three inches in length or width 1 

Each rail across ditto, dovetail'd or fram'd in 4 

A false 



69 

£. s. d. 

A false top to cornice frame — See Double Chest, 
page 31. 

For the price of grooving, &c. or extra shelves, &c. — See 
Open Carcase. 

For pannels, or squares, in doors — See Tables of ditto. 

A circular top, three feet long, to trace the sweep (as in 
Plate B'^fg' 2), not to rise more than six inches, with 
the cornice sprung, and glued on (as in Table of 
Mouldings) ; the top sawcarf 'd and bent, the edge of 
ditto prepared to receive the doors, the door frames 
fitted to ditto l6 

An elliptic ditto, to rise as above, and prepared for the 

doors, &c. 18 

A serpentine ditto, as above 1 

Each inch in rise above six inches, extra 4 

Each inch more in length, ^vhen sweep top, extra from 

the ditlerent stages, when a straight top I 

Each ditto less, down to two feet six inches long 1 

For the price of mouldings — aScc Tables, N°15, 16, or 17. 

For veneering ends, doors, pannels, &c. — See Tables, 
ls° 6 or 12. 

For fram'd back— &e Table, N° 18. 

For freize, &c. — See Table, N° 9- 

For pilasters, &c. — See Dressing Chest. 

For pediments — See page 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 9 

Every extra three inches in length 1 

Ditto six inches in height 1 

Polishing pilasters or colunms — See Dressing Chest. 

A STRAIGHT- 



70 



A STRAIGHT-FRONT LIBRARY BOOKCASE. 

£. s. d. 
All solid. — Five feet long, eight feet high to the top of 
cornice, the lower part three feet three inches high, 
the ends of ditto one foot eight inches -wide, the ends 
of upper carcase ten inches wide inside, the upper o, 
and lower part without doors, shelves, or grooves ; 
fram'd backs ; four pannels in upper and two ditto in 
lower carcase; the top block'd to receive a cornice; 
the cornice sprung, and glued on (as in Table of 
Mouldings) ; on fast plinth, square edge to ditto, 
without surbase or any other mouldings ; the tops and 
bottoms faced with mahogany 1 18 5 



EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each inch more in length, up to six feet long 

Ditto, from six feet to seven feet long 

Ditto, above seven feet long 

Each inch, more or less, in width of ends, in the upper 

part ^^ 

Ditto, in lower part - 

Each inch more in height, when this job is six feet long 

or under 

Ditto, when from six feet to seven feet long 

Ditto, above seven feet long 

Each inch less in height, when the job is six feet long 

or under 






10 


1 





1 


2 





5 





5 





5 





6 





7 





4 


Ditto, 



5. 


d, 





5 





6 





8 





() 


2 


G 


2 


6 



71 

Ditto, when from six feet to seven feet long 

Ditto, above seven feet long 

Each inch less in length, clown to four feet long 

Ditto, down to three feet long 

Each extra carcase in upper part 

Ditto in lower part 

N. B. No charge to be made for more than three 

carcases in each part. 
A loose cornice or plinth frame — <See Plinth frame in 

Dressing C(iest. , 

A frame for surbase moulding — See Stump-foot frame in 

Dressing Chest. 
Every extra inch in width of front rail, above four inches 

wide 1 

For grooving upright partitions or shelves — See Open 

Carcase. 
For pilasters, false ends to receive ditto, &c. — See Dress- 
ing Chest. 
For lining up ends, to receive pilasters, &c — See Table, 

]Si° 2. 
For veneering ends, front, doors, 8cc. — See Tables, N°3, 

6, or 12. 
For mouldings — See Tables, N° 15, l6, or 17- 
Filling up doors for ghmng — See Table, N° 31. 
Each joint more than one in the upper inside ends, to be 

paid as per Tacsle, N" 1. 
Each ditto more than two in the lower inside ends, to be 

paid for as ditto. 
If a frame is made to lie on the top of lo\Yer part, to 

form 






U 





li 





n 



72 

£. s. d. 

form a freize four or five inches deep, to be charged ' '" ' -i 

as a plinth frame, from Dressing Chest, and then 

add Id. per foot extra on the whole length of the 

frame. 
A false top of inch stutT, to lie on' the above frame, five 

feet long 1 7i 

Every six inches in length, up to six feet, and if above 

in proportion 

Ditto less, down to four feet, deduct 

Ditto, to three feet 

^Vhen the j^linth frame of a library is made in three 

frames and screw'd together, the job not exceeding ten 

feet long, extra 1 

N. B. If this job is made above ten feet long, this 

extra not to be charcred. 
For framing this freize to receive drawers — See Chamber 

or Sideboard Tables, according to the length. 
When the top and bottom parts of this Library are made 
. by different workmen, the top part, as described in 

preamble, to r*^rt 17 7i 

Ditto the bottom part 1 7i 

The price of'extra inches in length to be equally divided, 

and all other extras to be added to each part separately-. 

— The workmen arc considered to fit the upper and 

lower parts together. 
Oiling and polishing the upper part, when open, four feet 

long and four feet nine inches high, or under 1 

Ditto the lower part, when four feet long and three feet 

three inches high, or under 1 

Every 



73- 

£. s. d. 
Every extra six inches in length of upper or lower part, 

when o|)en () i 

Ditto six inches in height of ditto Oi 

Oiling and polishing the upper part Avhen inclosed with 

doors, or drawers when four feet long and four feet 

nine inches high, or under 1 6 

Ditto the lower part when inclosed, and four feet long, 

three feet three inches high, or under 

Every extra six inches in length of upper or lower part- • 
Ditto six inches in height of ditto 



1 


6 





n 





o 



A LIBRARY BOOKCASE, with BREAKS. 

All solid. — Seven feet long, eight feet high to the top of 
cornice, the middle ends of lower part one foot nine 
inches wide, and three feet three inches high ; the 
middle ends of upper part one foot two inches wide;, 
without doors, shelves, jor grooves, to the upper or 
lower part; the breaks three inches wide; the upper 
and lower part made in three carcases each, with 
fram'd backs to ditto ; eight pannels in the upper part, 
and four in the lower ditto; the cornice sprung, and 
glued on, without mouldings ; the top to pr<)ject, with 
a square edge ; fast plinth, with square edge to ditto, 
without surbase or top mouldings ; the front edges of 
the tops and bottoms faced with mahogany ; the carcases- 
prepared to receive doors, with slips up the breaks •• 3 14 2 
I- . EXTRAS 



74 



EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

£. s. 

Each extra incli in length of middle part or wing, under 

four feet long 

Ditto, above four feet long 

If the lower part is made in one carcase, deduct 

Each extra carcase in upper or lower part o 

Each pannel above twelve, in start carcases 

If fram'd backs to extra carcases, each pannel 

Each inch more in height, either in upper or lower part, 

when the carcase is seven feet long or under 

Ditto, when above seven feet, to eight feet long 

Ditto, when above eight feet, to nine feet long 

And if above, in proportion. 
Each inch more in width of ends, either in upper or 

lower part 

Each inch less in length, down to five feet long 

Each inch Jess in height, when the carcase is sev«n feet 

long or under 

Ditto, v/hen from seven to eight feet long 

Ditto, when above eight feet, to nine feet long 

And' if above, in proportion. 
Each inch more in height, extra from the above price, 

when the job is made above nine feet high 2 

For veneering the breaks of middle part — See Table of 

veneering Table Rails, N° 8. 
If drawers in the wings of lower part, deduct for each 

cupboard 1 Q 

Add for drawers and partitions according to Table, N° 3. 

For 



1 





1 


2 


2 


2 


o 


8 





6 





6 





10 





11 


1 








8i 





10 





8 





9 





10 



7.'^ 

£. s. d. 
Foi- doors, (Sec— See Table, N° 11 or 31. 
For uj)nght partitions, grooving, shelves, «&c. — See Open 
Carcase. 

A loose frame for plinth, six feet long 5 6 

Every six inches in extra length of ditto 2 

Each extra cross-rail in ditto 4 

Veneering the top long-way, at per foot run, when six 
inches wide or under, to measure tlic widest part of 

veneer 

Ditto, from six to eicfht inches wide 

Ditto, from eight to ten inches wide 

A loose frame for surbase, six feet long, of inch and half 

stufl" and imder, with two cross-rails to ditto 

Every six inches in extra length of cUtto 

Each extra cross-rail • 

AVhen the plinth frame of a lahrary is made in three 
frames, and screw'd together, the job not exceeding 

ten feet long, extra • • 1 

iV. B. If this job is made above ten feet long, this 
extra not to be char2;ed. 
For opening the frames to recei ve d raAvers — See C ii a m b k r. 

or Sideboard Tables, according to their lefigfh. 
A false top, for a surbaso frame, of inch deal, with one 
joint in ditto, not clamp'd, to cover the Uiblc part of 
library, and two pieces jointed to ditto, to go under 

the wings, six feet long and under 2 3 

Every extra six inches in length of ditto il 

Each extra break in plintii or cornice frame, formed by 

a cross-rail q o 7 

Each. 






3 





31 





Si 


3 


4 





2 





Cy 



76 

£. s. d. 

Each extra break in a false top or surbase frame, not ex- 
ceeding one foot three inches long 4 

Each extra foot in ditto li 

Each break more than two, either in the upper or lower 

part, without the mouldings, &c. 2 

AVhen the top and bottom parts of this library are made 
by different woikmen — The top part, as described in 
preamble to start 1 14 7 

Ditto — The bottom part 119 7 

The price of extra inches in length to be equally divided ; 
and all other extras to be added to each part separately. 
The workmen are considered to fit the upper and lower 
parts together. 

For mouldings, veneering, filling up the inside of doors, 
&c. — See Tables of ditto. 

For pilasters, columns, &c — See Dressing Chest. 

For other work not inserted here — See Tables of ditto, 
and Straight-front Library. 

If a frame is made to lie on the top of lower part, to 
form a freize four or five inches deep, to be charged 
as a plinth frame from Dressing Chest, and then 
add 2d. per foot extra on the length of the frame. 

For the price of an extra top — See False top, as above. 

Oiling and polishing the upper part when open, five 

feet long, four feet nine inches high, or under 1 4 

Ditto the lower part, when five feet long and three feet 

three inches high, or under 1 4 

Ever}"^ extra six inches in length of upper or lower part, 

when opea 1 

Ditto 



77 

Ditto six inches in height of ditto () o Oj 

Oihng and polishing the upper part, when inclosed with 
doors or drawers, when five feet long and four feet nine 

inches high, or under 1 1(» 

Ditto the lower part, when inclosed, and five feet long, 

three feet three inches high, or under I. 10 

Every extra six inches in length of upper or lower part • • 21 
Ditto six inches in height of ditto 2 



♦ 



A STRAIGHT-FRONT CABINET. 

All solid. — Four feet long, five feet high to the top of 
cornice, in two carcases, two upright partitions to a|> 
pear in front, four flat panncl doors to upper part, 
two doors to the wings of lower part, and one drawer 
in the center, cock beaded, &c. ; the lower ends four- 
teen inches wide, and three feet high ; the upper ends 
seven inches wide ; the inside of upper and lower part 
empty; on plain taper stump feet: a plain cornice, 
without mouldings (as in Table of ditto) ; the edge 
of lower top square ; plain backs to upper and lower 
part 3 4 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each inch more in length, up to five feet long [) 

Ditto, above five feet 10 

Ditto 



n 



78 

Ditto in height, when four feet long or under 

Ditto, when from four feet to four feet six inches long • • 

Ditto, above four feet six inches long • • « 

Each inch more in width of ends, either in upper or 

lower part 

Each inch less in length, from four feet to three feet 

six inches 

Ditto, from three feet six inches to three feet in length • • 
Each inch less in heisht, when four feet Ion" or under • • 

Ditto, when abose four feet long 

Each inch above seven in depth of middle drawer, extra 
Making the middle part rise square above the wings, 

without mouldings or mitres • • 

Each inch in height of middle part above the wings, to 

be half the price of the above height. 
Forming a break in the upper part, each break, cither 

internal or external, without mouldings or mities, with 

a slip between the doors and ends » • • • . . 

Ditto, in the lower part 

When a break is formed in the upper or lower part, and 

drawers in the room of doors, to be extra each end of 

the drawer against the break, including the partition- • G 
N. B. When the upper or lower part is made in 

three carcases, this extra not to be charged. 
When drawers are introduced in the wings instead of 

doors, deduct for cleaning and preparing for doors, 

each cupl:)oard - 

Deduct for doors according to Table, N° 11. 
Add for drawers and partitions as Table, N° 3. 



s. d. 

6 

7 

8 

6 






7k 





6i 





5 





6 





2i 



6 



2 
2 



21 



1 3 



For 



79 

r. 5. fj. 

For pilasters, columns, dtc. — See Dressing CiitsT. 
Tor the price of an arch in above — aSYc CcLLAutr Sidk- 

BOAnp Tahle. 
For mouldings — See Tables, N^ 15, 16, or 17- 
For veneering — See Tables, N° 3, 6, or 12. 
Yor IVam'd backs— See Table, N° 18. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 2 3 

Every extra three inches in length 2 

Ditto six inclies in height li 

Polishing pilasters or columns — See Dressing Chest. 



A CHAMBER TABLE. 



All solid. — Two feet six inches long, one foot eight inches 
Avide, the framing five inches deep, the edge of the top 
square, plain jVlarlbro' legs, two feet eight inches high 

to the top 3 9 

N. B. If this job exceeds two feet eight inches high, 
to be taken from Straight-front Pier Table. 

Ditto, if above three feet nine inches long, and two 
feet wide, to be taken from tlic Library Table. 

EXTRAS. 

Each inch more in length or width, up to three feet three 

inches long, and two feet wide 2 

Each inch in length or width, above three feet three 

inches long o 2 J 

Each 






Ik 





3 


2 


3 


4 


2 


6 






80 

£. s. f/. 
Each inch in depth of frame, when the job is three feet 

long and under 

Ditto, when from three feet to three feet nine inches long 
A plain long drawer, three inches and a half deep outside, 

and extra framing • 

Two ditto in length, and extra framing 

Three ditto in length, and extra framing 

'N. B. When one or more drawers are introduced in 

length, to be extra per inch, in length or width Ok 

For scratch or cock beading, or locks, on ditto — See 

Table, N° 3. 
Each half-inch in depth of drawers, above three inches 

and a half, Avhen the drawer is three feet long and 

under, extra each drawer • Ov 

Ditto, if above three feet long 0$ 

For each extra long drawer — See Table, N° 3. 

Each extra long rail, with linmgs and slips, to cany a 

drawer, three feet long 1 

Every four inches longer, or six inches shorter, add or 

deduct • ••• • (H 

Each short rail between drawers, with one Iming to ditto 8 

Tlien add for drawers according to Table, N° 3- 
"VVhen a sham front in place of a real drawer, deduct for 

ditto as per Table, N° 3, and add for fitting in the front 4 
For shamming ditto with cock beads, &c.^ — See Table, 

N? 29. 
Two shoft drawers, and extra framing, to form a knee- 
hole six inches deep, the inner ends clamp'd in front, 

without locks or beads ■ •. 7 6 

If 



81 

£■ s. d. 

If more than two short drawers, deduct for two, their 
depth between ton and bottom rails of the knee-hole, 
and add for each drawer its own size, as per Taulk, 
N°3. 

Each short rail, one lining, and slips, between drawers- -008 

Each inch, more or less, in depth of framing and drawers, 

when a knee-hole 3^ 

Each inch in lengtii, above three feet long, when a knee- 
hole, extra •. OV 

Each inch, more or less, in width, above one foot nine 

inches, when a knee-hole, extra Oj 

A hollow-front shelf, two feet six inches long, fixed witli 
stretcher plates, and a piece length-way screw'd on the 
under side of ditto at each end, the ed^e of shelf 
square 1 9 

Every three inches longer, or four inches shorter, add or 

deduct 1 

Two low end-rails, 'with a hollow-fiont shelf, two feet six 

inches long, the etige square, block'd on ditto 2 

A hollow-front shelf, two feet six inches long, supported 
by an angle stretcher, fixed eillu'r with pins or stretcher 
plates 2 1 

Tlircc low rails, with scjuare edges, and a hollow-front 
shelf, two feet six inches long, screw'd to the under 
side, with a square projecting edge • 2 3 

Each extra inch in length, in either of the three [)receding 

shelves Ov 

Every three inches less in length of ditto, down to one 

foot six inches, deduct • ^ Jl 

M BeveUJiiji: 



s. 


d. 





1 





oi 





1 





oi 





oi 






9 





Ik 


1 


1 





2 





1 



82 

£• 

Bevelling the rails, each 

Rounding the edge of ditto, straight-wa}', at per foot run 

Sticking an astragal on ditto, at ditto 

Rounding the edge of shelf, sweep or end wa}^ at ditto • • 

Ditto, long-way 

A plain rim, not exceeding one inch wide, the start size 
and under, groov'd in the top side of shelf at the back 
and ends, the edge of rim rounded, and fitted between 

the legs • • 

Each extra foot run in ditto 

A ditto, groov'd in the back and ends of top, the back 
mitred and key'd, the front end of ditto scoUop'd • • • • 

Each extra foot run in ditto 

If continued on the front, each extra mitre 

If this rim is made from one inch to one and a half inch 

in width, to be extra per foot o Oi 

N. B. If above one inch and a half, to two inches, 
(Sec. to be paid in proportion for the price of wash- 
boards — See Dressing Table, N° 2. 
Making this Chamber Table round front, the start length, 
without drawers, to measure one foot ten inches across 

the center of the top, extra 1 4 

Ditto, when the legs stand square, the framing not ex- 
ceeding five inches deep, and the top broke over ditto, 

extra 2 

Making this table round front, and one long drawer in 

ditto, three and a half inches deep, with extra framing 4 6\ 
Each half-inch in depth of drawers, above three and a 

half inches deep, when three feet long or under, extra Oh 

Ditto, 



83 

£. s. <L 

Ditto, ^vhen above three feet long Of 

For each extra long drawer — Sec Table, N° 4. 

Each extra swept rail, faced with mahogany, \viih hning, 

and slips to guide a drawer three feet long 1 4 

Every four inches longer, or six inches shorter, add or 

deduct Oi 

IVIaking this table round front, and two drawers in lengtli, 

•with extra framing 7 4^ 

Ditto, when three dra^vers in length • 10 1 

Each inch in length or width of a round-front (able, up 

to three feet three inches long, luid two feet one inch 

wide C, 

Ditto, above three feet three inches long .'3 

AVhen one or more drawers are introduced in this tramc, 

above the average of eighteen inches to each drawer, 

each mch in length or width, up to three feet thice 

inches ^ 

Ditto, above three feet three inchrs long 5' 

INIaking the legs stand square, breaking the top ovei' 

ditto, when drawers, the framing not exceeding five 

inches deep, extra U -t 

Each extra inch in depth of framing, when the legs 

stand square 

For rounding the knees of the legs — See Table, N° 32. 
Ditto the corners of top over ditto — See Pembroke 

Table. 
Each inch in depth of frame of a round-front table, when 

three feet long and under i> 

Ditto, Avhen above tliree feet, to three feet nine inches long 3 J 

1 wo 



84 

£. s. fl. 

Two short drawers, and extra framing, to form a round- 
front knee-hole six inches deep, the inner ends clamp'd 
in front, without locks or beads 9 4 

If more than two short drawers, deduct for ditto their 
depth between top and bottom rails of knee-hole, and 
add for each drawer its OAvn size, as per Table, N°4. 

Each short rail, with one lining, and slips between ditto- • 11 

For each extra long drawer— 5'ee Table, N° 4. 

Each inch in length or width of a round-front knee-hole 

table, extra 0^ 

Each inch, more or less, in depth of frame and drawers, 

when a knee-hole 4^^ 

When a sham front in place of a real drawer, deduct for 
ditto according to Table, and add for fitting in a 
sham front 5^ 

For shamming ditto with cock beads, &c. — -See Table, 

]SI° 29. 

Tf only one of these tables, to be extra 1 

If two, to be extra each 3 

N. B. If this table exceed three feet nine inches long, 
no extra for a single one to be charged. 

For veneering the top, drawer fronts, rails, &c. — See 
Tables, N° 3, 4, 6, or 8. 

For mouldings— 5^ee Tables, N° 16 or 17. 

For tapering legs — See Table, N° 22. 

If this table is made elliptic, to be taken from Pier 
Table, page 

For sawing out sweep fronts, and jointing ditto — See re- 
ferences /o Table, 1n° 4. 

Oiling 



85 

£. 

Oiling and polishinp;, the start size or under 

Ditto, when a knee-hole, with two drawers, or an extra 

long drawer in depth, extra 

Ditto every extra six inches in length or width 

Ditto each shelf, wash-board, or rim 



a. 


d. 





6 





u 





1 





2 



A WRITING TABLE.— N° 1. 

All solid. — Two feet long, one foot four inches wide, the 
framing four inches and a half deep ; one plain drawer 
m ditto, without lock or heads; square edge to the 
top, lipp'd for cloth cross-way, and mitred in the 
corners ; plain IVIarlbro' legs 6 8 

A single one, extra P 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each inch more in length or width, up to three feet three 
inches long 2 

Ditto, in depth of frame 3|- 

If above three feet three inches long, to be taken from 
LiDRARY Table. 

Making the top to rise with a horse, fram'd or lapp'd 
together, a shap'd toe and straight stretcher to ditto, 
the under top rabbetted down the thickness of the horse 4 

Sinking the horse in the top, not exceeding one foot six 

inches long 9 

Every 



86 

£. s. cL 

Every three inches in length, up to two feet nine inches 

long, extra 1 

A frame under the top, and an extra horse to make a 

double rise, extra • 4 

N. B. When tliis job is made three feet three inches 
long and upwards, with either a single or double rise, 
the price of rise to be taken from the Kxee-iiolu 
Library Table. 

Each inch more in lensth or width of table, when a 

sinsle rise 2i 

Ditto, when a double rise 54 

A pair of solid flap tops, to fold in the middle, of three- 
quarters stuff, without clamps, hinged with card-table 
hinges, the start size of the job, with square edges to ditto 4 6 

N. B. These flaps not to have an}' mortices or 
tongues in the start. 

Each mortice or tongue in the joint, extra O/'i^^ 

Plain lopers to support the flaps, to draw out through 

the front legs, each pair 1 

When a single flap is introduced in a job where tliere is a 
carcase behind, to be extra from the above, including 
lining up the back part to the thickness of the flap • • 6 

Each inch more in length or width of flaps, to ibix c feet 

long or twelve inches wide, cash flnp Oi 

If above twelve inches wide and three feet long, each 

extra inch in length or width 1 

A candle board, of half-inch stuff, square clainp'd in 
front, to draw out at the ends, not lo exceed six inches 

wide and one foot long 1 2 

A plain 



« 



87 

A plain candle board, to turn out upon a center, without 

being clamp'd, not to exceed nine inches each way • • 10 

Ditto, if rounded to a quarter-circle Oil 

For the price of a slider, or an arch — See Cylinder- 
fall Table. 
For a stretcher — See Work Table. 
For the price of book-rest, &c. — See Music or Reading 
Staxd. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 

Ditto the inside, when a rising top 

Every extra three inches in length or width 

Ditto, when a rising top, and polish'd inside 






(j 





3 





oi 





01 



A LIBRARY WRITING TABLE.— N° 2. 

All solid. — Four feet long, two feet six inches wide, the 
edge of the top square, three drawers in front, cock 
beaded, &c. ; plain mahogany back rail, the framing 

^ '"six inches deep, plain IVLirlbro' legs 18 9 

iV. B. If this table is under three feet three inches 
long, to be taken from Writing Table, N° 1. 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each inch in length or width, up to five feet long 3^ 

Ditto, above five to six feet long 4 

Ditto, above six to seven feet Ions; 4i 



If above, in proportion. 



Each 



88 

£. s. d. 
Each inch in depth of frame, Avhen five feet long or under 6 
Ditto, above five to six feet Ions; 64 

If abo^'e, in proportion. 
Each inch less in length down to three feet three inches, 

or width down to two feet three inches, deduct 3 

If a long drawer in the place of three short ones, deduct 

the short draweis according to Table, and add the 

price of long drawer from Table, N° 3. 
Deduct for each upright rail, clamp'd in front, betAveen 

the drawers • 10 

For a slider in the ends — See Cylinder-fall Wkitixg 

Table. 
For shamming drawers on the back or end rails — See 

Table, K° 29- 
Framing this table to receive one long drawer in the back, 

the start length Oil 

Ditto, when two drawers in length 1 5^^ 

Ditto, when three drawers in length 1 8 

For the price of drawers — See Table, N° 3. 

When a drawer is made with a double front, to draw out 

either way, with a lock on both fronts, to be double 

the price of a single drawer the same size, as per 

Table, N° 3. 

A plain muntin in this drawer 7 

When made with a double front, each inch in length or 

width, up to five feet long 4 

Ditto, above five to six feet long 4i 

Ditto, above six to seven feet 5 

For price of slider in drawer — See Fujrniture Drawer. 

Two 



B9 

Two short drawers and extra franiing, to ibnn u Knce« 

hole, the ends twehc inches deep outside, the inner 

endg clamp'd in front • 9 45 

Each inch, more or Jess, in deptli of knee-hole, add or 

deduct 6 

iV. B. "When the short drawers are made above one 

foot long, the extra length of ditto to be taken from 

Tadlc, N^" 3. 
iOach ineh more in length, up to five feet long, when a 

kncc-holc • . 4i 

Ditto, above five to six feet long 5 

Ditto, pbove six to seven feet long • • • • .^j 

For extra framing to form a double-front knee-hole, to 

receive two drawers, the rails not to exceed t\vclvc 

inches deep outside • • • 0- 1 G 

For the price of drawers— ^ee Table, JS'° 3. 

Kach inch more in length, up to five feet long, wlien a 

double-front knee-hole » o 5 

Ditto, above five to six feet long • a 5\ 

Ditto, above six to seven feet long 6i 

Each incli more in width when a knee-hole, up to five 

feet long • - 5% 

Ditto, above five to six feet long • - • • Gig 

Ditto, above six to seven feet long ■ - H^ 

l\ longer than any of the above sjzes, to be charged In 

proportion. 
A deal bottom, .bradded on the under side of rails, the 

start si;5c of the job . - 1 0! 

Earli sqnaro foot more in diHo ... 1 ' 

If 



s. 


d. 





Oh 





01 





9i 





01 



90 

If rabbeted in the rails, to be extra per foot run 

Notching ditto to the legs, each leg 

Framing the legs to form three-quarter corners, the leg 
turned to the top of frame, the framing six inches deep 

and under, each leg extra 

Each inch above six in depth of framing, extra 

Por shaping top over three-quarter corners — -See Dress- 
ing Chest. 

N. B. If fixed with irons, to be paid according to 
time. 
For lining the top with cloth or leather — See Tables, 

For framing to receive extra drawers — See Cylinder- 

FALL Table. 
Glueing on stuff for mouldings, and sticking ditto — See 

Tables, N° 16 or 17. 
Veneering rails— -iSee Table, N° 8. 
Framing the top to receive a flap — See Table, N° 19- 
For an arch — See Cylinder-fall Table. 
For joints, &c. in top — See Table, N° 1. 
Sawing out and tapering legs — See Table, N° 22. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 

Ditto, when a lined top 

Ditto, every extra six inches in length or width 

Ditto, when a double front to ditto, extra 

Ditto, when a knee-hole in the front or back, each 

knee-hole extra li 



A KNEE- 



1 








9 





1 





2 



IJi 



A KNEE-HOLE LIBRARY TABLE. 



£. 



All solid. — Four feet long; the pedestals two feet four 
inches long, when added together; the middle part 
one foot seven inches long, two feet eight inches high ; 
the top tM'o feet six inches wide, Avith a square edge 
to ditto ; nine short drawers ; cock beaded, &c. : on 
eight common brackets, block'd on the bottom of car- 
case, or taper'd stump feet; the ends, bottom, and 
partition edges, faced with mahogan}^ ; plain back^-'^ ■ 
the iimer ends to go up to the top, or an uprigh 
partition between drawers 2 9 6" 



EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each inch, more or less, down to two feet two inches in 
length of pedestals, when added together, add or deduct 

Each inch more in length of middle part 

Each inch more in width, when the carcase is five feet 

long or under 0' 

Ditto, when above five feet long 

Each inch, more or less, in height, when the job is five 

feet long or under 

Ditto, when above five feet long 

Making the above with a double front, to receive nine 
drawers, the ends and partition edges iaced with 
mahogany 



1 








6 





S 





9 





6i 





8 


3 


8 


Each 



92 

Each inci), more or less, down to two feet two inches In 
length of pedestals, Avhen added together, in a double- 
front job 1 li 

Ditto, in length of middle part q q ^^ 

For drawers and extra partitions— &€ Table, N^ 3. 
For shamming drawers in the baek— &*c Tacli:, ]S° i20, 
Vt'hen nrade in three carcases, cither the upper part to 
lie on the pedestals, or the pedestals made the full 
height, and the center part screw'd between ditto, extra 'i 10 

Ditto, when a double front ••«••. 3 4 

If an under top to the center part all tlie way through, 

in place of two top rails, extra* .....•••• ^^ • 1 2 

Fastening the carcases together with iron plates, each plate ^0 ^^ 
If a cupboard in the wings, when a single front, deduct «*— - 
for drawers and partitions, and add for cleanings 
colouring, and polishing the inside, the carcase pre- 
pared to receive a door *• 1 6 

If a cupboard in the back of the wings, and an inner 

back, cleaning, &c. the inside, as above 110 

If a cupboard on both sides of the pedestals, and a middle 

back, cleaning, &c. as above ' r ..... . o 3 4 

For the price of doors— ^t'eTAULF., N" 11. 

When the ends are cut awa}' to receive a door, extra* •• • 'i 

For a case inside cupboard— 5'ee page 2l). 

For framing the top or ends, either with pannels or to 

receive a slider — See Tables, K° 19 or 20. 
When the top is lif)p'd for cloth, deduct for cleaning, and 

add for lipping ditto, as TaeljG, ]S5° 21. 
A flap hinged to the back part of top, four feet long and 

^''^gtoine 



93 

X'- s. (I. 
nine inches wide, hung either with a m!c joint or 
s(iuare ditto, with mortices and tongues, supported by 
two common rule-joint brackets 4 6 

Each inch more in lengtli, wlien the width does not 
exceed twelve inches Oi 

Each inch leas in length, down to two feet six inches, 

when the width as above G 0^ 

Each inch more in length, when above twelve inches wide 1 

Each inch less in length, down to two tbet six inches, 

when above twelve inches wide • • • • < 0|. 

Each inch, n^iore or less, in width • • • I 

If three-quarter stuft' is mitred round on tlie tlat of the 
top, with a hollow under the outer edge of ditto, and 
an extra solid top hinged in front,^ supported by a 
horse behind • • • 7 lO 

If the ends and front rails are rabbeted, and a thin top 
fitted into ditto, with a hollow mitred round the inside 
(as in Shaving Stand), and an extra solid top 
hinged in front, supported by a horse behind 8 

\ s(|uaie frame in addition to the above, the whole sv/.e of 
the top, and an extra horse to make a double rise, extra G 

Each inch less in length or width, down to three feet 

long, when a single rise * • • 1 

Each inch more in length or width of ditto 1| 

Each inch less in length or width, down to three feet long, 
when a double rise 1 :; 

Each inch more in length or width of ditto '2 

Brass steps, and the feet of the horse fipp'd with brass, 
to be paid for according to time. 

lor 



u 



94 

£. s. d. 
For joints, &c. in top or ends-^AS'ee Table, N^ 1. 
For veneering top, ends, drawers, fronts, or doors — 

See Tables, N° 3, 6, or 12. 
For mouldings — See Tables, N° 15, l6, oj^ 17- 
For Frencii.feet, pilasters, or other work — See Dressing 

Chest. 

Oiling and polishing, ' the start size or under 1 6 

Ditto, -when a lined top 1 3 

Ditto, when a double front and solid top 2 

Ditto, when a lined top 1 9 

Every extra three inehes in length, or six inches in height I5 
PoHshing pilasters or columns — See Dressing Chest. 



A CIRCULAR LIBRARY WRITING TABLE. 

£. s. cL 
All solid. — Thi-ee feet six inches diameter; the framing 
four inches and a half deep, exclusive of top ; four 
drawers and four shams in ditto, cock beaded, to run 
in square ; the top either flush or to project, with a 
square edge ; on a turn'd pillar, and three claws fas 
N° 1, in Plate) ; the cross-rails clamp'd in front; the 
top to turn on a wood center, prepared by the turner, 
or the pillar to come through the bottom, and fastened 

by a wedge through ditto II6 

N.B. When a square block is double-tennon'd on 
the top of the pillar, and screw'd to the under side of 
the frame, to be equal to the start center. 

EXTRA.S 



95 



EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

£. s. fh. 

Each extra inch in diameter, up to four feet • • 9 

Ditto, above four feet diameter 1 

Each extra inch in depth of framing 9 

Each inch less in diameter, down to two feet nine inches, 

deduct 8 

Glueing up top or bottom, and cutting down stuff for 

ditto— 5't'e Table, N° 1. 
For veneering edge of top — See Table of ditto. 
Veneering each drawer front or sham three inches wide, 

when the table is three feet three inches diameter and 

upwards 6 

Ditto, when the table is under three feet three inches 

diameter 5 

Each extra half-inch in width of veneer 0} 

Veneering drawer fronts or shams when oval or elliptic — 

5ec Tables, N° 4 or 5. 
For moulding edge of top, and glueing on stuff for ditto — 

See Tables, N° 16 or 17. 
Framing the top or botton), M-ith flush panncls — Sec 

Table, N° 20. 
Each rail to form a partition above a real drawer, fitted 

in between the upright partitions- • J 

For shamming partition edges on the drawer fronts or 

shams — See references to Table, N° 3. 
When a rim is made complete, to form a front edge all 

round, extra C> 

AVhcn 



«4ftt«(»*>*»«l«lg|»«QC»4 






3 


4 














• > 


a 





4 


3 



£. s. 4. 
When rnadt; v/itU angle or quadrant drawers, deduct for 

each square drawer ........> 2 6 

Each angle drawer in ditto, eock be^ided, without a back 3 

Ditto, when made with a back 

Each guide to ditto • ■ - • 

Each angle drawer, eentcr'd v.'ith a plain piece of wire or 

conimon scrc^'.' • (•«<!• i»>t i «» i • • • < t . , 

Ditto each quach'ant drawer, the sweep side cut out of 

If hinged with center hinges— iSee Table of Brassxaork, 

Each plate of brass (prepared for the workman) let in 
on the top or bottom edge of drawer, or on the rail, 
each i)late ••••< t •'•••• t tst i •.. % . 1 1 1 1 .%..,...•, . q q S 

Making this table oval or elliptic, as in the start, the cir- 
cumference of ditto ten fest six inches, to measure 
with a string, extra • • • ^ q Q o 

Each rail above a real drawer, fitted between the upright 
partitions . . . » « « « t i • . • . i . * > . 1 1 < < < § « . t , , q o q 

Making a complete rim to form a front edge all round-- 4 3 
"\Vhen this table is made with round corners, the drawer p-^ 

front straight, deduct fiom «tart price ^ ^ ^ 

N, B. When the sweep of the corners is eased away •>*" 

to the center of the drawers, to be charged from the ; ■ 

Eli-u'tic Tabi^e. And the extra fiisje of these tables 
to be charged from the Cjrculah Table, conBidering 
one third of the circumference abo\c ten feet six inches 
for the extra diameter. 
Eor lipping either of the above tops for cloth — See Ta b i..k, ,^'i 

N°31. .;^, 

When- 



97 



When angle or- quiulrant drawers are introduced in the 

qnick part of nn elliptic, oval, or round corner table, 

extra each drawer 4^ 

Each extra claw, or when made extra from N° 1 — Sec 

Table, N° 27- 
For sawing out drawer fronts, joints in ditto, or sawcarf- 

ing, &c. — See references to 'I'AnLKs-, N° 4 or 5. 
Slipping drawers — See Tabte, Js^ 3. 
If this gible is made with an extra square block or piJlar:> 

— -See Sofa 'I'AnLE. 
All solid. — A pedestal not exceeding sixteen inches square: 

a door^ square clanip'd, and a plain mahogany back ; 

on fast plinth, square edge to ditto ; extra from pillar 

and three claws • • 6 9 

Each extra i>neh in length or width of ditto • i 

Fixing the top part to the pedestal with a center pin, 

the plate not exceeding three inches scpiare, let in and 

scrcw'd to the top of pedestal, the pin borVl tlirough the 

bottom of frame, with a nut and washer to ditto, extra 8 

Each extra plate let in for tl>e pin to go through 3} 

A turn'd block, double- tennon'd 04i the tap of pillar, with 

a center, as in top of pedestal, extra from start • • • • 8 
Glueing up this block in two or more thickness— See 

Dining Table. 
Other iron work, and fixing ditto for this table, to hc: 

charged by time. 
Veneering the ends, back, door frames, or pannels — Sec 

Tables, N° 6 or 12. 
For drawers, veneering ditto, or partitions inside doors — 

See Table, N° S^ If 

Q 



1 


3 





n 





o2. 



98 

£. »■. (I 

If drawers instead of door, deduct for door according 

to Table, N° 11, and add for drawers from Tab lb, 

N° S. 

Canting the corners of this pedestal with plain solid cants, 

mitred to the ends, each cant not exceeding three 

inches wide 

Each extra mitre in the plinth, when no moulding 

Ditto, when a moulding 

For the price of mouldings — See Tables, ]S° 16 or 17. 

Tapering this pedestal on the four sides when square, a 

solid clamp'd door, hinged with pin hinges and center 'd 

perpendicularly, the same size as start 6 3 

Canting the corners of this pedestal, each cant 1 7 

Making this pedestal trianguUu", with a solid clamp'd 
door, the corners canted with three plain solid cants 
mitred in, the top common dovetail'd down on tlie 

ends, extra from square 4 1 

If the top or bottom is brought forward to the outside of 

'door, extra either .top or bottom 2i 

Deductions for cleaning a solid top, lipping o\ lining 

with cloth or leather— 6'ee Table, N° 21. 
Oiling and polishing, Avhen a solid top, the start size or 

under Oil 

Ditto, when a lined top 9- 

Ditto, when on a pedestal, extra 3' 

Every extra six inches in diameter I7 

For any other wH)rk — -See Pedestal, or Tables. 



A CYLINDER- 



!M) 



A CYLINDER-FALL WRrriNG TABLE. 

All solid.— Three feet long, one foot nine inches wide, 
the uj)pcr framing ten and a half inches deep, the lower 
framing six and a half inches ditto, <»ne drawer in front, 
cock beaded, &c. : four inches dccj) outside, the inside 
fast; three small drawers and six letter- holes in ditto; the 
edge^f the top and the sweep part of ends bx^^uare; on 
plain Marlbro legs; the standing-board sr)lid and 
made fast, and a front edge of inch stutt under ditto, 
to receive a mortice lock ; the bottom rail of inch and 
quarter stuff; without any mouldings ; the cylinder to 
run on four iron pins, or with Avood tongues ; the upper 
back of mahogany, screw'd in; partition edges faced 
with mahogany 2 (i 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each inch more in length, up to three feet six inches • • 

Ditto, Irom three feet six inches to four feet long 

Ditto, above four feet long 

Each inch more in depth of upper framing, when four 

foot long or under () 

Ditto, when above four feet long 

Each inch inorc from back to front, when four feet long 

or under *•. ,! 

Ditto, when al)ovc four feet long 

Ditto, when a knee-hole, extra • 






9 





lOi- 


1 


oi 





6 





7 





5 





6 





oi 



Each 






4 





5 





8 





5 





3 





4 





4* 


1 


6 


8 


6 





Oi 



WO 

£. s. d. 
l^ach iuch more in depth of lower framing, wiien four 

feet long or mider ••..••. > . . o 

Ditto, when above four feet long 

Each inch less in length, down to two feet six inches • • 

Each inch less in depth of upper framing • » • • 

Ditto in lower framing ^ .... . o 

Each ditto from back to front .-. o 

Ditto when a knee-hole • • • • • - • • - 

A loose case for inside • • • . • • • • ■ • • • . .-. - .-. . . . o 

Two short drawers, and extra framing to form a knee- 
hole six inches deep, the inner ends clamp'd in front- • 
Each inch, more or less, in depth of knee-hole, extra • • 
Each inch more in length when a knee-hole, extra from 

the start price • • • '0 t^ 

N. B. For each inch, more or less, in depth of 

drawers, in, knee-hole, above four inches — See Table 

of Drawers, N° 3, according to their lengths. 
When two or three drawers are introduced either in Icntrth 

or depth, deduct for one long drawer the depth between 

top and bottom rail, and add for extra draweis their 

own size, as per Tahle, N'^ 3. 
Each upright rail, clamp'd in front, between drawers • • <M 
N. B. This riiil not to exceed two feet long and six 

inches deep. 
Every four inches i^i length, orone incli in depth, extra- • 
A middle long rail, three feet long, double teimon'd in, 

the ends lined up, and shps put on to carry the drawer 
Every four inches longer or six inches shorter, add or 

deduct ' 






0^ 


1 








oi 




For 



101 

£. s. d. 
For the price of the drawers — -See Taulf,, N° 3. 

Makincj the standing-board to sHde 1 O 

For training ditto, to receive a flap-horse, &c. — Sec Table, 

A soHd sHder in the ends, square clamp'd, enc foot long 

in front, and one foot six inches wide, scratch beaded- • 111 

Ditto when two shdcrs the above size, each 1 9 

Ever^' two inches longer or one inch wider in ditto, extra 1 
For extra work in slider— -See Duessing Ciif.st, pvge 2. 
Fixing a piece to the back edge of the fitanding-l)oard, 

to sham drawers on • 8i 

For shamming drawers on ditto — See Tablt., N° 39- 
Deductions for cleaning a solid slider, lipping, lining with 

cloth or leather— See Table, N° 21. 
A plain solid arch to a straight-front job, and block'd 

behind ••• o 

Mitring or clamping ditto in the corners, extra 

Tongueing ditto, the tongue put in cross-way 

A string round the top and ends of ditto 

A mahogany cock bead round ditto 

A corner string on the sweep part of arch — See Table 

of Corner Line. 
When put on the thickness of arch, to form a corner line, 

at per foot 2i 

Ditto mahogany, and cock beaded 31 

When the arch is morticed and tennon'd together, extra 

from plain arch 4 

When this arch exceeds two feet lontr, or extra work in 

ditto — See Cellaret Sideboaiuu, 



1 


2 





3 





4 





3^ 





4^ 



F 



or 



102 

£.' s. ft. 

I'or tlie different ways of fixing legs with iron plates, or 
screws and plates, &:c. to be paid according to time. 

Tor extra work inside — See Secuetaey Drawer. 

Makino- the fall-Avork Avith fan-irons, the break of ditto 
let in for the slider to pass, with linings to hide the 

irons in front of inside 5 

N. B. If no break in irons, no deduction. 

Siukins: the whole of the irons into the ends, extra • • • • 1 ti 

Lining the upper ends to the thickness of the feet 

For veneering the ends, top, fall, or fronts — S'ec Tables, 
K° 3, 6, 8, or 12. 

For mouldings — Sec Tables, N° 16 or 17. 

For tapering legs, and sawing out ditto — See Table, 
N° 22. 

For any other work not inserted here — -See Tables, <f-c. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under • • • • 1 

Ditto when a knee-hole, or an extra drawer in depth, 

extra H 

Ditto every extra six inches in length or width H 



A CYLINDER-FALL DESK. 



All solid.— Three feet long, three feet six inches high, the 
ends one foot ten inches wide, three drawers in front, 
cock beaded, standing-board made to slide, edge of 
top and sweep part of ends square, inside empty, plain 
back, on common brackets, block'd on the bottom • • 2 14 6 



EXTllAS. 



10 



f* 



EXTRAS. 

£. s. i1. 
Each extra inch in length, from three feet to three feet 

six inches long 

Ditto, above three feet six inches long 

Each extra inch in width of ends, when three feet six 

inches long or under 

Ditto, when above three feet six inches long 

Each ditto less in width of ends 

Oiling and polishing, the start sii:e or under 

Ditto, every extra three inches in length 

Ditto, six inches in height 

For other extras— 6'ee Cylinder-fall Writing Tab le. 






11 


1 


1 





7 





8 








1 


2 





1 





1^ 



A TAMBOUR AVillTING TABLE.— K° 1. 

All solid. — Three feet long, two feet wide, one drawer in 
front, four inches deep outside, cock beaded, <Scc. : 
the edge of the top and the sweep part of ends square, 
plain Marlbro' legs, the inside empty, the standing- 
board fast, a front edge under ditto, the lower framing- 
six and a half inches deep to top of standing-lioard, 
the upper frame eight inches deep, the tambour long- 
way, feint rounded 114 (> 

EXTRAS 



104 



EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 



s. 


(P. 





Bt 





10 


1- 








6 





7 





6 





7 





4 


a 


71- 





4k 





•> 



Each inch more in length, to three feet six inches long • • 

Ditto, from three feet six inches to four feet long 

Ditto, above four feet long • • • 

Each inch more in depth of upper framing, above eight 

inches, when four feet long or under • • • ■ 

Ditto, when above four feet long o 

Each inch more from back to front, when three feet six 

inches long or under • • - • • 

Ditto, above three feet six inches long • • • 

Each inch more in depth of lower frame 

Each inch less in length, to two feet six inches long 

Each ditto less fiom back to front • -• • 

Each inch less in depth of lower frame 

For each inch more in depth of drawer above the start 
size — -SccTables of Drawers, according to their lengths. 
For making the standing-board slide, or any other work 
inside — See Cylinder-fahe Wihtixg Table, and; 
Secketary Drawer. 
A case for inside Avork, two feet ten iryches long, and nine 
inches wide from back to front, a quirk Ijead on the 

inner edge, and a plain back to ditto- 3 

A top and bottom groov'd into the ends, with a plain 
back to receive inside work, two feet ten inches long,^ 

and nine inches from back to fiont 2 3 

Each extra hich in width of inside work • • ■ G '2k 

Ditto in length of either the above (partitions included), 

up to four feet long • • • I 

Eacli 



105 

£. 5. d. 
Each inch less in length, down to two feet six inches long, 

deduct Oj 

Each inch less in width of inside work, down to seven 

inches wide 2 

Making the top part to take off, with a bottom the whole 

size of the upper carcase, and screw'd to the under 

frame, when three feet long or under C 6 

Ditto, when above three feet long, extra 3 

Veneering the tambour long-way, each reed at per foot run 0? 

Ditto cross-way, at per foot run 0% 

N. B. The averase of the veneers for cross-reeds to 

be considered at nine inches wide. When under nine 

inches, each extra joint to be paid according to Table. 

of ditto. 
Colouring and polishing reeds, to be paid according to time. 
For mouldings — See Tables, N° 16 or 1?. 
For extra drawers — 5'ee Table, N° 3. 
For framing to receive ditto, or a knee-liole — Set 

Cylinder-fall Writing Table. 
For veneering — See Tables, N° 3, 6, or 8. 
For joints — See Table, "N° 1. 
Deductions for cleaning a solid slider, lipping, lining with 

cloth or leather — See Table, N° !21. 
Veneering edge of top on sweep part of ends — See Table 

of ditto. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 1 1 

Ditto, when a knee-hole or an extra drawer in depth, extra 1 a 
Ditto, every six inches in extra length or width ...••••• It 



p 



A TAMBOUR 



106 



A TAMBOUR AYRITIXG TABLE.— N° 2. 



if' 



All solid. — ^Three feet long, two feet wide ; reeds to run 
from front to back ; one drawer, cock beaded, front of 
ditto four inches deep outside; one sham ditto on the 
back; an inner back fixed to the standing-board ; the 
edge of the top and sweep part of ends square ; plain 
Marlbro' legs ; inside empty ; standing-board fast, front 
edge under ditto ; the lower framing six inches and a 
half deep to the top of standing-board, upper framing 
eight inches deep ; the tambour long-way, feint rounded 1 19 

EXTRAS. 

Each inch moie in length, to three feet six inches long • • 9? 

Ditto, from three feet six inches to four feet Oil 

Ditto, above four feet 1 1 

Ditto, fi-om back to front, when three feet six inches 

long or under 7 

Ditto, above three feet six inches long 8 

Each inch more in depth of lower frame 4 

Each inch less in length, to two feet six inches long • • • • 7h 

Each ditto less from back to front 5 

Each ditto less in depth of lower frame 3 

For each inch more in depth of drawer above the start 

size — See Table, N° 3. 
For other extra work — See Tambour Table, N° 1. 
For mouldings — See Tables, K° 16 or 17- 



If 



107 

£. s. d. 
If the tambour lifts up from each front, and turns down 

under a tlat top in the middle, extra 5 6 

For holes and partitions — Sec Secretary Drawer. 

Extra drawers — See Table, N° 3. 

A plain bottom braddcd on, or rabbeted in under the 

edge of lower framino; to hide the tambour — See 

Library Writing Table. 
Making the standing-board to slide, knee-hole, or arch — 

See Cylinder-fall Writing Table. 
If a double-front case — See Counting-house Desk. 
For any other work — See Tables of ditto. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 1 2 

Every extra six inches in length or width • • • • li 



A TAMBOUR DESK. 



All solid. — Three feet long, the ends one foot ten inches- 
wide, three drawers in front, cock beaded, standing-board 
to slide, the inside empty, the edge of top and sweep 
part of ends square, plain back, on common brackets, 
block'd to bottom of carcase 2 4 O 



EXTRAS. 

Each extra inch in length, from three feet to three feet 

six inches long Oil 

Ditto, above three feet six inches long 1 1 

Each 






7 





8 





6 



108 

£. 

Each extra inch in widtli of ends, when three feet six 

inches long or under 

Ditto, when a!x)ve three feet six inches long 

Each inch less in v.idth of ends 

For niuntins in drawers, slipping ditto — See Dressing 

Chest. 
If an extra long drawer — See Table, N° 3. 
If a long drawer is made in two, deduct the price of long 

drawer, and add the two short drawers from Table, 

N° 3. 
Each muntin between ditto, to divide two short drawers 4i 
For work inside — See Secretary Drawer, page 
For small drawers — -See Table, N° 3. 
For veneering drawers, top, ends, rails, or other work — 

See Tables, N° 3, 6, or 8. 
For mouldings on top, down the sweep, or on base — Sec 

Tables, N° 16 or 17, and Dressing Chest. 
For fram'd back, joints in top or ends — See Tables 

of ditto. 
For other work — -See Tambour Writing Table. 
For extra height — See Cylinder-fall Desk, 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 1 3 

Ditto every extra three inches in length 1 

Ditto, six inches in height \h 



A WRITING 



109 



A WRITING TABLE.— ^5 in Vlate , N° Jig. 

£. s. 



All solid. — Three feet long, two feet wide ; the framing 
nine and a half inches deep ; the drawer front made to 
represent two, the top one to turn down, supported by 
()uadrants ; a case and six drawers in the upper part, 
to slide as a clothes-press shelf; the space below empty ; 
edge of the top square ; plain ]\Iarlbro' legs 2 2 9 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each extra inch in length, np to four feet long 

Ditto, above four feet long 

Ditto in width, when vmder four feet long 

Ditto, when above four feet long 

Ditto in depth of framing 

Each inch less in length, down to one foot six inches • • 

Ditto in width, down to one foot six inches 

IVIaking the frame to form a knee-hole, and the front of 
the drawer to sham two short drawers ; under the front 
a plain solid arch, cock beaded, either shaped out of 

the front, or fitted in between ditto 7 3 

For extras in arch — See Cylinder-fall Writing 

Table. 
For extra drawers — See Table, N° 3. 
For short drawers to form a knee-hole, or extra work 
in ditto — See Chamber Table. 

For 






8 





9 





5 





6 





6i 





7 





4. 



110 

£. s. d. 
For veneering top, fronts, or end rails — See Tables, 

N° 3, 6, or 8. 
For mouldings on the top or bottom of frame — See Tables, 

N° 16 or 17. 
For extra work inside — See Secretary and Furniture 

Drawer. 
For joints in top, sawing out legs, tapering ditto, castors, 

or other work — See Tables of ditto. 

Oiling and polishing, the start si^^e or under 9\ 

Every extra six inches in length or width I5 



A LADY'S SCREEN WRITING TABLE. 

All solid. — One foot six inches long, one foot four inches 
wide, framing four inches deep, one drawer in ditto, 
cock beaded, square edge to the top, plain Marlbro' 
legs, the screen to slide in a plain groove between the 
back legs, the projecting part of the top glued to ditto, 
the screen without a straining frame, a lower rail fram'd 
under ditto, and a plain spring to support the screen- • 10 6 

If a single table, to be extra 6 

'N. B. This screen to slide outside the back rail ; and 
if a straining frame, with a slip round ditto, to be the 
same as start screen. 



EXTRAS 



A". 


a. 





•^ 2 





2 





3J 



ni 



EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS, 

£. 

Each extra inch in length • 

Ditto in Avidth 

Ditto in depth of framing 

Fitting vip drawer for ink, sand, and wafers — Sec Secre- 
tary or Furniture Drawer. 
For price of sUder — See Cylinder-fall Writing 

Tadle. 
For candle-boards, or other work — -See Writing Table, 

N°l. 
For extra drawers and rails — See Chamber Table, 
page 79- ' 

For low rails, shelf, or stretcher — See Chamber or Work 

Table. 
For veneering top rails, drawer fronts or edges — See 

Tables, N° 3, 6, 8, or 9. 
For niouldings^ — See Tables, N° 16 or 17- 
When the top is lipp'd for cloth— See Table, N° 21. 
For lining top with cloth or leather — See Tables, 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or vmder 6 

Every extra six inches in length or width 0^ 

For polishing a rising top, extra drawer in depth, or low 

rails — iSee Writing Table, N° 1, or Chamber or 

Work Table. 



A SOFA 



112 



A SOFA AYRITING TABLE. 



-P. s. d. 



All solid. — ^Three feet long, one foot ten inches wide ; 
the framing four inches and a half deep ; two drawers 
in length, scratch beaded ; a plain stpiare or turn'd 
standard at each end, with two claws to each (as 
iV ° 1, in Plate of ditto) ; square edge to the top ; 
solid knees, framed in the corners 18 9 



EX TEAS. 

1 

Each extra inch in length or width, from three to four 
feet Ions, and not exceeding two feet three inches wide 

Ditto, from four to five feet long 

Ditto, from five to six feet long 

•When this table is two feet three inches wide and above, 
each extra, inch in length or width to be extra from the 

above prices 

Each extra inch in depth of frame 

If made with drawers in the back, or other work — See 

Sofa Table. « — - -- 

If made with a plain drawer at each end, to be the same 

as the two drawers in front. 
A solid flap, hinged to the back part of top with a rule 
joint, not exceeding three feet long, and nine inches 
wide or under, supported by two rule-joint brackets- '040 
JLach extra inch in length, up to four feet, when the 

width is nine inches or under Ok 

Each 






Qh 





3 





3i 





0* 





oi 






01 





1 





1 



113 

£. 6-. d. 
Each extra inch in Icngtli, -wlien above nine inches wide 

and not exceeding twchc inclics 

Each extra inch in length, when above twelve inches wide 

Each ditto in width 

N. B. This flaj) not to Ix; measured in the extra s'y/.o 

of table. 
Shamming drawer fronts — See Table, N° 29, 
Cock beading drawers — See Sofa Table. 
Rounding the knees — See Table, N° 32. 
When framed Avith knees in the corners, cleaning inside 

of rails, hollowing out the inside of the stumps when 

the knees are two inches square, hingeing and locking 

the top, and putting a bottom in, the s%t size 4 3 

Ditto, when the frame is common dovetail'd together, 

without stumps, for cleaning inside, bottom, &:c. • • • • 2 3 
Each extra inch in length, when the top is hinged, iScc. 

extra G 1 

Cutting the top down the middle, and hingeing ditto 

with a square joint three feet long, Avithout tongues in 

the joint 

Each mortice and tongue extra 

Every four inches longer or six inches shorter in ditto, 

add or deduct 

Lap-dovetailing the frame together, each corner 

^Mitre-dovetailing ditto, each corner 

Hollowing the inside of the stumps, wlien from two to 

three inclics scjuare, extra each corner 

Ditto, above three to four inches square, each corner- • 
Lipping the top edge of frame — Sec Piek Table. 

Q Tor 



1 








U 





1 





n 





5 





Of 





u 



114 

£. s. d. 



For lining round inside with bead stuff — See Dressing 
Chest. 



For fittino; up inside — See Furniture Drawer. 
Fixing three-quarter corners (to be turned for the Avorkman) 

on a square frame, each corner extra 6 

Shaping the top over ditto, each corner 8 

If this frame is made without drawers, and common 

dovetail'd together, deduct for each stump 3 

For Ijre ends, therming the standards, stretcher, or extra 

drawers, or other work— See Sofa Taet.f,. 
A plain hollow or ogee bracket, of inch and half stuff 
or under, not exceeding six inches long from point to 
point (as Jig. 1, Tlate 3^, let in the pillar, and screw'd 

to the under side of frame 6 

Each round end in ditto (as Jig. 2), not exceeding one 

and a quarter inch diameter, extra 

Each open bracket, not exceeding ten inches, to measure 
as dotted line, with a plain hollow sweep (a^Jig. 3)- • 

Each scroll to ditto (as Jig. 4), extra 

Each extra member, cither round, hollow, or square, in 

either of the above, extra 1\ 

If these brackets are made above one and a "half inch 
to two inches thick, to be charged on the shilling, on 

the above prices, extra 2 J 

And if above, in proportion. 

Each extra inch in length of bracket 0% 

For veneering these brackets — See Table, N° 28. 
For framing the top, either with pannels or to receive a 
flap, and lipping or lining ditto with cloth or leather, 

and 






3i 





8^ 





7 



115 

£. s. a. 
and deduction for cleaning a solid top — 6Vc Tables, 
N" 19 ov 20. 
For sawing out stretcher or standards See Tadle, 

"MO an 

For sawinp: out claws, moulding, veneering, or panneling 

ditto— 5'ee Tables, :N° 27 or 28. 
For banding and stringing, or other extras — See Tables 

of ditto. 
Veneering rails, drawer fronts, tops or edge of ditto — 

/See Tables, N° 3, 6, 8, or Q. 
For mouldings — See Tables, N° 16 or 17. 
For castors, or plates at bottom of claws — See Table of 

Brassziork. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 9 

Ditto every six inches in extra length or width Ij 



A WRITING TABLE, zcith round Corriers at the Back. 

Three feet long, two feet wide, the frame four and a 
half inches deep and under, with round comers at 
the back, the outside sweep not to exceed twelve 
inches from the corner when eased away, one draAver 
in front cock beaded, four plain Marlbro' legs, the 
back and end rails veneer'd long-way, square edge to 
the top 16 3 

EXTRAS 






3 





3k 





7i 





2i 



116 



EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

£. s. d. 

Each extra inch in length or widtli, up to three feet six 
inches long 

Ditto, above three feet six inches long 

Each extra inch in depth of framing 

Each inch less in length or width, down to two feet six 

inches long, and one foot six inches wide 

N. B. If this table is made above four feet long, with 
a top to ditto, as in Charlton-house AVriting 
Table, to be taken from ditto. 

If the corners are above twelve inches outside sweep, or 

made elliptic, extra 1 2 

For framing the top, or lipping and lining with cloth or 
leather, and deduction for cleaning ditto — See Tables, 
N° 19 or 20. 

For sawing out sv/eep rails, and jointing ditto — See refer- 
ences to Table, N° 4. 

If made with a case to stand on the top-^See the follow- 
ing Cases. 

For veneering the front, top, or edge of ditto — See Tables, 
K" 3, 6, or 9. 

For mouldings — See Tables, N° 16 or 1?. 

For sawing out or tapering legs — See Table, N° 22. 

For castors, or other work — See Tables of ditto. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 9 

Ditto, every extra six inches in length or width 1 

TOPS 



117 



TOPS FOR CYLINDER and TAMBOUR TABLES, 

or other Work. 

N° 1. £. s. d. 

All solid. — A square top, three feet long, nine inches 
Avidc, nnd four inches d<'cp ; common dovctail'd to- 
gether, one drawer in ditto cock beaded, square edge 

to the top and bottom, a j)lain back bradded in 5 3 

N. B. Tliese tops considered screw'd down, and no 
deduction to be made for cleaning top under ditto. 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each extra inch in length or width 

Ditto in height, when the ends are under twelve inches wide 
Ditto, when the ends are tweh^e inches wide and above- • 
Eadi inch less in length, down to two feet six inches- • - - 

Ditto, from two feet six inches to two feet 

If made with two or more drawers in length, each upright 

partition to divide one height of drawers, common 

n-roov'd in from the back 

Ditto, when rounded and mitred in front 

If extra drawers are introduced in this carcase, deduct 

the drawer accordino; to its size, and add for the wliole 

of drawers and partitions from the Table, N° 3. 
Eor veneering top, front, or ends — See Tables, N° 3, 

6, or 8. 
For mouldings on the top or bottom — See Tables, N° 16 

or 17. 

Eor 






u 





2 





H 





U 





OJ 





4J 





5i 



118 

£. s. d. 
For cleaning the outside of this back — See Case, N° 3. 
For any other work — See Tables, ^-c. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under O 4 

Every extra six inches in length or width 1 

Ditto every extra three inches in height • • • I2 

K° 2. 

All sohd.— A square top, three feet long ; the back part 
nine inches wide, a square return at each end, to mea- 
sure two feet from front to back ; one drawer in the 
center part, and one in each return ; the carcase four 
inches deep, including the top and bottom, the edges 
of ditto square ; a plain back 14 9 

For cleaning this back — See N° 3. 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each extra inch in length 2k 

Ditto in width, when four feet long and under 2i 

Ditto, above four feet long 3 

Ditto in height, Avhen one height of drawers 6i 

Ditto, when more than one height of drawers 3^ 

When more than one height of drawers, each end of 

drawers against the break, in the extra height of ditto, 

extra Ik 

When extra drawers or partitions, deduct the price of 

the start drawers according to their size, and add for 

all the extra drawers and partitions from Table, 
Each inch less in length, down to two feet six inches long 2 
Ditto in width, down to one foot six inches Avide •••••• *Z 

Veneering 



119 

£. s. d. 

Veneering the top, front, or ends — Sec Tables, N° 3, 

0", or 8. 
For mouldings — See Tables, N° 16 or 17. 
For otlier work — See 'J'adles, ^-c. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 8 

Every extra six inches in length or width 1^ 

Every extra three inches in height 2 

N° 3. 

All solid. — An ojKMi carcase, three feet long, eight inches 
high, and nine inches M'ide ; finished inside ; edge of top 
and bottom square ; the back of mahogany, screwed in ; 
either common dovetail'd together, or the top dovetail- 
groov'd on, to project over the ends and front 4 6 

A ditto, M hen the ends and back arc carried up to form 

a tray top 4 9 

A". B. When the ends are carried up to form a tray 
top, to be measured in height. 

EXTRAS. 

Each extra inch in length, height, or width H 

Each shelf doA^etail-groov'd in, plain edge to ditto 1 4 

Ditto, A\ hen put in a plain groove from the back, and 

shoulder'd in front 1 

Scolloping the ends with a plain hollow, as in chiffonni^re, 

each scollop, when of half-uich stulf li 

Ditto, when of three-quarters stuff 2 

Ditto, with a plain ogee on front, when of half-inch stuft' 1^ 

Ditto, when of three-quarters stuff .-. • • 2 

Scolloping 



120 

£. s. d. 
Scolloping the front corner of the end, when made to 

stand up two inches to form a tray top, either with a 

plain hollow or round, each end, when of half-inch stuff 1 

Ditto, when of three-quarters stuff 

Ditto, Avhen the ends stand up above two inches, each 

corner, when of half-inch stuff 

Ditto, of three quarters ^uff 

Scolloping the front corner of end with a plain ogee, 

each corner, when- of half-inch stuff 

Ditto, when of three-quarters stuff , 

Each break in either of the above sweeps, when of half- 
inch stuff 

Ditto, Avhen of three-quarters stuff • • • • 

For other extras — Sec preceding Cases. 

If these backs are made of mahogany and cleaned up, 

for cleaning up outside of ditto, at per foot superficial 
N. B. If this back is veneer'd, the price of cleaning 

to be charged as above. 
Lipping long-way of veneer round ditto, over the screws, 

one inch wide and under, at per foot run 1 

Ditto cross-way, at ditto 1^ 

Each mitre or butt-joint in ditto Oj 

If these lippings are rabbeted in and cleaned flush, to be 

charged from Table of Banding. 

Mitring the shelves in front, each end Oi 

When drawers ai'c introduced in this case, either in the 

middle or at the ends, for drawers and partitions — See 

Table, N° 3. 
Each upright partition, cleaned on one side, six inches 

long 






li 





u 





2 





11- 





2 





Oi 





Of 





u 



121 

£. s. (I. 
lono- nntl under, squarc-groov'd in from llie back and 

shoulder in front, scjuarc edge to ditto 4^- 

Each extra inch in length of ditto • • • • () Oi 

A single case of either of these, when made without the 

job, lor ditto to stand on, to be extra 10 

For doors — See Prospect Door in SKCiiiiTAiiY Duawer. 
For other extras — See preceding Cascs. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 4 

Ever}' extra six inches in length, width, or height 1 

N° 4. 

A top, three feet long, two feet from back to front, eight 
inches wide, four inches deep and under, including top 
and bottom ; connnon dovetail'd together, with round 
corners at the back ; the outer svveep not to exceed a 
quarter of circle eighteen inches diameter; a solid 
block to make the inside sweep ; one drawer in the 
center part, and one in each return, with straight 
fronts to ditto ; back vcneer'd, top and bottom tiush, 
the sweep part sawn out for the workman, fitted and 

screw'd to the top of a table, &:c. 1 3 3 

N. B. If this top is made without the table for ditto 
to stand on, extra 1 

EXTRAS. 

Each extra inch in length or width, up ta three feet six 

inches long, when six inches high and under 3 

Ditto, when above six inches high, each inch in length 

or width to three feet six inches lono; 4 

11 Ditto, 






3i 





U 





6 





9 


1 








9 



122 

£. 

Ditto, fi'om three feet six inches to four feet long, when 

six inches hidi and under 

Ditto, when above six inches high 

If above four feet long, to be taken from Carlton- 

HGUSE Table. 
Each each in width of top above eight inches, extra • • • • 

Ditto above nine inches wide, each extra inch 

Each inch more in height, when one height of drawers • • 

Ditto, when more than one height of drawers 

"When extra draweis or partitions, deduct the price of 

the start drawers according to their size, and add for 

all the extra drawers and partitions from Table, N° 3. 
For drawers aoainst a break — See Case, N° 2. 
Veneering top, drawer fronts, &c. — -See Tables, N°3 or 6. 
Veneering the hollow corner, when four and a half inches 

high and under, each corner 4i 

Ditto, each extra inch in height Oj 

For mouldings on top or bottom, and glueing on stuff 

for ditto— &c Tables, N° 16 or 17- 
For shamming drawer fronts, banding or stringing, or 

other work — See Tables, ^c. 

N.B. The tops and bottoms of these cases not to 

project in start. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 

Every extra six inches in length or width 

Ditto, three inches in height 



A GENTLEISIAN'S 






s 





n 





2 



123 



A GENTLEMAN'S WRITING TABLE.— Ji i» Plate 4. 

£. s. d. 
Five feet long, two feet six inches wide ; the under framing 
six inches deep ; three drawers in front ; the upper 
part ten inches deep ; a cuj)board in each hollow 
corner ; six drawers in middle part, three ditto in each 
Aving, or one drawer as right-hand end ; the drawer 
straight front and cock beaded ; the top of under part 
either solid or lipp'd for cloth; the mouldings as in 

the aboA'c Plate 8 

N. B. This table is considered all veneer 'd, except 
the legs and under top. 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each inch more in length, or less down to four feet long 16 
Ditto in width 1 

N. B. If this table is four feet long or under, to be 

charged from the Writing Table, ^J£-/^/>i^/ //S~ 
Framing the standing-board to receive a flapuorse and 

bottom— ^e Table, N° 19. 
W^hen this job is made as right-hand end, for extra Avork 

in the hollow sweej) moulding — -See Tables, N° 16 

or 17. 
Glueing stuff for a moulding round the under top — See 

Tables, N° 16 or 17. 

For 



124 



:£.. s. d. 



For extfa drawers, veneering partition edges askew or 

cross-way — See Table, N° 3, and references. 
For sawing out legs, Or tapering ditto — 'See Table, 

N° 22. 
For castors — See Table of Brass-zcork. 
Lining with cloth, or lipping round the flap — ^Sec Table, 

N°21. 
For veneering top, or extra drawers — See Table of ditto. 
For other extras — -See Tables, S^c. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 2 91" 

Every extra six inches in length or width • • • • 2i 



A PEMBROKE TABLE. 



All solid. — Two feet six inches long on the bed, by three 
feet three inches wide when open, one fly on each side, 
the framing four and a half inches deep, one drawer 
two feet long and under from back to front, scratch 
beaded, square edge to the top, and plain Marlbro' 

legs 11 6 

A single solid Pembroke table to be extra 9 

Ditto, Mith a veneer'd top 1 4 

N. B. This extra price not to be charged when a pair 
of card tables or a sofa table is given out and finished 
at the same time. 

EXTRAS 



125 



EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

-P. 

Each extra inch in length, up to three feet long 

Ditto, above three feet long 

Each extra inch in width, when the table is three feet 

long or under 

Ditto, when above three feet long 

Each inch less in length, down to two feet long, deduct* • 
Ditto in width, down to two feet nine inches wide, deduct 
Each extra inch in depth of framing, when one drawer- • 

Ditto, when with two drawers • 

When the frame is only four inches deep, deduct half an 

inch, as above. 
Each extra drawer, in a square frame, scratch beaded • • 

Cock beading the drawers, each extra 

Corner line on ditto, extra from scratch beading, each 

drawer 1^ 

For the price of woi-k inside the drawers — See Furniture 

Drawer. 
Lining boxes, to be paid according to time. 

Each extra fly 7 

For mouldings on the bottom of the frame, or edge of the 

top— &e Tables, N° 9, 16, or 17. 

Canting corners of the top * 4i 

Rounding the corners of the top, when one inch diameter 

or under 

Ditto, when above one inch diameter O 

Shaping the top, m ith cjuarler-roimd corners 

Ditto, with ovalo corners 

Ditto, 



s. 


d. 





3 





3h 





2 





2i 





n 





ih 





5 





5\ 


o 


o 





5 






6 





8 


1 


o 


1 


8 



1 


2 


1 


4 





4 


1 






126 

Ditto, with a double-round corner, the circle not to exceed 

two inches diameter (as in Plate) 

Ditto, when above two inches diameter (ditto) o 

"VVhen an internal square is left between the double-round 

corners (as in Plate), extra 

Sweeping the top, oval or elliptic 

Ditto, Mhen the flaps are shaped elUptic, and the bed is 

left straight 10 ' 

Shaping the corners of the top, when made of inch stuff, 

to be Scl. on the shilling extra. 
Sweeping the end rails when one drawer, the rails straight 

inside 2 4 

Sawing out and glueing up ditto — See references to 

Table, N° 5. 
An extra drawer, scratch beaded, when a sweep frame • • 2 8 

Cock beadmg a sweep drawer, extra 6j 

A corner line on ditto, extra from scratch beading • • • • 2 
Veneering the end rail and drawer front, M'hen a square frame 7i 

Ditto, when a sweep frame 10^ 

For veneering the edges, and crossing the joints with ditto, 

—See Table, N° 9. 
Veneering the top, when eight sf^uare feet and under, 

exclusive of joint 2 

Each foot in length of rule, or square joint, when a 

veneer'd top, extra from the above 

Each extra foot of veneer, at per foot superficial 

For joints in the veneers — See Table, N° 7- 

Glueing on stuff for the rule joints, when the table is 

two feet six inches long or under, each joint 






0^ 





3 





u 


Each 



127 

£' s. d. 

Each extra foot in length of joint Ok 

N. B. If this piece exceeds one and a lialf inch wide, 
to be charged as a joint from Table. 

Each cross-rail, dovetail'd in, on top or bottom of linings, 

or between the linings 4 

INIaking the bed to slide, and j)rcpanng to receive a 
dranght or backgammon board ; a cross partition inside, 
and lined round with bead stuff"; a lock on ditto ; with 
a bottom underneath 7 6 

Ditto, when a piece of the top is left fast, for the top 
to shut against, and an extra rail underneath, the bed 
tongued to ditto 8 C 

Ditto, v/hen the well is made in the middle of table, and 
an extra rail fixed on the opposite side, with a piece 
on the top of ditto, and made level with top edge of 
frame 9 6 

Letting in brass grooves, not exceeding two inches long, 

to prevent the bed being split, each 3 

Letting in sixty-four scpiares for draughts, not exceeding 
one and a half inch each square, mIicu the top is 
veneer'd on the Under side 3 9 

If the S(iuares are made of ebony, extra • 6 

Each extra square Oi 

If the squares are above one and a half inch, each square, 

including the start 1 

When let in to a solid top, extra 10 

N. B. The extra ebon}' squares to bear the same 
poundage as above. 

Letting in the points for backgammon — See Tables of 

Panneling. For 



128 



£. 



.V- 



For joints in top, sawing out and tapering legs — See 

Tables, N° 1 or 22. 
Tor corner Imes — See Table, N° 26. 
For castOT& or brass- work on sham drawers — See Table 

of ditto. 
For other extras — See Tatjles, SfC. 
OiUng and pohshing, when three feet long or under, and 

three feet six inches wide when open 10 

Every extra six inches in length or Avidth of ditto li 



A PILLAR AND CLAW PEMBROKE TABLE. 

All solid. — Two feet six inches long, three feet three 
inches wide when open ; the framing four and a half 
inches deep ; one plain drawer, scratch beaded ; four 
plain claws (as N° 1, Plate of ditto) ; one lly on each 
side; square edge to the top, with solid knees fram'd 
in the corners, or the end rail dovetail'd on tlje hnings; 
the front ends clamp'd, and blocks on the ends of the 
beech rails, and veneer'd 18 6 

EXTRAS. 

For extra size, drawer, veneering the top, or any other 

extras — See Pembroke Table, page 124. 
Framing this table, Avith two tlat ])illars, and a solid 

block not exceeding nine inches by twelve, with canted 

corners. 



129 

rorncis, tour claws (as A ° 1) (lovctuil'd in llic, cants, 

extra from the start pillar 4 if 

For extra pillars, thonning ditto, and veneering block — 
See Sofa Table. 

For castors, or i)late. at bottom — See Table of Brass- 
work. 

For joints in top, and sawing out pillars and claws — Sec 
Tables, N° 1, 22, or 27- 

Oiling and polishing, or other work — See Pembroke 
Table. 



An universal or SLIDING-FLAP PEMBROKE TABLE. 

All solid. — Three feet long, by three feet nine inches wide 
when open ; framing four inches deep ; the flaps made 
to slide under the bed, supported by two lopers to 
each flap ; square edge to the tops ; a piece of maho- 
gany, three inches wide, fixed on frame, Avith two pins 
through ditto, to fasten the bed ; the top of inch stuff" 

or under 1 8 © 

N. B. These lopers not considered to run on tongues, 
but underneath the fast middle rail. 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each extra inch in length, up to three feet six inches long 3|^ 

Ditto, when from three feet six inches to four feet long • • 4 

Ditto, above four feet long 4^ 

s Each 



130 



-P. 



Each extra inch in width wlien open, up to four feet six 

inches wide •' 4 

Ditto, from four feet six inches to five feet six inches 

wide 4i 

Ditto, above five feet six inches wide 5^ 

Each inch less in length, down to two feet nine inches 

long, deduct 3 

Framing the tops with flush pannels — See Table, N° 20. 

For clamping flaps or bed — See Table, ^° 50. 

For veneering the top and flaps— «See Pembro.keTable. 

Ditto the rails— 5ee Table, N° 8. 

Glueing up bed or flaps, either solid or to veneer on, and 

cutting down stuft' for ditto — See Table, N° 1. 
Veneering the pannels when a framed top — See Table, 

N° 6. 
Veneering the framing — See Table, N° 12. 

Each extra inch in depth of outside frame only 

Each flush bolt, to keep the bed and flap level O 

Two extra lopers in the above table, in the middle of the 

flap, without cross rails or tongues to ditto 

Each rail across the frame 

Veneering the edge of top — See Table, N° 9- 

Opening this rail to receive one long draAver, to run against 

the lining-rail, the cross rail clanij)'d in front 1 4 

If made with two or more drawers, for extra long rails, or 

upright ditto — See Cylinder-fall Writing Table. 
For extra drawers — See Table, N° 3. 
If made with double front, for drawers or extra work — 

-See Library Table, page 87. 

For 






4 





u 





9 





6 



131 

£. s. d. 
For the price of framing the top to receive a Hap — See 

'J'able, N° 19. 
For tapering legs, or sawing out ditto — Sec Taule, 

N°22. 
Lining the top witli cloth, the start size or under Si- 
Each extra square foot 1 

Ditto with leather, the start size or midcr 1 1 

Each extra square foot 1^ 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under lOi 

Every extra six inches in length or width Q H 



A PEMBROKE-TABLE POT-CUPBOAKU. 

All solid. — One foot six inches long, two feet four inches 
wide when open ; one fly on each side ; framing eight 
inches deep ; a plain solid door, with a pin catch or 
turnbuckle on ditto, hinged to the leg ; square edge to 

the top ; plain Marlbro' legs 10 « 

N. B. If only a single one, to be extra 9 

If two, each extra 5 

EXTRAS. 



Q 



Each extra inch in length 

Ditto in width 1^ 

Ditto in depth of framing • . . . 4 

Ditto, when one or more drawers in the frame 3 

For 






4 





5i 





4i 





5 



132 

For square or mitre clamping door — See Tabie, K° 30. 
Veneering the door, when nine inches square or under • • 

Ditto from nine inches to one foot square 

Ditto tlae end rail 

Cock beading the door 

For shamming door or end rail, or brass-work on ditto — 

See Tables, W 29 or 33. 
Making the door to turn down with a quadrant, extra- • 1 8 
Hingeing a door to the leg at the other end, and fixing a 
partition in the cupboard, with a pin catch or turnbuckle 

on ditto, extra 2 

Putting a partition inside, and opening the end rail for a 
plain drawer, not exceeding six and a half inches 
deep (the bottom of cupboard to come to the middle 
partition), scratch beaded, without a lock, extra from 

start 2 8 

If two draAvers in depth, each extra drawer, including 

the rail, with slips between drawers 2 

Making this table open on one side, by hingeing the flap 
to the bottom, instead of bed, with a quadrant and 
thumb catch on ditto, hino;ed with common butt hinges 13 
For veneering the top or shaping ditto, or other work — 

See Pembroke Table. 
^Moulding the edge of top or astragal, at bottom of frame, 

—See Tables, N° 9, l6, or IJ. 
Oiling and polishing 7 



A SOFA 



133 



A SOFA TABLE. 



£. s. d. 



All solid. — One foot ten inches wide, four fret six inches 
lono- ; the framing four and a haU' inches deep, and 
muler ; two draw crs in front, scratch beaded ; a plain 
square or turn'd standard at each end ; two claws to 
each (as N° 1, Plate of ditto) ;\one fly on each side, 
■with solid knees fram'd in the corners, or the back rail 
dovetail'd on the linings ; the front ends clanip'icl, and 
blocks on the ends (^ the beech rails, and veneer 'd ; 

square edge to thc<U)p ' 1 4 

N. B. The leno;th of this table to measure across the 
joints; and when the claws are cut out in one piece, 
and the pillars tenon'd in ditto, to be of c(iual value 
Avith the start ; and the top end of the start pillars are 
considered doublc-teuon'd. 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each inch in width, up to two feet six inches, extra- • • • 

Ditto, above two feet six inches, to three feet ........ {) 

Ditto, above three feet wide 

Each extra inch in length, when two feet six inches wide, 

and under • • • 

Ditto, when above two feet six, inches, to three feet wide 

Ditto, when above three feet wide 

Each extra inch in depth of framing 

AMicn one drawer on each side, to draw out on the right 

hand, 






3 





3k 





4^ 





2 





2i 





3 





5i 



134 

£. s. d. 
hand, the partition in the middle clamp'd at each end, 



extra 1 3 

If frani'd to shew tlie thickness of a stump on each side 

between the drawers, the stumps either fram'd soHd 

and to project, or flush and venccr'd 1 10 

Teneering the stumps, each side li 

O hieing pieces on tiie ends of the drawers, and cutting 

away the stumps to shew a partition edge on the outer 

sides of stumps, each end 4j 

Each upright rail, more oriess, between drawers, clamp'd 

at one end, not exceeding two feet long or six inches deep 9i 

Ditto, when clamp'd at both ends 1 2 

Every four inches in extra length, or one inch in depth, 

of rail, extra Ok 

For drawers, more or less, and veneering ditto — See 

Table, N° 3. 
For extra flies, shaping corners, and cock beading the 

drawers — See Pembroke Table. 
For mouldings, or veneering the rails — See Tables, 

N^ 8, 16, or 17. 
For corner lines on the top — See Table, N° 26. 
For astragal on the bottom of frame, or veneering the 

edge of t ho top — Set? 'J'able, N° 9? f^^^d references to 

ditto. 
Dovelailino- or tongueing two claws together, extra • • • • 6 
If made with dotible pillars, each extra j^illar, with a 

single tenon at each end 1 

Double-tenoning the pillars or stretchers, each end extra 2 
For veneeiing the pillars, Avhen double or single, each 
side— See Table, N° 8. 

A plain 



* 



% 






G. 


a 








8 





10 



135 

£. s. d 

A j)lain square stretcher, single tonon'd in, or a turn*<! one, 
when S(iii;ircs are left on chtto, put in with a pin or 
trnontl 1 

IJollowing ditto on the bottom edge, either out out ol' 
solid, or a piece ghied on at the ends to form ditto, 
and the middle left straight, extra 

Kacli hollow stretcher, framed into the jwllars, and screw!<f 
up to the underside of framing • • • • ,• • • 

Each short stretcher, framed between two square 
standards ••• • • 

Ditto, when framed between sweep standards • . m . ■ . 

For veneerino; cither of the above stretchers — SeeTmBLE, 

Each turn'd stretclier, put in with a pin (no squai 

at the ends) ^gt' ]a 

Sawing out the above stretchers — See Table, N° 22. 
Each scpuue piece to receive the claws, to be dovetail'd 

or tcnon'd underneath (as Jig. 1, Flafc of ditto) • • • • 1 O 
A ditto to receive the claws, to be dovetaii'd in the ends 

of the rail (as Jig. 2) 

A plain stretcher f r/.v Jig. 3) 

A ditto (as Jig. 4) 

A ditto (as Jig. 5), cut out in one piece 

N. B. The stretchers, fig. 4 and 5, not to exceed 

one and a half inch tliick ; and all stretchers to start 

single-tcjion'd in the pillars. 
From one and a half to two inches thick to be extra on 

the shilling on the price of ditto 

And if above, in tlie same proportion. 

Shapiiig 






8 


2 


4 


3 


0' 


5 


(U 



oL 



136 

£. s. d. 
Siiaping pillars fas Jig. 6, Plate of ditto), each end of 

table extra from start pillar, exclusive of cross rails • • 3 

Ditto (as Jig. 7), ditto 3 10 

Ditto (as J/g. 8), each end of table, exclusive of cross 

rails or splats o 5 6 

J^^ch upright wood splat, framed in the cross rails at top 
and bottom, either Avhen iiat and the edges rounded, 
or .rounded out of mahogany, and put in with a center- 
bit hole O 4 

When ditto are framed through the cross rail, at letter A, 

into the lining rail, each splat • • 6 

Tapering either of the above standards, each side li 

All the above ends, the start pillar included, to start one 
and a half indi thick: if made out of inch stuti", deduct 

from the shilling on the price of the standard 2| 

Trom one and a half to two inches thick, add to ditto, 

on the shilling 2^ 

A solid end (as fig. 9? Plate of ditto), cut out of one piece 

and shaped, extra from start pillar, exclusive of splats 3 2 
A ditto /rts fg. 10), cut out and shaped, extra from 

start, exclusive of splats 3 10 

Tapering the ends, fig. 9 or 10, each side , . . . o 3 

For veneering these standards — Sec Table, N° 3^^ 
Thernhng a standard (as fig. 1, Plate oj' ditto) on the 

edges only,- each standard • • • • 4i- 

Ditto (as fig. 2), each standard O 8^ 

Ditto (as Jig. 3), each ditto '0 lli 

Ditto ("as y/g. 4), each ditto •• 2 2 

N. B. AVhen these standards are therm'd all round, 
the above prices to be doubled. A plintli 



137 

£. s. ii. 
A plinlli on llie pillars, between the claws, each side- •••'() .') 
If the claws are thicker than the pillars, and filled up to 

receive plinths, each side 1 

"When the claws are tliicker than the pillars, and the 

plinths let in to project in one thickness, each side • • 5 
Aw astragal, or small hollow, round the pillar above the 

claws, each pillar ^) 

For any other claws— 5ce Taulk, N° 27- 

Shamming partitions on the ends of drawers, each end • • 2/ 

For veneering the claws, reeding or moulding the top 

edges— See Tablk, N°<^. ^4 
Framing this table with two flat pillars, as start; a solid 

square block, not exceeding twelve inches by nine, 

and three inches thick ; four claws, as start ; either 

two naiTow rails or one broad rail at the bottom of 

frame, to receive the pillars; extra from the start- • • • 3 10 
Framing this table as above, with four turn'd pillars, put 

in with a pin at each end (no scjuares left) 4 2 

Veneeriu" the sides and ends of the block 10 

Each extra inch in length or width of block 0] 

Each half inch in extra thickness of ditto, Avhcn a solid 

block \\ 

Ditto, when veneer'd 2* 

Glueing up the block in two thicknesses, when twelve . 

inches s(iuare and under fi 

Every two inches in length or width of ditto, extra • • • • 04" 
When glued uj) in three thicknesses, to be half the price 

extra of glueing u}) the abo\'e in two thicknesses, and 

the extra size. 

T Tlollowiuo,- 









2 








5 








5^ 








0^ 








li 



138 

£. s. d. 
Hollowing the sides and ends of a square block, when 

three inches thick, Avith a plain hollow, extra lit. 

Each half inch in extra thickness alx)vc three inches, in 

solid block, when hollow sides and ends 

Veneering ditto, each side or end, when three inches thick 
Ditto, when from three to three and a half inches thick • • 
Each extra half inch in thickness, extra in veneering ditto 

Veneering each cant, exclusive of mitres 

Mitrins ditto in the corners — See Table, N'^ 9. 
Veneering the above blocks cross-M^ay — See Table, N° 8. 
Veneering the top of these blocks, when twelve inches 

square or under 4 

If above twelve inches — -See Table, N" 6". 

vShaping the veneer of ditto, either when hollow or round, 

each side extra Of 

'SVhen a block is made ^\•ith two pieces lapp'd together, 
an inch and a half or two inches thick, to form a cross; 
a block in each corner, and a piece glued on to make 
ditto, three inches thick ; sides and ends shaped hollow ; 

extra from start block 2 5 

If extra pillars are introduced .when the table is made^ 
with a block and claws, each square or turn'd pillar on^ 

, standard, single tenon.'d in, extra 1 2 

Ditto, when turn'd pillars, and put in with a pin, each 

extra pillav (no scjuarcs left) 8 

"SVhen made with Grecian })illars (a>i fig. 1, Vlatc ), 
each ditto extra from sc[uare pillar, sawing out included, 

not exceeding one and a half inch thick 9 

Ditto, from one and a half to two inches thick, each 

piDar extra from start • • • Oil 

/ For 



13l> 

f*. s. a 
For sawing out the claws — See Table, N° 27- 
For brackets, &c. — See Sofa Whiting Table. 
For other work — Sec Tables, ^-c. 

Oiling and poHshing, the start size or under 1 1 

Every extra six inches in lengtli or (bur inches in widtli \\ 

For polishing lyre ends, each end extra l! 

AVhen made with a block, polishing ditto extra 1 



+ 



V 



A SQUARE CARD TABLE. 

All solid. — Three feet long, one fly foot, square edges 
to the tops, and j^lain Marlbro' legs, the frame three 
and a half inches deep, and under 10 * 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIOiNS. 

Each inch, more or less, in length, down to two feet six 

inches 3 

Each extra inch, in depth of frame 3 V 

An extra fly foot 8 

Veneering the front and end rails, when three and a half 

inches jcleep, or under 10 

Ditto, cros&-way 1 .'3 

If the rails are abo\e three and a half inches deep, for 

veneering extra depth of ditto, or the back rail — Sec 

Table, N^ 8. 
Clamping the tops — See Table, N° 30. 

Vcnfcrin'i 



s. 


(L 


1 


u 





9 





oi 


1 


3 





4 





5 





3 





1 



140 

\'^eneering the top, the start size, each side 

If the top is bordeied, or of smaller or larger dimensions, 

—S^ee Table, N° C. 

Veneering the edges long-waj' 

Eacli mitre at the corners • 

Veneering the edges cross-way 

Working a hollow on the edge of the under top 

Staining ditto 

Colouring ditto 

Each corner string, at per foot run ' 

Sawing out and tapering legs — See TabXie.s, N°22 or 23. 

Lining the top with cloth 10 

When the table is not lined by the workman, cleaning 

the band after ditto is lined 

Sinking the fl}" for cloth, each fly 

Framing the fly the thickness of the cloth lower, each fly 

Lining ditto with cloth, each fly 

Feint rounding the edges of the tops, moulding ditto, 

lipping for cloth, and deductions for cleaning a solid 

top— See Tables, N° 16, 17, or 21. 
For astragal or fillet on the rail, or sinking for ditto — See 

references to Table, N° 9- 

Oiling and polishing, when not lined 10 

Ditto, when lined 8 






O 





2 





1 





1 



A SQUARE 



J4i 



A SQUARE CARD TABLE, on PILLAR am> CJ.AWS. 

All solid. — Three feet long; square edges to the tops; on 
a pillar and four cla^vs (as N° 1); the frame three and 
a half inches deep, lap-dovetail'd together; the top 
edge lipp'd long-way, and the inside clean'd ; the rail 
under the frame nine inches -wide, dovetail'd in to 
front and back rails ; the top clean'd on the under 
side, and made to turn round on an iron center, fixed 
to a cross rail ; or a turn'd wood center in ditto, screw'd 
to the under side of the top 18 

A'. 13. All the following Cari>TabIjT.s, on a Pillar 
and Clazffs, though the starts are not so fully expressed^ 
are considered as the above, — except lap-dovetailing the^ 
corners. 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

A turn'd wood center, fixed Avith slips, and two extra 

cross rails S 

Putting a bottom in, half or three quarters the length of 

the frame, rabbeted in its own thickness 1 

Ditto^ the whole length of the frame, rabbeted in above 

the cross rail, and slipp'd on the under side • • • 1 6 

Framing this table with two flat pillars, and a solid block 
with canted corners, four claws (as N° 1) dovetail'd 

in the cants, extra 4 6 

For 



142 

£. s. d. 
For any other work in block orjiillars — See Sofa Table, 

page 
For other sliaped claws, or sawing out and veneering or 

panneling ditto — See Tables, N° 27 or 28. 
Lining the inside of the frame with bead stuff, mitres 

included, at per foot run Ij 

Lining each cant, cxti"a from running measure 1? 

For any other extras — See Square Card Table, on 

Legs, ^-c. 
If the top edge of the frame is covered v.ith leather or 

cloth in place of lipping, deduct from start 5 

Oiling and polishing, when not hned 10 

]Ditto, when lined 8 

Ditto, when a block, extra 1 



A CIRCULAR CARD TABLE. 

All solid. — Three feet long, one fly foot, square edges to 
the tops, plain jNIarlbro' legs, the frame sawn out and 
built up by the workman lli 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Fiach inch, more or less, in length 3 

An extra fly foot • • • 8 

Veneering the top, the start size J. li. 

Veneering 



s. 


d. 





1 





i: 



143 

Veneering tlie edges ol' top long-^va3', at per foot run • • 

Ditto cross-way, at per foot run 

Ditto when made elliptic, under two feet diameter — See 

Table, N° 9. 
Lipping ditto for cloth, or rounding or moulding the 

edges— 5ee Tables, N° 16, 17, or 21. 

AVorking a hollow on the edge of the luuler top 

Staining ditto black, and polishing 

Colouring ditto, ditto 

Lining the top with cloth 10 

Sinking and lining the flics for cloth — See Square Card 

Table. 

^Making this table elliptic, extra 

Veneering the rail long or cross way 

Ditto long-way, in three lengths 

Ditto, Avhen elliptic, long or cross way 

Ditto, in three lengths, long-wa>-, Avhcn elliptic 

For other extras — See Square Card Table, a;jc/TABLEs 

of other loork, ^c. 






o 





5 





3 



1 


5 





10^ 


1 





1 





i 


o 



A CARD 



144 

. A CARD TABLE with ROUND CORNERS. 

£• s. (I 
All solid. — Three feet long, one fly foot, square edges to 
the tops, plain INIarlbro' legs ; the round corners, when 
eased away, not to exceed seven inches from the square 
of the table ^ the frame dovetail'd square at the back, 
and a block in the front corners, dowel'd from the 
outside, or a slip groov'd in on top and bottom across 

the corners 12 }) 

N.B. If the round corner exceeds seven inches 
from the square of the corner, to be taken from the 
Circular Table, made Elliptic. 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each inch, more or less, in length 3 

An extra fly foot 8 

If the front corner blocks are dovetail'd into the front ' 
and end rails, or the frame sawn out and glued up, 

extra 6 

Veneering the top, a hollow under ditto, or lining with 

cloth — -See Circular Card Table. 
For veneering the edge of top — -See Tables, N° 9 o?- 10. 

Veneering the rails long or cross way 1 2 

Ditto when long-wa}', and in three lengths 1 4 

. X'or other extras — *See Square Card Table, or Tables 



of other work. v 



A CARD 



■*i». 



145 



A CARD TABLE with ROUND CORNERS, 
ON PILLAR AND CLAWS. 

£. s. ,1. 
All solid. — Thrcp feet long, square etlges to the top, on a 
pillar and four claws (as A" \) ; the frame scjuarc at 
the hack ; the front corners block'd and dowcl'd from 
the outside, or a sHp groov'd in the top and bottom 
across tlic corners, and canted inside ; the top edge 
lipp'd, and inside cleanil • • • • ? f » » .. f • • • • 1 1 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. ' 

If the front corner blocks are swept inside, each corner 

extra : 4 

Putting a bottom in half the length of the frame, rabbeted 
in its own thickness, when the front corners are canted 
inside 1 2: 

Ditto the whole length, rabbeted in above the cross rail, 

and slipp'd underside 1 K^ 

M'hen the corners are sweep'd inside, shaping the bottom 
to ditto, and rabbeting its own thickness, each corner 
extra 1^ 

Ditto, rabbeted and slipt, each corner 3 

Veneering the back rail • 5 

Eor an}' other work — See Square o?' RouND-couNEUJip 
Card 'Taulk ox liFOs, and Squake Caud Table^ 
ON Claws. 

Lining the top edge of the frame Avitli leather or cloth, in 

place of lipping, deduct 7 

V A CARD 



146 



A CARD TABLE with CANTED CORNERS, 

£. 6-. d. 
All solid. — Three feet long, one fly foot, square edges to 

the top, plain IMarlbro' legs 12 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each inch, more or less, in lengtli, down to two feet six 

inches 3 

An extra fly foot 8 

Veneering the front, end rails, and cants, long-way • • • • 1 2 
Ditto cross-way — .See Table, N° y. 

Each mitre in the veneer of cants 1 

Veneering the top, the start size 1 li 

If the top is bordered, or of smaller or larger dimensions 

•than the start — See Table of veneering -Tops. 
Veneering the edges. — Sec Tables N° 9 <n>d 10. 
Lining the top with cloth, sinking and lining fly rails — ^ee 

Square Card Table. 

Working a hollow on the edge of the under top 5 

Staining ditto black • • 5 

Colouring ditto ditto 3 

Feint rounding or moulding the edges of the tops, and 

lipping for cloth, or any other work — See Square 

Card Tables. 



A CARD 



147 



A CARD TABLE with CANTED COllNERS. 

£. s. ti. 

All solid. — Three feet long, square edges (o the tcjps, on 
a pillar and four elaws (as ]SJ° l), the frame square at 
the back, the top edge lipp'd and dean'd inside 1 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Canting the back corners of the frame, and extra lipping 14 
Putting a bottom in half the length of the frame, rabbeted 

in its own thickness 1 2 

Ditto, the whole length, rabbeted in above the cross rail, 

and slipp'd on the under side 1 10 

Veneerin<j; the back rail 5 

For any other work — See Canted-cornered Card 

Table on Legs, and Square Card Tables. 
Lining the top edge of the frame with leather or cloth, in 

place of lipping, deduct Tj 



A CARD TABLE with QUARTER-ROUND CORNERS 

Three feet long ; straight middle rail, with breaks in fiont ; 
square edge to the tops, lipp'd for cloth cross-way ; the 
rails and breaks veneer'd ; one fly foot ; plain Marlbro' 

legs 16 

N. B. If the tops are clean'd inside, and not lipp'd, 

deduct 1 

SXTRAfi 



148 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 



s. 



Each inch, more or less, in length, down to two feet 

six inches • • • 3 

Working a hollow on the edge of the under top • • Oil 

Staining ditto black, and polishing 6 

Colourino' ditto .i.i. »!./,.•.. .riVJ. ...••••••:• 4 

For astragal or fillet on the rail — See Table, !N° 16, and 

7'eferences to Table, N° 9- 
For 'veneering the e<:lge of the tops^&e Tables, N° 9 

a?id 10. 
For veneering the tops — See Table, N° 6. 
For other work — See Sq.uaee Card Tables. 

Oiling and pohshing, when not lined • • • • • Oil 

Ditto, when lined • • • 9 



A CARD TABLE with QUARTER-ROUND CORNERS. 

Three feet long ; straight middle rail, with breaks in front ; 
square edges to the top ; lipp'd for cloth cross-way, 
one inch wide and under ; the rails and breaks veneer'd ; 
on a pillar and four claws (as A'° 1) ; tiie top edge of 
frame lipp'd, &c. 1 4 

EXTRAS, AND DEDUCTIONS. 

If the tops are elean'd inside, and not lipp'd, deduct* • • • 1,0 

Putting 



14<J 

£. s. d. 

Puttinti a bottom in lialf the ]onn,tli of the frame, rabbeted 

in its own ihiekness 1 

Ditto the whole length, rabJjeted in above the cross rail, 

and slip|)'(l 2 8 

Lining the top edge of the frame with l(^ather or cloth, in 

place of lip|)ing, deduct y 

lor other work — Sec Caud Taule witu (^uauteu- 

iiouxi) CoRNEiis, and Squaue Card Tables. 

Oiling and polishing, wlien not lined Oil 

Ditto, when lined 9 

Ditto, when a block, extra 1 



A CARD TABLE with OVALO CORNERS. 

Three feet long, straight middle and end rails, one fly 
foot, scjuare edges to the top, the frame veneer'd, four 
plain ]\larlbro' legs; the top lipp'd tor clolh cross-way, 

one inch wide or under 18 6" 

A^.Ji. If the tops are clean'd inside, and not lipp'd, 
deduct 1 S 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each inch, more or less, in length, down to two feet six 

inches • 3 

AA'orking a hollow on the under edge of the top 1 3 

Staining ditto black, anil polishing • • ' 7 

Colouring ditto, ditto ^^ ^ ^ 

Mitring 



150 

£. s. d. 

ISIitring the veneer at the corners, each corner 1 

Tor other work— 6'ee Card Tables with Quarter- 
round Corners, and Square Card Tables. 



A CARD TABLE with OVALO CORNERS. 

Three feet long ; straight middle and end rails ; the corners, 
a plain cant in the inside, the frame veneer'd ; on a pillar 
and four claws (as IV° 1) ; the top edge of the frame 
veneer'd, and tlie tops lipp'd cross-way 1 5 6 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

If the tops are clean'd inside, and not lipp'd, deduct 1 3 

Sweeping and cleaning the front corners in the inside, extra 8 

Putting a bottom in, when the corners are canted inside, 
— See Canted-cornered Card Table on Claws. 

A half-bottom, rabbeted in its own thickness, when the 

cornere are shaped inside, extra 1 8 

A ditto, the whole length, rabbeted in above the crc«s 

rail and slipp'd 3 

Linino- the top edge of the frame with leather or cloth, in 

place of lipping, deduct 10 

For other work — See Card Tables with Quarter- 
round Corners, a??^ Square Card Tables, 



A STRAIGHT. 



1.51 



A STRAIGHT-FRONT PIKH TABLE. 

£. V. d. 

All solid. — Three feet long, one foot six inches wide, the 
framino' four inches deep, plain hRick rail, on four plain 

INIarlbro' legs, the edge of top square 5 3 

A. B. A single pier tabic to be extra 9 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each inch more, in length or Avidth, up to four feet long 2 

Each extra inch above four feet, to five feet long 2i 

Ditto above five feet, to six feet long 2^ 

Ditto- above six feet long 3 

Each extra inch in depth of frame, when four feet six 

inches long and under * • • • 3} 

Ditto when above four feet six inches, to six feet long • • 4 

And if above six feet, in proportion. 
Cutting away the legs square to the thickness of the rails^ 

cleaning the inside of ditto, putting a bottom in, and 

hiugeing the top, with^a lock to ditto, the start length 

of the job 3 9 

Each inch more in length, or less down to two feet, add 

or deduct ■ 1 

AVhen the top is cut down the middle and hinged, to fold 

down, without tongues in the joint, extra 1 

Ever}' four inches longer than tljc start, or six inches 

shorter in length of joint, add or deduct 1 

Each mortice and tongue, extra 1 i 

Lippin 



(T 



152 

£. s. d.. 
Lipping the top edge vitli veneer, at per foot run 

long-way Of 

Each mitre in ditto ■ O3 

If the legs are cut away hollow in the corner, each leg- • 1^ 
Lipping the top edge of ditto, butt joints included, extra 

from straight measure, each corner !«- 

'\Y hen legs arefram'd to form a three-quarter corner, and 

turn'd to the top of frame, the moulding at bottom of 

the rail turn'd on ditto, each leg extra, not exceeding 

five inches deep 

Each inch deeper in framing ditto, above five inches, 

extra each leg = 

Shaping the top over ditto, the edge square, each shaping, 

when the top is of inch stuff" 

Ditto, when above inch, to inch and half stuff" 

If these legs are fixed with iron plates, to be paid ac- 

cordins; to lime. 
For the price of sliaping the upper part of a turn'd leg 

to a half-circle— See Table, N° 32. • 
For shaping the top over a half-circular leg at the front 

or ends of top, each shaping -^ 5 

Ditto if foimed on a canted corner, or at a distance from 

the end, each shajiing 8 

When legs are fram'd to project less than half an inch, 

and draws are introduced in ditto, each end of the 

drawer, with the partitions included, not exceeding six 

inches deep against the break, to be extra 1 

Ditto, \\hen the draws are above six inches deep, each 

end of ditto 1^ 

Ditto, 






7 





01- 





8 





IQ 



.1 



153 

Ditto, «hcn doors arc introduced against breaks, each 

door extra 'j 

A plain tablet on a solid rail, not exceeding six inches 

long, and tour inches a\ ide I) G 

Ditto, when on a round Iront, extra 2 

Each inch in length, extra 0' 

Letting in ditto a veneer thickness, when the rails are 

vencer'd 1 

Veneering a tablet, not exceeding six inches long 2i 

Ditto, above six inches to one foot long 51 

Ditto, above one loot long 4v 

TVhen veneer'd with curls or hard woods, extra, when six 

inches long and under OC 

Ditto, when above six inches to one foot long 1 

Ditto, when above one foot long li 

A'^eneering a round - front tablet, to be 5(1. in the 

shilling on the above price. 
AA hen a tablet is made to project below the under side of 

rail, to be extra 4 1 .^ 

If drawers are introduced in this table' — .See Chamdku 

Table, pai;e 7.9- 
For a low shelf or stretcher — See Ditto. 
A square frame for a table to stand on, three {ecA long, 

one foot four inches wide, and tuo inches deep ; 

common dovetail'd together, one cross-rail to ditto ; 

the top glued on, and block'd under-side of ditto • • • • 3 

Each extra inch in length or width of ditto 1 ' 4 

Ditto in depth of frame, when the table is three tcet long 

and under () 2 

X Ditto. 

\ 



/ 



154 

£. s. d. 
Ditto, when from three to four feet six inches long • • • • 2i 

Ditto, when from four feet six to six feet long Sj 

Ilabbeting the top down the rails, at per foot run 0? 

Making an eliptic hollow front to a pier tabic plinth, 
when three feet long or under, and three inches deep, 
to trace the sweep ; the front sawcarf'd and bradded to 
the edge of the top, block'd behind, and mitred at the 
corneis, exclusive of cross rails ; extra from straight 

plinth • 2 ^, 

Each extra inch in depth of sweep rail 4 

Each extra foot in length of sweep rail, when three inches 

deep 6 

Ditto, when four inches deep 7 

If deeper, in the same proportion. 
If the sawcarfs are wedged, or the rails built up — See 

Table for extra from plain ftaz^carfng. 
If made with a sweep back and front, to be double the 

above price. 
For veneering ditto — See Table, N° 8, 

Oiling and polishing ditto, the start size or under S 

Ditto, every extra six inches in length or width ' 1 

If the tal)le legs are mortic'd into this frame, to be extra, 
each leg, when a plain Marlbro' with one tenon to 

each 2^ 

Ditto, when a taper'd leg, each 3 

A solid mahogany back, rabbeted in the back legs and 

top and bottom rails, the start size of the job 1 9 

Every two inches more in length of ditto above the start 1^ 
AVhen this back is rabbeted into taper'd legs, extra • • • • 3 

A mahogany 



i5r> 

A maliogany muntin to this back <) 

AVhcn the pier (able frame is coniiiion dovetail'd together, 
and the legs framed underneath the lails, wilh one 
tenon aiul hip, and serew'd behind : or, when the 
back legs are framed as in start, and the front li-gs as 

above ; extra C) d 

Each extra leg lianied into ihe top rail with a single 

t(Mion, and lapji'tl behind 10 

If these legs are lapj^'tl uj) \hv front of the rail, as in a 

card table, extra, each l(\g (> O '^ 

A plinth frame, made Avith an internal break in the 
n)iddle, not exceeding twelve inches deep from the 
front ; the top shap'd with a scpiare edge to ditto, 
the corners common dovetail'd too-ether ; not exceeding 

three feet long, and two inches deep 4 S 

Each extra inch in length or width of this frame 2 

Each extra incli in depth of frame, when three feet 

long and under 4 

Ditto, when from three feet to four feet six inches long- • 4/ 
Ditto, when from four feet six inches to six feet long • • 5i 

And if above, in proportion. 
A plain bottom lor a table to stand oil, three leet long 
and one foot four inches wide, lin'd up to two inches 

thick, with one cross lining to ditto 2 8 

Each extra inch in length or width of this bottom Vs 

Each extra cross rail in either of the lower frames 4 

When the middle legs are framed to ])roiect half or their 
whole thickness, to form either internal or external 

breaks.; 



156 

£. s. d. 

In'eaks ; for eacli pair of legs, cross rails, and breaking 

the top to ditto 3 6 

Ditto, when framed to receive dra^vers, each space 

between two legs, linings and slips hicluded, extra- •• • 8 
For upright partitions, &c. to divide drawers — See 

Cylinder-fall Table. 
^Vhen this table is made with a break above three feet six 

inches long, each extra inch in length or width, extra • • Oh 
For breaking-down stuff, and jointing — .See Table, N° 1. 
Lining-up top — See Table, N° 2. 
For drawers, and veneering ditto — See Table, lSi° 3. 
Veneering top or plinth frame — See Table, N° 6". 
Ditto the rails— 5'ee Table, ]S1° 8. 
Ditto the edge of top — See Table, N° 9- 
Sawing out and tapering legs — See Tables, N° 22 

(md 23. 
For astragal or fillet on the rail — Sec Table, N° 9- 
For mouldings — See Tables, N° 16 and 17- 
For other extras — See Tables, &c. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size and under 7 

Ditto, every extra six inches in length or Avidth 1 



A ROUND-FRONT PIER TABLE with STRAIGHT ENDS. 

All solid. — Three feet long, one foot eight inches wide ; 
the framing four inches deep ; square edge to the top ; 

on 



157 

X'. •^. ^A 

on four plain ^Iiull>io' legs ;, the sweep not to exceed 

one inch in projection to a foot in length 7 

EXT II AS. 

A single tabic to be extra f) 

Each extra inch in length or width, up to four feet long 2^ 

Ditto, from four to five feet long 2i 

Ditto, frf)ni five to six feet long 3 

Ditto, above six feet long 3] 

Each extra inch in depth of frame, when four icet six 

inches long and under 4\ 

Ditto, from four fee't six inches to six feet long .5 

And if above, in proportion. 
For veneering the rails — See Tahle, N° 8. 
Sawing out and jointing the front rail — Sec references to 

Table, N° 5. 
Making this front eliplic, when the sweep is above one; 

foot diameter, extra O 7 

Ditto, when one foot diameter down to eight inches • • • • 1 1 

]3iito, Avhen under eight inches diameter 1 3 

Cleaning inside of rails, and ])utting a Ijottom in a circular 

or feint eliptic front, extra on price of Straight-front 

Pier Table • G 

Ditto, on quick clipties 9 

For inside work — See Furniture-drawer, page 50. 

Framing the sweep rail to receive a drawer 1 

Ditto, when eliptic, above one foot diameter () 1 1 

Ditto, under one foot diameter, down to eight inches • • 1 7y 

Ditto, under eight inches diameter 111 

For 



s. 



158 

Tor drawers, and veneering — See Tables, N° 4 and 5. 
Tbr sawing ont sweep-drawer fronts, or sawcarfing and 

wedging — -See references to Tablks, N° 4 and 5. 

Each cross-rail clamp'd in front to divide drawers 10| 

Making the legs stand square, and breaking the top, or 

for extra depth of ditto — -See Ciiamijer Table, 

page 82. 
Veneering the top and joints in the veneer — See Tables, 

N" 6 and 7. 
;R[ouldings on the edge of the top, and astragal or fillet 

on the rail — See Tables, K° K) and 17, and references 

^0 Table, W 9- 
Veneering the edge of the top — See Table, N° 9. 
For corner lines — See Table, K° 56. 
Tor cutting out and glueing on sweep mouldings — See 

Table, N^ 13. 
Sawing out and tapering legs — See Table, N° 22. 
Tor other extras — Sec Stralght-front Pier Table. 

Oiling and polishing the start size and under 7 

Ditto, every extra six inches in length or width 1 



A PIER TABLE, with QUARTER-ROUND ENDS, 

as in Flute, marked A or B. 

Three feet long, one foot six inches wide ; the framing 
four inches deep ; the front rails veneer'd ; s(piare edge 
,to the top ; on four plain iMarlbro' legs Oil 

A ditto, with ovale ends, as marked C 012 2 

A ditto, 



159 

£. s. ,1. 

A ditto, with solid end rails, danii)"d in front, as marked 

D, and ()\al() corners scivw'd to tlic inside of ditto ■ • ].') tS 

'J'wo extra legs to shew a break, eithcM- ])art or their 

wliolc thickness, as marked K, extra o 'J 2 

A ditto, with hollow ends, as marked i" Oil (i 

A ditto, with a square recess veneer'd, formed in the 
corner of the frame to receive a turn'd leg screw'd in 
the corner, and the top shaped over ditto, a small 
ovalo corner, as marked G • • • 15 

A ditto, with round ends, or round corners, as marked 

H or I 10 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each extra inch in length up to four feet, in either of the 

above tallies 2;] 

Ditto, above four to five feet lono- 2? 

Ditto, above live to six feet long 3 

If above six feet long 3i 

Each extra inch in depth of frame, when four feet six 

inches lono; and under 6fr 

Ditto, when above four feet six inches to six feet long 7 

1 1" above six feet long 7^ 

]''ach inch in width, extra liom Straight-front Pier 'J'able iS 
When a drawer is introduced in any of the corners of the 
above tables -^6'ee Ovalo-couneii'd SiDF.noARn 
Table : and on the whole amount of such chawer, 
deduct 2(1. in the shilling. 



Mak 



ui<r 



' £. s. d. 

Making any of the foregoing tables eliptic, un^cler twelve 

inches down to eijiht inches diameter ^-Ai^* ./aV??-^^- 6 

Ditto, nnder eight inches diameter 9 

A hollow front shelf, three feet long, fixed with stretcher 
plates, and a ])iece length-wa>% screw'd on the under 
side of ditto at each end, the edge of shelf square • • • • 111 

Every three inches longer, or four inches shorter, add or 

deduct 1 

Tavo low end rails, whh a hollow front shelf, three feet 

long, the edge square, block'd on ditto 2 3 

A hollow front shelf, three feet long, sup])orted by an 
angle stretcher, fixed either with pins or stretcher- 
plates ' 2 4 

Three low^ rails, with square edges, and a hollow front 
shelf, three feet long, screw'd to the under side, Avith 
a square projecting edge 

Eacli extra inch in length of the three preceding shelves 

Every three inches less in length of ditto, down to two 
feet, deduct 

Ehptic hollow or round ends to a shelf, extra 

It six legs to a table, fitting the shelf to the two extra 

less, extra 4 

Eevelling the rails, or rounding the edge of ditto, &c. — 
See Chamber Table, j)age 81. 

If the shelf or top is lin'd up— 6'ce Table of Ditto, N° 2. 

For veneering the top, ends, or shelf — See Table, N°6'. 

For veneering the edge of top, or shelves — -See Table, 

N^ 9. 

Tor 



o 


6 





oi 





1 





6 



161 

,t'. ••!. '^• 

For joints in the veneers — See Taule, N° 7- 

If a siiitilc one of either of these tables, to he extra* • • • () 

For sawing out and l)iiil(linii; uj) rails or (hawer fionts, 
or sawearfing and wedoing — <SVe Tablk, N° 1. 

For joints in the top, ends, and sawing out and tapering 
legs — See Tablks of Ditto, N*^ 1 and 22. 

For o|)rning the middle rail for drawers, &:c. — See Cham- 
ber 'I'able, page 79' 

For mouldings, banding, and stringing, or other work — 
See Tables, ^-c ^ • 

For other work — Sec Straight and PtouND-FUONT 
Pier Table, <Sc. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size and under 8 

Ditto, every extra six inches in length or Avidth 1 



A STRAIGHT-FRONT TNCT.OSED PIER TABLE. 

AH solid. — Three feet long, one foot tlirce inches Avidc, 
three feet high ; the inside colour'd and polish'd ; with 
one fixed shelf; two fiat pannel doors, panncls plough'd 
in, and an ovalo on the inner edge of the framing ; 
square projecting edge to the top ; on fourturn'd stump 
feet, put in with a pin 17 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 



Each inch more in length, up to four feet long 4 

Ditto, above four to five feet longj 5 

Y Ditto, 



<->2 






2 





1\ 





3 



162 

£. s. J. 

Ditto, above five to six feet long 6 

If above six feet long, in proportion. 

Each inch more in width, when the job is three feet long 
and under • 

Ditto, wlien from three to four feet six inches lone 4 

Ditto, from four feet six inches to six feet long 4i 

And if abo^■e, in proportion. 

Each inch less in length down to two feet six inches 

long, deduct G 3 

Each inch less in width down to twelve inches, when three 
feet long and under., deduct 

Ditto, when from three feet to four feet six inches long • • 

Ditto, when from four feet six inches to six feet long- • • • 

When one or more drawers in length are introduced above 

the doors, each inch in length of job extra Ok 

For extra drawers and partitions — Set Table, N° 3. 

For upright partitions to divide drawers — Set Cylinder- 
pall Table, jjo^e ^<^. 

^Vhen an inclosed pier table, or a pedestal, is fram'd 
into legs, instead of being put together as a carcase, 
add for four legs extra, when the job starts with stump 
feet put in with a pin 5 

For hingeing the top, he. — See Straight-front Pier 
Table, and Dressing Chest. 

A plain rail screw'd on, or tongued into the ends (for a 
freize, &c.) under the top, three feet long and under- -007 

Every four inches in extra length of ditto 02^ 

A drawer, cock-beaded, above the doors, the start length 

of 



If).") 

,1'. s. d. 

of the ji)l), tour iiiclios deep, iucliKliiig a |):irtition. 

same as in Tabli: of Ditto D ."j. 

For pilasters, columns, canted Corners, imier ends, &:c.— - 

6Vr Dressing Chest. 9 
Tor upriglit partitions, shelves," grooves, &c. — 6Vt' Open 

Carcase, pn^e 25. 
For veneering the top or ends — See Table, N° C 
For doors and pannels — See Table, N° 12. 
Veneering drawer lionts — iS'ec Table, N° 3. 
For mouldings, banding, &c. — -See Tables of Ditto. 
For other work — Sec Straigiit-fuoxt Pieu Tabli:, 

and Tabli'.s, <*|r. 
For front edge under the fast top, or slump feet tenon'd 

in — See Dressing Chest. 
For rounding the corners, pilasters, &c. — See Ditto. 
If these corners arc glued u[) in cooper's joints — See 

references to Table, N° 1. 

Oiling and polishing the start size and under 10 

Ditto, every extra three inches in length or width 1 

AA hen with columns or pilasters, extra, each 1 



AN INCLOSED PIER TABLE, either with an 
INTEPvNAL OR EXTERNAL BREAK. 

All solid. — Tiiree feet six inches lono-, one foot si.K inches 
"wide; two flat pannel doors in centre, and one ditto in 
each wing, the middle ends to form the break ; one 



shelf 



164 

£. s. d. 

shelf in each space, with one plain groove to each end ; 
the inside colour'd and polish'd ; plain back ; square 
edge to the top ; on six turn'd feet, put in with a pin • • 1 19 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIO;»}S. 

Each inch more in length or width, to four feet six inches 

long 5 

Ditto, above four feet six inches to five feet six inches 

long 6 

Ditto, above five feet six inches to six feet Ions; 7 

And if above six feet, in proportion. 

Each inch less in length, down to three feet long, or 

width, down to one foot three inches wide, deduct- •• • 4 

^Vhen one depth of drawers is introduced into this table, 
either straight or sweep'd middle, each inch in length of 
job extra 0^ 

A rail under the top, three or four inches deep for a freize, 
•Sec. in the middle part twenty inches long, or in either 
Aving eleven inches long, each rail 

Every four inches extra length of ditto 

When drawers are introduced in place of doors, deduct for 
a shelf preparation for doors, cleaning and polishing the 
middle carcase 

Deduct.for a shelf cleaning, &c. each wing 

Ditto for doors, according to their size, as per Table, 
N^ 11. 

Then add for drawers and partitions as per Table, N° 3. 

A drawer in center part above the doors, cock-beaded, 
four inches deep, including a plain partition, as in Table 

of Drawers 3 

Two 






6 





0^ 


2 


6 


2 


4 



165 

£. s. d. 

Two short drawers and partitions, as above, in the wings .5 4 

Cutting away the end's to receive the doors, Mhen drawers 

as above, each end 2 

For liingeing the top, columns, pilhns, inner ends, canted 
corners, &C. — See Dressing Ciikst. 

For shelves, grooves, upright partitions, (Sec. — See Opkn 
Carcase, page 25. 

Veneering top ends or pannels — 5'ce Table, N° 6. 

Ditto door frames and pannels — See Table, N° 12. 

Ditto drawer fronts — See Table, N° 3. 

For mouldings, framed backs, banding, panneling, «S«:c. — 
See Table of Ditto. 

Putting an upright front edge to the wing drawer against 
the inner ends, each front edge notch'd in across the 
partitions, with straight slip to guide the drawer 3^ 

A ditto, fitted in between the partitions 2 J 

A front edge under the top (when a fast top) fitted in 
between the ends, in the middle part, with straight slips 
to guide the drawer 3i 

A ditto in the winos, each wini:; 3 

Making the middle part of this table circular or eliptic, 
above four feet diameter ; the sweep not to exceed one 
inch and half in projection to a foot in length of middle 
part, when made either a\ itli drawers or doors, as in 
start 8 

Ditto, from lour feet to two feet diameter <) 1 

Ditto, from two feet to one foot diameter 10 4 

Ditto, one foot diameter and untler, the doors wilii mould- 
ings and without pannels 8 2 

Each 



£. s. d 

Each extra inch in length, uheii a round or cliptic frosit 

niickllc, extra , 1 

"SVIjen drawers are introduced into a round middle, in place 
of doors, deduct for a shelf preparation for doors and 

cleaning and polishing the inside of carcase • '• '2 (3 

Ditto, when eliptic, under four feet diameter 2 .0 

Ditto, deduct for a pair of sweep'd or eliptic doors, accord- 
ing to their size and diameter, as per Table, N° 11. 
Then add for drawers and partitions as per Table, N'^ 4. 
JV. B. These round-front or eliptic middle drawers or 
rail not to take the extra price of drawers against a 
break ; and when the ends stand square, and break 
beyond the w ings, considered of equal value as when the 
sweep springs from the wing. 
A solid rail, twenty inches long, under the toj>, to form a 
freize on, in a sweep or eliptic middle part, when above 

four feet diameter 

Ditto, from lour i'eet to two feet diameter 

Ditto, from two feet to one foot diameter 

Ditto, one foot to eight inches diameter 

Ditto, under eight inches 

Every mch in length of rail, extra 

A drawer in the center part above the doors, cock-beaded, 
including a plain partition, when above four feet diameter 

Ditto, from four feet to two feet diameter 

Ditto, fr jui t o feet to one f ot diameter 

Ditto, from one foot to eight inches diameter 

Ditto, under eight inches 

For pilasters, canted corners, columns, inner ends, or plinth 



1 


t) 


1 


o 


1 


4 


1 


6i 


1 


9^ 





oi 


4 


1 


4 


O 


4 


5 


4 


Ih 


4 


m. 



-See 



107 

r 

— Sec SritAroiir on Hound- fuont Diiessing- 

CllKST. 

For vrnccring top, ends, or pnnncls — Sec Tadlk, N° (). 

Ditto doors and })aiincls — See Tablk, N° 12, 

Ditto drawers iVonts — Sec Tables of Ditto according to 

their diameter. 
For joints, mouldings, framed backs, panneling, banding, 

or any other work — See Tables of Dittn, and 

Stuaight-i-uoxt PiEii Tables. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size and under 

]3itto, when the center is made sweep or eliptic 

Ditto, evcrv extra three inches in length 

For colunms or pilasters — See Dressing Chest. 



a. 



1 


6 


1 


8 





I 



A ROUND-FRONT INCLOSED PIER TAliLE. 

All solid. — Three feet long, one foot five inches wide, 
three feet high ; the inside colour'd and polish'd ; with 
one fast shelf, two flat pannel doors ; pannels bent and 
ploughed in ; square projecting edge to the top ; the 
sweep not to exceed one inch and (piartcr in projection 
to a loot in length ; on four turned stuni[) Icct, put in 
with a i)in 1 5 6 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each extra inch in length, up to four feet six inches long 5^ 
Ditto, from four feet six inches to five feet six inches Ions 6i 

Ditto, 



s. 



n 1 



168 

£ 

Ditto, above fj\c feet six inches to six feet long 7 

^\ncl if above six feet long, in jiroportion. 
Each inch less in length, down to two feet six inches long, 

deduct • 44 

A rail under the top to form a freize — See Peer Tadle 

zcith a Break. 
Each inch in Avidth of table to be extra on the price of 

the width in the Straight-front Inclosed Pier Table, 

according to the size Oj 

For eliptic, middle, or any other work — See Pier Table 

with a Break. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 

Dtto, every extra six inches in length 

Ditto in height 

For columns or pilasters — See Dressing Chest. 



1 








2 





1 



AN INCLOSED PIER TABLE with OVALO ENDS and 

STRAIGHT MIDDLE. 

All solid. — Three feet six inches long, one foot six inches 
wide ; two tlat panncl doors in the middle part, one 
fixed shelf inside; the ends glued up in cooper's joints, 
and made fast; on four turned stump feet, put in with a 
pin ; the breaks formed by upright stiles, dovetail'd on 

the top and bottom ; a plain back 114 

JV.J3. If this job is made with plain hollow ends •• 1 13 

EXTRAS 



160 



EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. p , , 

Each extra inch in lengtli, up to t'ciir feet six inciics lonsr .5 
Ditto, from four feet six inches to five I'cet six inches long 6" 

Ditto, above five feet six inches to six feet long 7 

And if above, in proportion. 
Each inch less in length, down to three feet long, deduct 4 
Each inch in width of tal)lc to be extra on tiic price of 

the width in the Straight-front Inclosed Pier Table •• U 
MMien the ends are made eliptic, from twelve inches to 

eight inches diameter, extra 1 4 

Ditto, when under eight inches diameter 2 

AA'hcn the ends arc open'd to form a cupl)oard in eacli end, 

with inner ends in tlie place of the upright stiles, 

deduct 3 

Allien the ends are open and made eliptic, fiom twelve. 

inches to eight inches diameter, extra G 

Ditto, under eight inches diameter 10 

A solid rail under the top in the ovalo corner, to form a 

frieze on 7 

Ditto when eliptic, under twelve inches to eight inches 

diameter lOi 

Ditto, under eight inches diameter 1 

For doors to ditto— 6Ve Table, N° 11. 

N. B. The doors to measure the whole height between 

the top and bottom, when a rail is introduced vmder 

the toj). 
Rabbeting either top or bottom in the ovalo corners, to 

receive the doors, each ral)bet (5 

z A slip. 



170 



p. 



d. 



7 
9 



A slip, with a bead stuck on the edge, between the door 

uikI end, each o 

Each solid shelf (or of" deal colour'd and polish'd) in the 

ends, fixed on two slips 

Ditto, groov'd in • 

For veneering the edges long or cross-way — See Table, 

N°9. 
When a rail in the middle part above the doors or drawers 

— See Straight-front inclosbd Pier Table. 
A ditto continued round the sweep ends, each end - • • • 1 
For veneering the rail, or shamming a treize on the doors 

—See Table, N° 8. 
When the ends are made wide, with two extra stump feet, 

put in with a pin, extra 1 C) 

N. B. The above extras are for both ovalo and hollow 

corner tables. 
For veneering top, ends, shelves, or back — See Table, 

For veneering pannels or door frames — See Table, 

N° 12. 
For other work — See the preceding Pier Tables. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size and under ] 

Ditto, ever}' extra three inches in length or width 

For columns or pilasters — See Dressing Chest. 



9 
1 



Regulations 



II' 



171 



lifgu/atioiisj'or l/ic Siic aj the lj<'<is oj' TaOlc.s, t.ictjit otlnvutse mm 
t'tutu'd in llir Start of Jhe Jobs. 

_r. s. ,1 

AW tables two i'evi six inches loiii;, llic legs nol Ui vxcccd 
iiich-aiKl-lliiee-(juarter stulK 

Above two Icct six inches to three feet six ineiies long, 
two-inch stuff. 

Above three feet six inches to four feet six inches lonu, 
tAvo-and-quarter-inch stuH". 

And so on in [)roporlion, being a quarter (;f an iiic'.i in 
thickness to every foot in length of Job. 

Furu'd legs to be a cjuarter of an inch more than tlif 
above {proportion. 

N. B. No deduction to take place when the legs are 
made less than in the above proportion. 

J'he j)rice of extra thickness in legs, when they are more 
than the abo\e proportion, each leg, every extra (Quarter 
of an inch, from one-and-three-{iuarter-inch to three- 
inch stuff u Of 

Ditto, from three to four inch stuff 1 

Ditto, from four to five inch stuff () i^ 

Ditto, above five-inch stuff 2\ 

N. B. The extra size of the legs to carry the thickness 
of the rails in proportion to the thickness of the legs, and 
put together with a single row of tenons. 

All legs to be paid for sawing out as per '1'adle. 

STRAIGHT- 



f I'l 



172 



STKAIGHT-FRONT SIDEBOARD TABLE. 

All solid. — Five feet long, two feet three inches wide; 
framing five inches deep ; the top of inch stuff', either 
solid or to veneer on ; the edge of ditto square ; on 
four plain INIarlbro' legs 11 3 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each inch more in length or width, up to six feet long • • Sg- 

Ditto, above six to eioht feet long 4 

Ditto, above eight to ten feet long 4^^ 

Wlicn above ten feet long, so on in proportion. 
Each inch more in depth of framing, when six feet long 

and under 4 

Ditto, when above six to eight feet long 4i 

Ditto, when above eight to ten feet long. 5 

And wlien above ten feet long, in the same propor- 
tion. 
Each inch less in length or width, down to four feet long 

and two feet wide, deduct 3 

iSi.B. AVhen tops are lin'd up the start thickness, to 



be considered orie and a half tliick or under. 



When tops exceed mmsh and a halfj^^sr thick, the extra 

thickness to be measured in extra depth of framing. 
Lining up ditto, to be charged from Table, N° 2. 
When a solid top, or one to veneer on, exceeds one inch 



to 



<\ 



+ 



173 

to one inch and half inclusive, to he extra per foot 

superficial 0+ 

Shaping the edges of sideboard tops in all forms that may 

occur, to be considered one inch and half thick and 

under. 
Canting the corners of the top, the cants not to exceed 

three inches long, each cant li 

Ditto, above three inches long li 

Rounding the corners of the top, under two inches 

diameter, each corner 1^- 

Ditto, from two inches to five inches diameter, each 

corner 2 

And if above, in proportion. 

Each break in the top 4 

AMien the space between breaks exceeds two feet six 

inches in length-way of the wood, or one foot two 

inches end-way, each foot in length, or four inches in 

end-way, extra 1^ 

For tablet — -See Pif.r Tabi-l, page 153. 

Framing the front of this table to receive a drawer, the 

whole length of the frame, linings and slips included . ]ii 

Ditto, when for two drawers in lengtli 1 9|^ 

Ditto, when for three drawers in length 2 7^ 

Ditto, when four drawers in length 3 5h 

For the price of drawers to ditto, and veneering — See 

Table, N° 3. 
A plain tablet drawer, not exceeding one foot long, and 

four inches and a half deep inside 4 9 

l^.B. Two upright partitions, cross-rails and slips, 

included 






2-^ 





4^ 





3 





5 





0'>. 



174 

£. s. d. 

included in the price of the tablet drawer; and if the 
clamps of the partitions arc oniittcd, no deduction to 
take place. 

I'or extra size of drawers — ^See Table of Ditto, N° 3. 

^Mien drawers are made to cover the top rail, each drawer 
two feet long and under, extra 

Ditto, when to cover the bottom rail 

Ditto, above t\vo feet long, a\ hen to cover the top rail • • 

Ditto, when to cover the bottom rail 

-A muntin in a drawer, which covers the bottom rail, do\ e- 
tail'd down, and a piece fitted into ditto 

A\ hen the ends of drawer fronts are made to cover the 
upright partitions, &:c. by fixing pieces on, or dovetail- 
grooving tlie sides into the front, or rabbeting ditto for 
common dovetails, each end of a drawer-, four inches 
and a half deep and under () 2 

Ditto, when the front is made to cover the top and bottom 

rails 3 

Each extra inch in ditto, above four inches and a half in 

depth of drawer front, extra- • Ok 

For extra legs — See page 155. 

AVhen two extra legs in front, and framed to receive three 

drawers, all flush, for legs, linings, and slips 5 2 

When the middle legs are framed to project half or their 
whole thickness, to form either internal or external 
breaks, lor each pair of legs, cross rails, and breaking 
the top to ditto 4 

Ditto, when framed to receive dra\vcrs, each space 

between two legs, linings and slips included, extra • • 8^ 

For 



17 r^ 

£. .V. '/. 

For upriolit parlitions, t'v'c. to (livi(l(> drawers — Sec Cv- 

LINDEK-FALL TaBLE, page 100. 

When mydc with a j)lain sweep inuldlc, tlir s[)riii^ of 

the sweep not exceeding one inch to a loot in length, ^ 

sweeping the rail and toj), inckiding two cross-rails in 

the frame O '^ S 

When made eliptic, the sweep above one foot diameter, 
the spring of ditto not exceeding an inch and a qnartcr 

to a foot in length of sweep part 4 3 

Ditto, when the sweep is nnder one foot to eight inches 

diameter 4 9 

Ditto, •when under eight inches diameter 5 2 

When the spring of the plain or cliptic sweep exceeds the 

above proportion, each inch in ditto extra 2 

When a plain sweep as above, and two middle legs, the 

cross rails framed into ditto 

Ditto an eli|)tic sweep, abo\ e one foot diameter 

Ditto, when the sweep is under one foot to eight inches 

diameter 

Ditto, when under eight inches diameter 

Framing the sweep middle part to receive a drawer when 

the sweep is above two feet diameter 

Ditto, when two feet to one foot diameter 

Ditto, when one foot to eight inches diameter 

Ditto, when under eight inches diameter • 

For veneering sweep rails — See Tabt.k, N° 8. 

When the cross rails are framed in the middle of the legs, 

lining up ditto, to carry the drawer, extra 4 

Each 



6 


8 


7 


3 


7 


9 


8 


2 


1 


o 


1 


6 


1 


8 


1 


9: 



s. 


d. 





6 





2i 





oi 



176 

Each extra cross rail, framed into the leg and back, extra 

from lining up to guide the drawer 

If a piece is iitted in between the cross rails at bottom, 

extra 

WhcFi tlic sweep part exceeds three feet long, each extra 

ii.ch in length of ditto extra .... o 

Making the above with a plain hollow or eliptic middle, 

to be charged 2d. m the shilling on the full price of 

making ditto round or eliptic front. 

N. B. Ihe legs and linings not to bear this per ccntage. 
For framing legs, shaping tops, &c. to form three-quarter 

or half-circle corners — Sec Library Writing 'J'able, 

page r;o. 

\A'hen the start sideboard is made to break back in the 
middle two and a half inches deep, or under, the cross 
rails made to form the break, and common dovetail'd 
to the front, the top broke to ditto 2 4 

When tlic cross or front rails are lap-dovetail'd, each cor- 
ner extra 2^ 

Ditto, when mitre-dovetail'd, each corner G 

Forming an internal break in the front rail, by glueing 
a piece of inch-and-half stuff, or under, on each 
end, and tenon'd into the legs, or the fronttail in three 
pieces, glued and screw'd together, and shaping the toj) 
to ditto 1 6 

A backboard of half-inch stut!, three inches wide, five 
feet long, screw'd on the back edge of the top, the edges 

and ends of ditto square • 1 

Each 



/ 



a. 


d. 





2 





li 





0.? 





1 





li 





li 





oi 





0* 



177 

Eadj foot more in length of ditto, extra 

Ditto less ill length, deduct 

Each inch more in width, extra per foot in length 

Roinidiiig the corners, each, Avhcn the board is i'our inches 

wide and under, the edge of ditto scjuare 

Ditto, al)o\"e four inches to live inches wide 

Ditto, above live indies wide 

Rounding the straight edge, at per foot run 

Ditto each s(]uai'e or round corner, extra 

Tor tablet — See Straight Piku Table, page 151. 

For sawing out and tapering legs — .Sec Table, N°22. 

Ditto sweep legs — See Table,- N° 23. 

Thennino; lcg;s — See Table, N° 25. 

"Fov veneering the top — See Table, K° 6. 

For astragal or fillet on the rail, or veneering the edge of the 

lop — See Table, !N° 9> oiid references to Ditto. 
For banding and stringing, &c. — See Tables. 

Oiling and [)olishing, the start size or under 1 3 

Ditto, Avhen either with a sweep middle, or internal or 

external break 1 4 

Ditto, every six inches in length or width 1 

A square plinth frame for a sideboard to stand on, five 
feet long, two feet wide, and three inches deep, com- 
mon dovetail'd together, one cross rail in ditto, the top 

block'd on 

Each extra inch in depth of plinth frame 

Ditto, when above six feet long 

Each extra inch in length or width, when four inches deep 

or under 

a a For 



7 


4 





^h 





4 


C) 


2i 



178 

£. s. d. 
For eliptic hollow front — See Pier Table, page 151. 
N. B. AYhen this frame is under five feet lonfj, to be 
taken from the Pier Tabic Plinth Frame. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 8 

Ditto, every extra six inches in length or width 1 



A ROUND-FRONT SIDEBOARD TABLE. 

Five feet long, two feet six inches wide; the framing five 
inches deep ; the front rail venecr'd long-way ; on four 
plain Marlbro' legs ; the front legs bevel'd to the 
sweep ; the edge of top square 17 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each inch more in length or width, up to six feet long, extra 4J 

Ditto, when above six feet to eight feet long 5 

Above eight feet long, to take the same proportion. 
Each inch more in depth of framing, when six feet long "'' 

and under, extra 7 

Ditto, when above six feet to eight feet long 8 

When above eight feet long, in the same proportion. 
Each inch less in length or width, down to four feet long 

and two feet wide, deduct 4 

Making the legs stand square, and shaping the top over 

ditto; extra 5 

Ditto, when drawers in the rail 7 

When this table is made eliptic, and the legs stand square, 

ihe top shaped to ditto, above one foot diameter, extra 1 6 

Ditto, 



s. 


d. 


(> 





o 





1 


3 


o 


U 


3 






J 79 

Ditto, from one foot down to eight inches 

Ditto, under eight inches 

Franiini; this U\ble to receive a drawer the whole length ot" 

the frame, linings and slips included 

Ditto, when for two drawers in length 

Ditto, when for three drawers in ditto 

For the price of drawers in ditto — See Table of Drazcers. 
Veneering drawer fronts, either sweep or eliptic, extra 
I from start rail, including partition edges, each drawer 

front 4 

For extra legs — See page 

AVhen two extra legs in front, and framed to receive 

three drawers, all flush, for legs, linings, and slips • • • • 5 8 
A tablet on the rail — Sec Pier Table, page 1.51. 
For any other work — ^e Straight-front Sideboard, 

or other Tables. 
Cutting out the rails, joints, &c. — See references /o Table, 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 1 5 

Ditto, every extra six inches in length or width 1 



A SIDEBOARD TABLE avitii OVALO or HOLLOW 

CORNERS. 

Five feet long, two feet six inches wide ; the tramino; 
five inches dec}) ; six plain IVlarlbro' legs ; the front rail 
veneer'd ; the edge of top square 1 3 o 

EXT R *i 



180 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

£. s. d. 

Each inch more in length or width, up to six feet long- -004 

Ditto, above six to eight feet long 4? 

If above eight feet long, in the same proportion. 

Each inch more in depth of framing, when six feet long or 

under •" 7 

Ditto, above six to eight feet long 8 

If above eight feet long, in the same proportion. 
Each inch less in length or width, down to four feet long 

and two feet wide, deduct Sj 

Eor a round or eliptic middle — .See Straight-front 

Sideboard Table. 

Ei-aming the middle to receive a drawer 10 

For framino; to receive more than one drawer — See 

STRAIGlIT-rRONT SiDEBOARD TaBLE. 

' Eor the drawers — See Table of Ditto. 

N. B. AVhen one drawer in the middle, no charge to 
be made for veneering ditto, in consideration of the 
veneer'd start rail. 
When more than one drawer in length, veneering each, 

extra from the start rail 2 

When a round or eliptic middle, deduct for veneering the 

straight rail as per Table, N° 8; then add for making 

ditto round or eliptic, its full size from Straight-front 

Sideboard Table. 

A drawer and extra framing in the ovalo corners, each 

drawer 4 () 

Veneering ditto, extra from the start rail, each 4 

Making 



181 

IMakinii' the drawer fronts covor the rails — SccSthaigiit- 

FRONT SlDECOAUD TaBLK. 

INJakiug tlie corners ehptic, -wlieii one foot diameter and 

upwards, each corner extra G 

Ditto, when from one foot down to ei^ht inches diameter JO 

Ditto, when under eight inclies chameter ] 3k 

A drawer and extra iVaming in (htto, when one foot 

diameter and upwards 4 8 

Ditto, when from one foot down to eight inches (hameler 4 10 

Ditto, wlien under eight inches diameter 5 

Veneerino; the drawer front, extra from the start rail • • • • 4 
When the two corner legs are taken away, and the ovalo 
corner screw'd to the inside of the end rails to shew a 

break its own thickness, deduct - 2 

Ditto, when breaks in end rails and toj) 3 

For any other work — See preceding 8idei!Oai!D Tables. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 1 5 

Ditto, every extra six inches in length or width 1 




A STRAIGHT-FRONT CELLARET SIDEBOARD. 

All sohd. — Five feet long, two feet four inches wide ; the 
framing fifteen inches deep, with a plain drawer, and slips 
prepared i'ov the plumber, or a cupboard with one 
fixed shelf, half the width of ditto, at each end : a plain 
drawer in the middle ; on six plain Marlbro' legs • • • • 1 12 

JV. B. The framing in the middle of all Cellaret Side- 
boards to start six inches deep. 

EXTRAS 



182 



EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

P. 



s. 






6i 





7i 





5i 



Each inch more in length, width, or depth of franiiug, up 
to six feet long, extra 

Ditto, when above six to eight feet long 

Vriicn above eight feet, in the same proportion. 

Each inch less in length, width, or depth of framing, down 
to four feet long and two feet wide, deduct 

For extra depth in middle drawer — See Tables of 
Drawers. 

"When the middle legs are framed to project half or their 
whole thickness, to fin'm either internal or external 
breaks, and the top broke to ditto 2 

Lining the inside of the cupboards, each side 6 

For o-roovino; ditto to receive shelves — See Opek Carcase, 
page 25. 

Each sliding shelf in ditto 0' 9 

A rim, inch and a half deep, groov'd into the back, and 
ends of a shelf dovetail'd, or mitred and kcy'd at the 
back, and scollop'd at front, the edge square 10 

When framed for two or more drawers in depth, in place of 
a cellaret drawer, each extra rail, with linings and slips 
included lOj 

Then deduct for cellaret drawer as in pedestal, and add 
for plain drawers as per Table, N° 3. 

A pot cupboard in the end, cock-beaded 3 

Making the door to turn down with a quadrant, extra • • 1 8 

A plain, solid, straight front arch, two feet six inches long 

and under, block'd behind 1 6 

Every 



'Il 



s. 


(L 





1 





4 





n 





7 





9 





6 





G 





3} 



183 

very three inches in lenotli of ditto, extra 

iNlitrin^ en' clanipinp; ditto in the corners, extra 

J'ons2uino; (Htto cross-wav, eacli corner 

Veneering ditto 

Ditto, mitred at the corners 

It' the arch is niortic'd and tenon'd together, extra from 

a jilain arch 

Cock-beading the top and ends of the arch 

Ditto tlic sweep [)urt, cither groov'd in or to cover the 

edge, at per loot 

Ditto, when to shew a corner hnc in front, at per foot* • • • 2 
For a corner hne round the arch, either straight or sweep 

part — See Tahle, N° 26. 
For making a circuku" or ehptic middle — See Stiiaight- 

FRONT SlDEDOARD TaBLK. 

An arch to a circular or eliptic front, glued up or mortic'd 
and tenon'd together and veneer'd, two feet six inches 

long or under, sawing out included • 

Every three inches loncer 

Mitring the veneer at the; corners, extra 

Cock-beading* the top edge and ends of ditto 

Ditto the sweep part, either groov'd in or cross-way to 

cover the edges, at jier foot run 

A solid straight-front |)late drawer, eight inches deep, two 
feet six inches lonij: and under, witli t!>c arch <j\wx\ on 

the frosit of ditto, extra from a fixed arch 4 7 

Ditto, when a circular or eJiptic tront arch is fixed to a 
straight-front drawci', and a piece to cover llie top edge 

of ditto ()■ 1 

Ditto, 



4 


4 





M 





7 





9 


3 


5k 



184 

£. s. cL 
Ditto, when the drawer front is made circular or chptic 6 10 
AVhea the front ot a straioht-front drawer is made to 
stand three or four inches behind a straioht-front arch, 
the space filled up on tlie top edge, the projection of 

the drawer sides veneer'd 6 6 

Ditto, when a circular or eliptic front arch 7 6" 

Ditto, M'hen the drawer front is made circular or eliptic 9 2 
Each extra inch in length of drawer, when made with a 

straight front, exclusive of the Jenoth of arch Of 

Ditto, when made circular or eliptic, each inch li 

For panneling, veneering front, or other work — -Sec 

Tables of Ditto. 
A straitiht rail undei' this drawer, dovetail'd in the cross 

framing 6 

A tambour cupboard behind the arch, two feet six inches 
lono- or under, with a plain piece at each end, the edge 
of ditto bevell'd to cover the sweep part of groove, a 

knob to move ditto 6 10 

Ditto, when the tambour runs right and left 7 Hi 

AVhen the end pieces are reeded, extra 9 

"When this tambour cupboard is made round-front, extra 8 

Ditto, when hollow front 1 6 

Each extra inch in length of cupboard and reeds Ig- 

When any other reeds — See Table of Ditto. 

For lift-out in ceharet drawer — See Round- front 

Cellaret Sideboard. 
Colouring and polishing the inside of cellaret or plain 

drawer front, each ^ 1* 

OiUng and polishing, the start size or under 1 5? 

Ditto, 



185 

£. s. d. 
Ditto, when tlie middle is made with a sweep or internal 

or external break li 

Ditto, ever}' extra six inches in length or width ii 



A ROUND-FRONT CELLARET SIDEBOARD. 

Veneer'd front, five feet long, two feet six inches wide ; 
the framing fifteen inches deep ; with one plain drawer 
and slips prepared for the plumber; or a cupboard, with 
one fixed shelf, half the width of ditto, at each end ; a 
plain drawer in the middle part ; on six plain Marlbro' 
legs ; the front legs bevell'd to the frame 2 4 O 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each incli more in length, width, or depth of framing, up 

to six feet long, extra 7i- 

Ditto, when above six, to eight feet long 8^- 

When above eight feet long, in the same proportion. 
Each inch less in length, width, or depth of framing, down 

to four feet long and two feet wide, deduct 6^ 

AVhen framed for two or more drawers in depth, in place 

of a cellaret drawer, each extra rail, lining and slips • • 1 2 
Then deduct for a cellaret drawer as in pedestal, and add 

for plain drawers as per '1'ables of Ditto. 
Making the front corner legs stand square, and shaj)ing 

the top to ditto 1 

B B "NVhcn 



186 

£. 5. d. 
'When this table is made eliptic, one foot diameter and 

xipwards, the legs to stand square, and the top shaped 

to ditto 3 3 

Ditto, from one foot down to eight inches 4 3 

Ditto, when under eight inches o 10 

Each upright partition to divide drawers in middle part- • lOj 
If two or more drawers in length of middle part, deduct 

for long drawer as per Table, then add for short ones 

as ditto. 
Tor plate-drawer or arch — See Stkaight-feont Cel 

LARET SlDEBOAKD. 

For extra work in cellaret or the price of pot cupboard — 

See Ditto. 
A square lift-out in a cellaret drawer, sixteen inches square, 
five inches deep outside, and under ; the sides of the 
drawer cut to receive the blocks to lift out ditto; 
the bottom either rabbeted in or fitted in the middle 
of ditto to rest on slips, or block'd up square edge to 

the top 1 i) 

A lift-out made to fit a sweep front when straight inside, 

size as above 

Ditto, when a sweep inside 

Ditto, when an eliptic front 

Every three inches in length or width, or one inch in depth, 

of the square or bevell'd lift-out, extra 

Ditto, when a sweep or eliptic front 

For mouldings, veneering top, tapering legs, joints, &c. 

— See Tables of Ditto. 
For fining the inside of cupboards, shelf, grooving, &c.— 

See 



2 





2 


6 


2 


8 





n 





2 



187 



£. s. (i. 



See Straight- TRONT Ckllauf.t Sideboard and 

Opkn Carc;ase. 

Oiling aiul polisliiiiu;, the start size or under 1 6 

Every extra six inches in length or width U 1 1 



AN OVALO OR HOLLOW CORNER CELLARET 

SIDEBOARD. 

Veneer'd front, five feet long, two feet six inches wide ; 
the framing fifteen inches deep ; a drawer at eacli corner 
Avith slips prc})ared ior the plnnibcr; or a cupboard with 
one fixed shelf, half the width of ditto, at each end ; the 
framing in the middle six inches deep, with one plain 
drawer in ditto; six i)lain -Maiibro' legs 2 10 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each inch more in length, width, or depth of framing, up 

to six feet long, extra 7 

Ditto, when above six to eight feet long o S 

If above eight feet, in proportion. 

Each inch less in length, width, or depth of framing, down 

to four feet long and two l(>ct wide, deduct 6 

AVhen this table is made with a plain succj) or eliptic 
corner, and framed lor two or more drawers in de[)th, in 
l^hice of a ccilaret drawer, each rail, linings and slips 

included • • • 1 5 

I'hcu 



188 

£. s. d. 

Then deduct for cellaret drawer as in pedestal, and add 
for drawers as per Tables of Ditto. 

If these comers are made eliptic, above one foot diameter, 
each corner, extia • 1 6 

Ditto, when from one foot down to eight inches diameter 2 3 

Ditto, when under eight inches diameter 3 9 

For plate-drawer or arcli — See Straight-front Cel- 
laret Sideboard. 

Each upright partition to divide drawers in middle part 10|^ 

If two or more drawers in length of middle part, deduct for 
long drawer as per Tables, then add for short ones as 
ditto. 

For joints, veneering top, sawing out stuft', Sec. — See 
Tables of Ditto. 

For extra work in cellaret or price of pot cupboard — 
-See Straight-front Cellaret Sideboard, and 
Square Pedestal. 

For making a circular or eliptic middle — -See Straight- 
front Sideboard Table. 

For lining inside of cupboards, shelf, grooving, &c. — See 
Straight-front Cellaret Sideboard, a7id Open 
Carcase. 

Oiling and polisliuig, the start size or under 1 7 

Ditto, every extra six inches in length or width li 



A STRAIGHT- 



189 



A STRATGIIT-FRONT PEDESTAL SIDEBOARD. 

£. s. d. 
All solid. — Six feet long, two feet three inches wide ; the 
pedestals three feet long when added together, the ends 
of ditto two feet one inch wide, including the thickness 
of the door ; three feet one inch high to the upper side 
of the top ; the edge of ditto square ; the frame of the 
middle part six iij/L'hcs deep, with one long drawer in 
ditto, cock-beaded, made in three carcases ; the middle 
part to screw between the pedestals, with four pins to 
guide ditto ; a plain cupboard colour'd and polish 'd 
inside in each pedestal ; plain backs ; one flat j)annel 
door in each pedestal ; the bottom rabbeted to receive 
ditto ; on eight taper stump feet or common brackets* • 2 12 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each inch more or less down to two feet two inches in 

length of pedestal when added together, add or deduct 9 

Each inch more or less in length of middle part 5 

Each inch more or less in width of job, when six feet long 

and under, down to two feet wide, add or deduct- • • • 8 

Ditto, from six to seven feet long 9 

Ditto, from seven to eight feet long 10 

M'hen above eight feet long, in the same proportion. 

JLach extra inch in depth of frame of middle part, when 

three feet long and under, with one drawer in ditto, add 

or deduct down to five inches 4 

Ditto, 



190 

=£. s. d. 

Ditto, when from three to four feet long 4i 

And if above, in the same pioporiion. 

When the pedestals are eighteen incljes square or under, 
and made six indies above the middle part, the doors 
continued the whole height, the tops dovetail'd, groov'd 

• on, the edge of ditto square, extra 3 Q 

Ditto, when the pedestals are above eighteen inches to two 

feet square 4 

Ditto, M'hen above two feet square 4 6 

N. B. Tlie middle part to be three feet high to the 
upper side of the top. 

Each inch more or less than six inches in extra height of 
pedestal above the middle part, when the pedestals are 
above eighteen inches square 3 

Ditto,' when eighteen inches square and under 2^ 

A plain drawer, cock-beaded, in each pedestal, including 

the partition above the doors 5 8 

For extra drawers and partitions — See Table, N° 3. 

INIaking the middle part go all the length over the pedes- 
tals, with one lolig drawer in the middle part, as in start, 
and a short drawer over each pedestal, cock-loeaded • • 4 4 ' 

When this sideboard is made with taper pedestals, deduct 
for the square pedestals at the size you add the 

taper ones. 

N. B. The prices to be taken from the Single Pedes- 
tals, jjage 191. 

When the top of pedestal door is framed solid to sham a 
drawer-front on, six inches deep and under, inchiding 

partitions • • 9 

For 



191 

£. .V. d. 
For shainniins; drawer-front — Sec. T.\iu,r,, N° 29. 
A l)ack-b();ir(l to the niiddlo |V\rt, fixed to the pedestals, 

three feet long and six inches wide 1 6 

Each extra inch in leno;th Oi 

Ditto in width 1 

Ditto, when the back-board is above five feet Ions; • ' ' % li 
Tor shaping ditto — See Moviyo liooK-sTAXD. ^//.'^■'Sc^ 
For tlie price of sweep or eHj)tic niiddk;, or other work— .Sec 

Stuaigut-i'roxt Sideboard Tablk or Single 

Pedestal, 
For veneering, mouldings or joints, or any other work^--S'ee: •• 

Tables, ^-c. v^ 

AVhcn there is a bottom to the center part, in place of two 

rails, extra ^ ..^.'^^ ... q i » 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under •% • 1 8 

Every extra six inches in lenirth, width, or height l? 

For columns or pilasters — See Dressing Chest, 



A PEDESTAL. 



All solid. — One foot fonr inches square, three feet one 
inch high, a scpiarc edge to the top ; Hat pannel door in 
front ; the inside colour'd and polish'd ; on brackets or 
taper'd stump feet 15 Q 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each inch more or less in length down to one foot two 
inches, wiien the ends are one foot four inches wide or 

under, add or deduct 3v 

Each 



s. 



192 

Each extra inch in length, when the ends are above one 

foot four inches, to one foot seven inches wide 4 

Ditto, when the ends are above ooe foot seven inches to one 

foot ten inches wide 4^ 

Ditto, when above one foot ten inches to two feet wide • • 5 

Ditto, when above two feet 6 

Each inch more or less in width of ends down to one foot, 

when the front is one foot four inches long or under • • 32 
Each inch more in width, when tlic front is above one foot 

four inches to one foot seven inches long 4 

Ditto, when aboie one foot seven inches, to one foot ten 

inches long • • /• 

Ditto, when ab($ve one foot ten inches to two feet long- • 

Ditto, when above two feet long 

Each inch in height more, or less down to two feet nine 
inches, when one foot six inches square or under, add or 

deduct 

Ditto, when above one foot six inches to two feet square 

Ditto, Avhen above tAvo feet square 

Each inch less in height, under two feet nine inches down 
to two feet, when one foot six inches square or under, 

deduct 

Ditto, when above one foot six inches to two feet square 

Ditto, when above two feet square 

When the back is made of mahogany, rabbeted and screw'd 
in, and slips of veneer mitred round to cover the screws, 
not exceeding one inch wide, either rabbeted in flush 
or laid on the edge of the top to project as in front- • • • o 1 8 

When 






4i 





5 





6 





n 





3 





Si 





2 





2i 





3 



193 

£. s. <h 

When ;i mahoj^any back, each extra indi in Icntilli of 

pedestal extra Oi 

Wlicn this back is only prepared lor \eneering O 7 

When the back brackets are finished as in front, extra • • 4 
Framing the ends of a scpiarc peilestal with one pannel, 

an ovalo on the ei\gc of" the framing, each end 2 

A loose frame of inch-and-half deal for the stump feet, one 

foot six inches square and under 

Ditto, when a round tVonl 

Ditto, when an eliptic front 

If made of two-inch stuff, extra 

Each beech or wainscoat rail in stump-foot frame, extra- • 

A loose frame for a plinth 

Ditto, Avhen a round front 

Ditto, eliptic fiont •. 

Each extra inch in length or wiilth of nny of the above 

frames 

For breaks in plinth or stump-foot frame — See llou^'D- 

FRONT DUESSING ChEST. 

For pilasters, canting or rounding the corners of the 
carcase,- top, plinth frame, brackets, French feet, or 
any other work — See Dressing or Lorhv Cukst. 

AVhen no inner ends or upright partitions, and plain solid 
cants mitred to the ends, screw'd at top and bottom, 
and finished inside, two feet eisht inches long, three 
inches wide or under ; the top not to [)roject, and 
prepared for a marble or loose top ; the back screw'd on 
to the top and bottom without rabbeting; each cant- • 13 

Each inch more or less in length, add or deduct Oi 

c c Each 



1 





1 


3 


1 


4 





3 





1 





9 


1 


1 


1 


3 





0^ 



194 

£. s. d. 

Each half-inch more hi widtli • • • • 1 . 

When cants as above, and the top or bottom is made flush 

with the outside of the door, extra either top or bottom 2i 

If 6ohd clampt door, deduct the difference of a pannel 
door, according to its size, as per Table of Ditto. 

An extra square sohd top to a pedestal, with a square 

edge screw'd or block'd down 1 

A solid mahogany frame for the top of a s(]uare or taper'd 
pedestal, one foot four inches square, six inches deep, 
common dovctail'd together and screw'd down to the 
carcase, and a top to ditto to project, with a square edge 
screw'd or block'd on • • 2 8 

Each inch more or less in depth of frame 2 

Ditto in length or width, down to one foot two inches- • li 

Opening this frame to receive a drawer with a rail top and 

bottom, the edges faced witli mahogany 8 

When the ends of rails are six inches deep or under, and 

clampt, each clamp 2^ 

'If the clamps are above six inches long — See Table, 
N° 30. 

For drawers in ditto — See Tables of Ditto. 

An upper carcase, one foot four inches square, twelve 
inches high, prepared to receive a drawer, the carcase 
fitted and screw'd to the lower part, a solid mahogany 
toj), a square projecting e(\^^e to ditto, and plain back- -049 

Each inch more or less in height of ditto 2 

Ditto in length or width, down to qne foot two inches - - I3 

For canting the corners of cHtto — See Square Pedestal. 

A cellaret drawer, one foot two inches dee]), one foot six 

inches 



4 


.'} 





9 


1 


1- 





1 





oi 





0^ 






H 





oi 





6 



195 

inclics long, and one foot, niiio iiuhrs wide, cock-lie;ulod, 
Mitli a lock and handle, with sli[)s prei)aied ioo>c for the 

])hunl)er, the drawer slopt in 

Ditto, when a n)iind front, extra 

Ditto, when eli{)rie O 

Each inch more or less in length, down to one foot 

Ditto each extra inch from back to front 

Ditto less, down to one foot four iiu-hes 

An inside cellaret drawer, scratch- beaded, -without a lock, 

the above size 

Lining the inside of cellaret drawer wilh bead stutt". fmir 

inches Avide and under, eaclv j)iecc 

Each inch more in width of lining, extra each jMcce- • • • 
An inner back groox'd or block'd in the- cellaret drawer- • 
N. B. No drawer to be considered a cellai-ct (hawer 
but what is made one foot deep and upwards. 
Each thin partition between drawers, with straight slips, 

the front edge faced with mahogany 

If put in from the back, extra 

If one side of this jiartition is colour'd and |)()hsh'(l, cxtr.i 

Every three inches in extra width of thin partition 

A solid partition of inch stutf or under, dctvetail'd in from 
the back, the front edge faced with mahogany and 

quirk-beaded, one foot six inches wide 1 1 

Each inch more or less in width of ditto Oj^ 

A solid shelf colour'd tind poli^h'd. the i'ront edge faced 
-with mahogany and (piirk-bcaded, with one plain groove 

to each end 1 

N.B. The price of this shelf not to be taken to any 

other job. 

If 






6 





4 





'2 





1 



196 

£. s. d. 

"If this slielf is scvew'd or block'd into a canted corner 

pedestal, extra each corner li 

A 'straight-front quadrant cellaret drawer, the sweep side 
sawcarf'd and A'eiieer'd, hung with center hinges, the 
top edge of sweep side lipp'd long or cross Avay, extra 

from plain cellaret drawer ^ 7 6 

If the saw-carfs are wedged with straight slips, extra---- 7i 
If the sweep side is sawcarf'd inside and canvas'd, the 

outside not veneer'd, deduct- • 1 

Lining eiich sweep side or front with bead stufl", not 

exceeding four inches deep 4 

AVhcn the front of the above quadrant drawer is made 

sweep, to be extra each drawer 6 

Ditto, when made eliptic •••• 1 1 

AVhen a straight-front cellaret drawer is made to receive a 
half-circular drawer, the sides clampt in front, and a rail 
dovetail'd on the top and bottom, and fitted up to the 
straight partition which divides it from a cellaret and a 
half-circular drawer, one foot four inches long, one foot 
deep, hung with center hinges, the side sawcarf'd and 
veneer'd, or glued up in three thicknesses, a top to 
ditto rabbeted in or laid on, a scratch bead or string 
to break the joint, and cut to receive three bottles, the 
sweep side not exceeding five inches deep, extra • • • • IS 6 

Each inch more in length of the front 9 

Ditto less, down to one foot 8 

Eacii inch more in depth of sweep side, extra 5 

Eacii hole more or less in the top for a bottle 2i 

Fitting and screwing a brass moulding to ditto, each hole Ij 

Each 



197 

Eacli single rack for plates, of inch stuff, inch and (|uarter 
vide, -with twelve square bars ; (jr a Iraiuc two inches 
and a iialf deep, the front and back bevel'd inside, and 
iiotch'd for twelve plates, screw'd to the ends of the 
pedestal ,'} 

Ditto, when with a rail in the middle for a double rack, 

extra '2 

Each scjuare bar or pair of notches, more or less, add or 

deduct 2 

Making the racks to slide, with a slip top and bottom, and 

stopt in each frame •••.• 6 

A plain door in the inside to fill a space, eight inches 
hiiih, eitihteen inches wide, scratch-beaded, or a bead 
fixed on the ends of carcase, rabbeted to the shelf as a 
secretary' front, hinged to fold down with reversed hinges, 
with a turnbuckle, the tongue of ditto mortic'd into the 
top edge 1 10 

A ditto hinged to the end of the carcase, a shp to stop 
ditto, and turnbuckle mortic'd in 

When with two doors, one bolt, and turnbuckle 

Rabbeting the shelf to receive the doors, extra eacli • • • • 

Each hanging-stile, screw'd or block'd to the end, and shelf 
for the door to hang or shut against 

Rabbeting the doors to lap in the middle, extra 

Each inch more or less in space to receive door or doors 

or hanging-stiles, add or deduct Og 

A reeded tambour door, containing one superficial foot or 
under, with a plain piece at each end, the edge bevel'd 

to 



1 


3 


f» 








2i 





3 





2 



198 

£. s. cL 
to cover the sweep part of the groove, a knob to move 

ditto by 3 10 

A partition inside to the tambour X) 6 

For extra size, or anjy^ther sort of tambour doors — See^^c'^y^^'''^^ 

A sohd square phnth for a vase, &c. to stind upon, one 

inch and a half thick, fixed to the top of a pedestal ••010 

Ditto, when the edges are veneer'd 1 6i 

Each half-inch more in thickness Avhen sohd, extra •••• l^- 

Ditto, when veneer'd ' 2| 

A plinth as above, with four plain hollow or eliptic sides, 

the corners square 1 10 

Ditto, when the edges are veneer'd, either square or canted 

corners 3 3|^ 

Canting the corners, each \\ 

Each half-inch more in thickness than inch and half when 

solid, extra • • 2 

Ditto, Avhen veneer'd 4 

A plinth as above, Mith plain, round, or eliptic fn)nt • • 14 

Ditto, when with a break at each e\\i\ 1 8 

When the edges of the round or eh ptic front are veneer'd 1 11^ 

Ditto, with a break at each end 2 2 

Each half-inch more in thickness when solid, extra • • • • 2 

Ditto, when veneer'd 3 

A sohd mahogany plinth as above, mitred and block'd in 
the corners, or common dovetail'd together, the top 

rabbeted in, and fixed on the top of a pedestal 2 



If the edijes are veneer'd — Stt the above Plinths. 



Eor 



100 

For veneering ditto cross-way, or mitring the venc(M' a( the 

corners — 6Vc Tablks, K° 8 or 9- 

Veneering the top, one foot square or under .0 

Jl' above twelve inches — ■Sec Tab li',, N" (>. 

Shaping the veneer of ditto, either hollow, round, or 

eli|)tie, each side extra Oi 

Ditto, when breaks at the ends of roinid or eli])tic fionts, 

each break extra 01 

Sticking and glueing on a plain cove two inches wide, to 

trace the sweep, containing three feet run and under, 

rabbeted to receive the top of the plinth 

Each extra foot run in ditto 

Each initre in ditto 

Each extra half-inch in width of cove, to be extra each 

mitre 

AVlien from two inches to two inches and a half wide, each 

fcjot mn extra 

Ditto, from two inches and a half to tlirec inches and a half 

ditto 

Ditto, from three inches to three inches and a half ditto- • 

Ditto, from tliree inches and half to four inches 

And so on in proportion. 

^. B. When any of the above sizes of tlie coves are 

made eliptic, each foot run extra ll 

Veneering a plain cove two inches wide, each tiont or 

side one foot long or under 8 

Each extra foot run in ditto, when added together 4 

^'encering an eliptic cove two inches wide, each front or 

side one foot long and under 10 

Each 



1 








6^ 





4 





0*. 





0^ 





i£^ 





Si 





5i 



200 

£. s. d. 

Each extra foot run in ditto, when added together 5 

Each extra half inch in m idth of ditto, either pUun or 

eliptic sweep, per foot run 1 

N. B. When the cove is veneer'd cross-way, to be 

paid according to time. 
When extra members are added to ditto— »See Table of 

Mouldings. 
Making this pedestal round-front, when one foot four 

inches long, the ends one foot three inches wide, the 

sweep to spring one inch to every six inches in length, 

the pannel bent in, extra from Straight-front Pedestal 4 6 
Each inch in length of ditto, extra from Straight 

Pedestal 2 

Ditto in height, more or less 1 

Making this pedestal eliptic, extra from round-front, the 

pannel glued up and shaped, either rabbeted and beads 

behind, or ploughed in 2 6 

If a sohd clampt door, deduct the difference of a pannel 

door, according to Table of Ditto. 
When the ends of a round or eliptic front pedestal stand 

square, to form breaks — <See Round-front Dressing 

Chest. 

JV. JB. The bottoms of pedestal to be rabbeted for the 

door, or the top edge of the front of the plinth, or 
stump-feet frames, to be faced with mahogany. 



201 



A PEDESTAL, amth TAPER ENDS. 

£. a. (I. 
Two feet six inches higli, one toot four inches scjuarc ; a 

boHd door clanipt, the to}) dovctaifd down to receive 

an upper carcase ; on taper stump feet 15 Oi 

For extra size — See Square Pedestal. 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Tapering the front and hingeing the door with centre hinges, 
■when pihisters or canted corners, the top hinge centcr'd 
perjicndicidarly Avith the bottom one, extra 2 G 

Tapering the hack 8 

For finish'd back — Sec Square Pedestal. 

"When canted corners, as in S([uarc Pedestal, or a piece 
lined on to the end, and ditto canted with the end, 
and rounded inside the cant, either equally wide or 
taper'd, each cant 1 7 

Each inch more or less in length of each cant Oi 

Each half inch more in width 1 

When pilasters, for the price of ditto — See Dressing 
Chest ; and add 2c?. extra on each pilaster, Avhen 
put t^ a taper'd pedestal. 

A taper'il fram'd door, with one pannel and mouldings, 

extra from a solid clanipt door 2 "ST 

Framing each end when tapered, with one pannel, an ovalo 

on the edge of the framins ^ 2 9 

Framing the back, extra from s(j[uarc 4^ 

D D For 



202 

£. s. d. 
For lining up the bottom of a taper'J pedestal— ^ee 

Table, N° 1, 
When the linings stand square, each taper'd side extra- • li 
For other extras- -See Squaee Pedestal. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 

Ditto, when the back is polish'd 

Ditto, every extra six inches in length or width 

Ditto, in height 

For columns or pilasters — See Dressing Chest. 






7 





9 





2 





1 



A SQUARE DINING TABLE. 

All solid. — Containing eight feet superficial or under ; with 
one flap, hung either with a square joint Avith tongues, 
or rule joint ; four plain Marlbro' legs ; one fly foot, 
square edge to the top ; the framing four and a half 
inches deep and under ; one cross rail in ditto 7 3 

A ditto, with two flai)s, containing tweh'e superficial feet 

or under, with one fly foot on each side 10 

N. B. When a single table, with one or two flaps, 
extra $ ^ 

EXTRAS. 

Each extra superficial foot in the top 5 

Each extra fl}", with rule joint in the rail 1 

For extra legs— aScc Pier Table, page 151. 

Each 






4^ 





5> 





3 





3^. 





G 





9 


I 


10 





G 



205 

Each extra fixed deal rail, dovetail'd in to receive a fixed 

leg 

Ditto, of beech or \v;iinsc()t 

Rounding the corners ot" flaps, Mhcn twelve inches 

diameter and under, each corner 

Ditto, above twelve inches diameter, each corner 

If the flaps arc made circular, each flap 

Ditto eliptic, each flap o 

Sweeping the top oval 

Canting the corners of the top 

AVlien any other shaped corners, to be extra 3d. on the 

shilhng on the price of Pembroke Tabic coy^-f^-^'v. 
When the joint rails are made of tMO-inch beech, to be 

extra per foot in length of rail \.h 

For sweep legs to ditto— 5ee Table, N° 23. 

For veneering die bed Haps or rails — Stc Tables, N° 6 

or 8. 
For moulding the edges or astragal at bottom of frame — 

See Tables, iS'° l6 or 17. 
For joints in top or in the veneer — -See Tables, N° 1 or 7. 
Sawing out joint rails, legs, or tapering ditto — Sec 

Table, N° 22. 
Crossing the joints with band or moulding — See T.\eles 

of Ditto. 

N. B. When dining-tables are made from three to 

four feet long, the square of the legs not to exceed two- 

and|a-quarter-inch stufl'. 
Ditto, Irom four to five feet long, two-and-a-half ditto. 
Ditto, from five to six feet long, two-and-three-(iuarter 

ditto. Turu'd 



204 
' £. s. d. 

Tuin'd legs to carry a quarter of an inch in extra thickness. 

from the foregoing. For extra size of these legs — See 

page 171. 
If two or more tables arc made to join together with 

tongues and mortices, or pins and centre-bit holes, 

each joint 9 

Each pair of strap hinges, with plates and bolts to ditto, 

extra from square or rule joint • 1 

Two bolts, and plates for an extra move 0. 1 

For cleaning off each moving joint, extra from either of the 

above joints 6 

N. B. The moving joints to be charged for as many 

as they are made to sliift. 
If made with spring and staple listenings, the plates let 

in, or with hinge and button fastenings, each spring, 

hinge, or button 3 

When the springs are reversed and let in flash, prepared 

for the workman, each spring 4i 

Ditto, when the top is cut away to receive the whole 

of the fork • 5i 

AYhen the workman files the plates, extra each 1 

Each ilush bolt, with the plate let in for the strap liingc, 

extra from the start bolt 2j 

N. B. If any of the fastenings want fileing, to be paid 

according to time. 
When a drawer is introduced into this table, for opening 

the rail to receive ditto, when one fly on each side, the 

lining rail clampt at one end, extra I 2 

For the price of drawers in ditto, or veneering — See 

Table, N° 3. Scolloping, 



205 

£. s. i. 
ScolIo]Mi)s; the end rails Avilli a j>]aiii hollow or ogre • • • 6 
Wiicn the fly rails are made longer than the frame, fittin<^ 

in and cleaning a mahogany block flush with leg, each 

block 3 

For sawing out and tapering straight and sweej) legs, and 

reeding, &c.—5tr Tables, N*^ 22, 25, and 2^. 
For castors, «Scc. — .Sec Table, N° 33. 
For moulding the edge of the top, &c. — See Tables 

of Ditto. 
Oiling and polishing, the first start size, which is eight 

superficial feet, or under 9 

Ditto, every extra superficial foot in the top Oi 



A HALF-ROUND DINING TABLE. 

Four feet long, two feet wide, the frame four inches deep 
or under, and veneer 'd long-way ; four plain Muiibro' 
legs ; one rail acrt)ss the frame ; the frame sawn out and 
built by the workman 12 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIOxNS. 

Each extra inch in lengtli or width up to four feet six 

inches long ' 2 

Ditto, above four feet six inches long '2's 

Each extra inch in depth of frame 9 

Making this table eliptic, extra from the start 1 3 

Making this table with round corners, the round corners 
formed by glueing a block in ditto, and dowcl'd from 

the 



206 

£. s. d. 
the outside, or a slip groov'd in on tlie top and bottom 

across the corners, extra 6 

N. B. If the round corners exceed nine inches from 
the square of the corner, to be taken from the circular 
table made eliptic. 
If the corner blocks are dovetail'd in the front and end rails, 

or the frame sawn out and glued up, extra from the start 9 



A square flap containing four supeHicial feet and under, 
hinged to the table, with a rule joint, or square ditto 
with tongues and mortices, a beech rail with a rule joint 
to ditto framed to one of the start legs to support 
the flap • • 3 11. 

EXTRAS. 

Each extra superficial foot in the flap 4 

Each extra joint in the beech rail 1 

For sweephig the flap — See Square Dinikg Tables. 
Scollojiing the rail between the legs with hollow or ogee, 

each space 4 

For moulding the edges, veneering the tops, pannclinw or 

tapering the legs, sawing out ditto, castors, &c. — See 

Tables of Ditto. 
Crossing the joints, or other work — See Dining Tables. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 10 

Ditto, every extra superficial foot in the top 0^ 

Ditto, each superficial foot in die flaps Oi 

A flap 



207 

£. ^- (I 

A flap containing eight su)xrficia] feet, Avith one fly 
jSIarlliro' leg, and two ditto tianicd on the fast rail and 
hinged to the under side of the flap 7 C 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each extra superficial foot up to ten feet superficial • • • • 4 

Ditto less, down to four suj)erlicial feet in ditto 4 

Each extra joint in beech rail, with an extra leg to ditto 19 
Cutting a piece of the flap, hingcing ditto with a rule or 
square joint, and fixing the bed on the frame, extra 

from start 1 3 

For sw eeping the top, or other work — See D i v i xg Ta b le. 
N. B. The bed to be measured with the ilap. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 6i 

Ditto, every extra superficial foot 0^ 



A bed with a flap to ditto, containing four superficial feet 
and under, hung with a rule joint, or square dido 
with tonuues and mortices, one jilaiii framed bracket 
to support ditto to fix against a wall 6 6 

A ditto, supported by two rule-joint brackets ( is in 
Pembroke table) fixed on the lining rail, coniainiiig 
three superficial feet and under 5 3 

EXTRAS. 

Each extra framed bracket in the foregoing 1 8 

Eacii rule joint bracket, more or less, atld or deduct • • • • 7 

For 



208 

£. s. d. 
For extra size — See preceding Flap. 
Pixing either of tliese flaps — according to time. 
Reeding or moulding edges — -See Tables, N° 16 or 17. 
For other work — Sec Dining Tables. 

N.B. If these tops are made of three-quarter stuff", 

deduct per foot superficial 1 

A plain slab, containing four superficial feet and under, 

cleaned on one side, square edge to ditto • • • 1 6 

Each extra foot supei*ficial 3 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under S^ 

Ditto every extra supei-ficial foot Oj 

JV. B. A¥hen marble tops are introduced on any 
Avork, deduct for the mahogany top from this price, and 
add for fixing the marble by time. 



A PILLAR AND CLAW DINING TABLE. 

All solid. — Containing eight superficial feet on the top 
and under, solid block screw'd to the top, three claws, 
as i^° I, plate of Ditto 9 6 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each extra superficial foot above eight to fifteen feet • • • • 5 

Ditto, above fifteen feet superficial 6 

Making the top to turn up with single clamps, the top 
edges of clamps feint-rounded, screw-holes filled up, and 
the ends of clamps rounded down, single catch, extra 2 6 

Ditto,- 



209 

.£. s. d. 
Ditto, with double clamps, framed witli sin2,le tenons, and 

iilied lip as above :] 9 

Each extra cross clamp in ditto 9 

Mitring the double clamps on the top edge, each end oC 

clam[) extra 2 *" 

N. B. All clamps onc-inch-and-quarter stuti' and 

under, considered sawn out in start ; if above one- 

inch-and-(iuartcr, to be per foot lun a farthing in the 

sawing out. 
If clamps are above inch-and-half stuff, to be extra on the 

shilling in the price of ditto 2 

If the clamps are not feint-rounded, this extra not to be 

charged. 
A llap, containing four superficial feet and under, fitted 

on the outside of a table, one joint, with tongues and 

mortices, without hinges, to ditto 2 9 

A ditto, when fitted between two tables, including two , 

joints, as above 3 (i 

Each extra superficial foot in either of the above flaps, 

from four up to ten superficial feet 4 

Ditto, above ten supeiiicial feet 5 

IJingeing either of the above flaps with strap hinges, each 

pair of hinges extra 1 4 

Each tiush bolt to the strap hinges, extra from the start bolt 2^ 
For sha|)ing top, tlap, fastenings, or other work — "See 

Square Dining Table. 
Each lopcr, the length of the clamp, to run on tongues 

plow'd in cross-way, exclusive of the clamps 1 5 

E £ Ditto, 



310 

Ditto, when the loper is cut in the middle to draw out on 

both sides 1 6 

Each short loper, including two side pieces, not exceeding 

twelve inches long, of inch stuif, half rabbeted together 12 
Each button nine inches long, to turn out under the top 
on a single screw, the ends rounded down to support 

a flap 5 

Each rule-joint bracket, to turn out on the end of the 
clamp when made with three fingers, and made to stop 
both ways, the joints made close both back and front 10 

Ditto, with four fingers 1 

Ditto, when made with five fingers 1 3 

Each rule-joint bracket, the standing piece and bracket 
two feet long and under when together, screw'd fast to 
under side of top, and stop square on the back, with 

three fingers to ditto 1 4 

Ditto, when four fingers 1 6 

Ditto, when five fingers 1 9 

A solid square frame, lap-dovetail'd together, fixed to the 
under side of top, two inches and a half deep and under, 
the start size of the table, clean'd inside, the bottom 
edge square, and screw holes plugg'd up 3 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each extra inch in length or width 0|^ 

Ditto in depth of this frame 3 

Each fly-bracket to ditto 1 

A rim 



211 

£. 6. d, 
A rim two inches deep and under to a lialf-ciicular tabic; 
the iVanie three ieet five inches long, gUied u|) in two 
tliicknesses, or of tw\)-inch stud' la|)|)'d together; the 
back rail eonnuon-dovetail'd on, and serew'd to the 
under side of toj) ; the inside elean'd, and screw hcjles 

plugg'd up 4 G 

N.B. The extra size of this rim to be half the price 
of circular rim ; and if the rim is not elean'd inside,*and 
the screw holes are uot plugg'd up, deduct half the 
price of the deduction for ditto on the whole rims. 
If this rim is made either oval or eliptic, the extra size to 
be charged from the circular rim — to measure the longest 
Avay of the top for the diameter. 

EXTRAS AND DEDLCTlOxNS. 

Each extra inch in depth of rim, either in the circular, 
eliptic, oval, or round - corner rim, Avhen two feet 

diameter and under () 7 

Ditto, fiom two to three feet ditto 9 

Ditto, from three to four feet ditto U 1 

Ditto, ii'om lour to four feet six inches diameter 1 3 

If above, in pro|)orti()n. 
Each extra inch in depth of rim, either in the circular, 
diptic, ovid, or round-corner rim, Avhen only half the 
circle, eliptic, &c. when two fiset diameter and under- -004 

Ditto, liom two to three ti?et ditto 5 

Ditto, funi three to tour feet (il 

Ditto, from four to four feet six inches diameter 8 

It above, in prtiportion. 

Making 



212 

£. 5. d. 
IVIaking this rim either oval ov cliptic, extra from circular 

riin, when the rim is made complete all round 1 4 

Ditto, when made only half an oval or eliptic, extra from 

the half-circular rim 8 

Veneering the above rims either inside or out, lipping the 

bottom edge, panneling ditto, &:c. — <SceTABLES of Ditto. 
For the price of fastenings, joints, or other work — »S't'e 

Square Dining Table. 

Double catcheg", extra 3 

AVhen the pull of catch is bored through, or notched across 

the underside of the clamp, and a plate screw'd on to 

support ditto, extra Ig- 

Glueing up the block in two thicknesses, ten inches square 

and under 

Ditto, from ten to twelve inches square 

Each extra two inches (above twelve inches square) either 

wa}', up to sixteen inches square • • 

Ditto, above sixteen inches square 

If glued up in three thicknesses, add half the price of the 

above. 
For joints in ditto — See Table of Ditto. 
Veneering the top ofr block when twelve inches square 

and under 

Each extra foot of veneer in ditto 

Veneering the sides and end of a block twelve inches 

square and under long-wa}^ not exceeding two inches 

and a half deep • • 

Each extra foot in length of veneer, above three ieet* • • • ' 
Veneering the sides and end cross-way, not exceeding 

two inches and a half deep 






o 





6 





Ok 





Of 






5 





£t 





5i 





H 





7i 


Each 



i 



215 

X-. .V. d. 

Eacli extra foot in lcni;Ui, above three fret 2i 

N. B. 'J'hc veneer not considered to be mitred at the 
corners. 
If this block is above two inches and a half to three inches 

deep, veneering ditto long-way 0" 

Each extra foot above three feet 1^ 

Ditto, -when veneer'd cross-wa^^ o 9 

Each extra foot above three feet '2i 

A solid block, dovetail'd or framed together at the corners, 
•\vith a cross rail morticed into the end rails to receive 
the pillar, the top of half-inch stnff glued on the top of 

the frame, extra from the start block 2 9 

AVhen the top is fitted down between the outside framing 
to form a pannel, and a bead mitred round the inside 

of ditto, extra from the above 5 

Ditto, when a quarter-round in ditto • • ' Q 

Veneering the top edge of the frame, charge the same as 

the sides of the block, exclusive of mitres. 
Each mitre in ditto— S'ce Tables. 
Each piece screw'd on the block to form the pins, Avhen 

flush Avith the under side of the block 2 

Ditto, when the piece is made four or five inches wide, 
and the corners are rounded or chamfer'd down to the 

block 5 

A piece screw'd on the under side of a block to stay the 

top, the corners rounded down 3 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 9 

Ditto, when the top turns up Oil 

Ditto, each extra superficial foot in the tops Oi 

A HORSE- 



214 



A HORSE-SHOE DINING TABLE. 

As in Plate 

£. s. d. 
Seven feet long, to trace the sweep, two feet six inches 
wide ; veneer'd rail ; the flaps to fold on the top, 
supported either way when open, as shewn in Plate ; 
plain taper legs ; square edge to the top- • >• 2 6 — 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. \ 

Each inch more in length 

Ditto in width more, or less down to two feet wide • • • • 

Ditto less in length, down to five feet, deduct 

Ditto, under five feet _ - • • • 

For mouldings on tops, clamping ditto, sawing out legs, 
rails,, &c. or other work — See Tables of Ditto. 

Oiling and polishing, the stnrt size or under 

Ditto, each extra six inches in length, to trace the sweep 



A LOO TABLE. 






o 





7 





4 





3 


1 


2 





1 



All solid, — Containing twelve superficial feet; square edge 
to the top, to turn up with single clamps; solid block, 
andihveedaws, as N° 1, Plate of Ditto .... 013 8 
N. B. If this table is made circular, nothing to be 



charged for cutting ditto round. 



The circular, eliptic, or roimd-corner table to be 
measured as square. 

If two or more of these tables together, deduct Is. 
each. 



A rim to a round-corner table, two inches deep and 
under, three feet six inches square, the sweep not to 



s. 


d. 





5 





6 



o ' 



515 



EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

£ 

Eacli extra superficial foot, above twelve to fifteen feet • • 

Ditto, above fifteen feet 

Each superficial foot less, down to six feet, when a 

venecr'd top 4 

Shaping the top with round corners, the sweep not ex- 
ceeding twelve inches diameter, each corner 3 

Ditto, above twelve inches 3 

Ditto, when the top is shaped clij)tic 1 



]\Iaking a circular rim two inches deep or under (for 
veneering or japanning) for a three -feet -six- inch 
circular table, either built up in two thicknesses or 
sawn out of two-inch stufi', and half-lapp'd together, 
screw'd to bottom of table, sawing out included ; the 
inside clean'd, and screw-holes plugg'd up 

EXTRAS. 

Each extra inch in diameter, up to four feet 

Ditto, above four feet 

If this rim is dowell'd on and glued fast to the top 

Each inch less in diameter, down to two feet six inches- • 






2i 





3 


7 


9 





o 



exceed 






216 






1 





9 





6 



£. s. d. 
exceed nine inches from the corner ; the corners cut 
out of two-inch stuff, and lialf-lapp'd to the sides and ' 
ends, screw-holes plugg'd up ; and the inside clean'd • • 8 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each inch more in length or width, or less down to two 
feet six inches square 

If these whole rims are not clean'd inside, deduct 

If the screw holes are not filled up, deduct 

For extra claws — See Table, N° 27. 

For castors— See Table, N° 33. 

For joints in the top — See Table, N° 1. 

For veneering the top — See Table, N° 6. 

For joints in veneers — See Table, N° 7- 

For extra block or pillars — <See Sofa Table, page 133. 

For pedestal — See Circular Library Writing 

Table, page 94. 
For banding the top, or panneling or reeding the claws, 

veneering edge of top, or other work — See Tables, 

Oiling and polishing, when eight superficial feet in the 

top or under Oil 

Ditto, each extra superficial foot Oi 



A PILLAR 



217 



A PILLAR AND CLA^V TAliLE. 

£. s. d. 
All solid. — The toji containing six superficial feet and 
under, to turn up with single clamps ; on three clans, 
as N° 1, Plate of Ditto ; solid block ; square edge to 

the top 8 

N. B. If this top is made circular, no charge to be 
made for cutting it round. ^ "^/^V-/" 

If this table top is vencer'il, In In iliiimil from 
Loo Table, or Lady's Work-stand. 

EXTRAS. 

A single one of these tables, extra 1 

If two of these tables, extra G 

Each extra foot superficial, up to twelve feet 4 

If above twelve feet,'' to be taken from the Loo 
Table. *^^ 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 6 

Ditto, each extra superficial foot in the top Oi 



A LADY'S WORK-STAND, N° 1. 

All solid. — Two feet six inches high ; the top one foot 
four inches square; on three claws, as N° 1, Plate 

FF •/ 



218 

£. s. d. 
of Ditto ; the block prepared by the turner, to screw 

on the top of pillar ; edge of top square* • • • 4 6 

N. B. This table not to exceed two feet six inches 
long. 

^ EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

A single one, extra 9 

If two ditto, extra 4^ 

Each extra inch in length or width, up to two feet square 1 

Ditto, above two feet square ll^ 

Making the top turn up with single clamps, including a 
square block double tenon'd on the pillar, the holes of 
screws plugg'd up, the edges of clamps square, extra • • 110 

Ditto, with double clamps, as above 2 7 

Making the top turn up with a pair of butt hinges, and a 
quadrant to support ditto, to go down the side of the 
block without clamps, a square block double tenon'd 

on the pillar, extra irom start 2 5 

Shaping this top octagon, extra 4 

Ditto round corners, when a two-inch corner and under- -004 

Ditto, when above two inches diameter 6 

Ditto, circular 5 

Ditto, oval 7 

For veneering the top, moulding the edge of ditto, 
banding or stringing the top or claws — See Tables of 
Ditto. 
Sawing out pillar or claws, or extra work in claws — See 
TAiiLES of Ditto. 

A hollow 



219 

£,. s. M. 
A hollow side triangular block, to stand on three turn'd 
stump fo(Nl put in with a pin, fourteen inches diameter 
and under, cither glued up in two tliicknesses, or of 
inch-and-half stuti" framed together, as stretcher of 
Corner l^ason-stand ; the pillar turn'd with a screw, 

and tap'd into the block by the turner 

Deduct for three claws 

If the pillar is double tenon'd on at the bottom, extra- • • • 
Each extra inch in diameter, up to one foot eight inches, 

when framed 

Ditto, when glued up in two thicknesses 

Each extra inch in diameter above one foot eio;ht indies, 

when framed 

Ditto, when glued up in two thicknesses 

Each half-inch in extra thickness, when one foot two 
inches in diameter and under, either when glued up in 

two thicknesses or framed in one thickness 4 

Ditto, from one foot two inches to one foot eight inches 

diameter G 

Ditto, above one foot eight inches $ 

For veneering the edges — See Table of Veneering, 

N°9. 
If these blocks are lin'd up with three pieces, about two 
or three inches wide, of half-inch stutf, or under, extra 

each piece, sawing out included 

Ditto, from half inch to one inch thick, each piece • • • • 

For veneering the top — See Table, N" 6". 

Oiling and polisliing, the start size or under 



3 


.'3 


3 








6 





n 





2^ 





2 





3 






3 





u 





sh 


Ditto, 



220 

£. s. d. 

Ditto, when mnde to turn up 4.i 

Ditto, each extra superficial foot in the top Oh 



A LADY'S WORK STAND, N° 2. 

All solid. — ^Two feet six inches hioh, one foot four inches 
square and under; of half inch stuff; fist toj) ; the 
frame common-dovetail'd togetJier ; three inches deejj ; 
a bottom rabbeted in to receive the pillar; on three 
claws, as Is° 1, Tlate 5; the block prepared by the 
turner, to screw on the top of pillar, the edge of ditto 

square 

N. B. Tliis table not to exceed two feet six inches 



6 2 



in length or width. 



EXTRAS. 



A single one, extra 8 

If two of these tables 4 

Each extra inch in length or width 24 

Ditto, when from two feet to two feet six inches 3 

Each extra inch in depth of frame 2 

If a drawer is introduced in this table, for opening the rail 

to receive ditto, the edges of rails faced with mahogany 8 
Ditto, when the bottom is brought forward to the front 

instead of the lower rail 4| 

Clamping 



221 

£. .. d. 

Clumping tlic end rails in front, each 2) 

Iliiiiiriiigtlic top, clcaningiiisidc, and j)uttiiiga lockondilto 1 (i 
Tor fitting up the inside — See rtuMTURE Dra\vi',r. i 6,c./ SO 
Lip|Mng the top edge with veneer long-way, the start size, 

mitres ineluded 7 

Each extra foot in length above live in the lipping 1 

If cross-way, at per foot extra Of 

AVlien the top is hinged and the rails rabbeted to receive 

an inner top, with a horse to sujjport ditto, the start 

size and under, extra 3 9 

Every three inches in extra length of ditto, up to two feet 

six inches 1 

If made with a double rise — 6Ve Writing Table, 

lm^c 85. 
]\Iakini2; this table with canted corners when the frame is 

common-dovetail'd together, square without (Irawers, 

the end rails either of inch or inch-and-iialf stutf, extra 14 
Ditto, when made with a block in the corner and dowel'd 

through, or mitred together and common kcy'd, when 

drawers aix) introduced, and a fast top 'i 

Ditto, when the top is hinged 2 4 

Canting the corners of the bottom when the top is hinged, 

extra each corner 1 

For other work — 5'ee Cvxttd and Round-corner 

AA ORK Table. 
For book-rest — See Music-stand. ^ & ^ 
When this table is made with round corners, for rounding 

the corners outside— 6'ee Table, N° 32. 




^22 ■ 

£. s. d. 

rrainine; this table with knees to form the round corners, 

each corner 3 

Hollowing the inside of corners when the top is made to 

hit up, each corner 4 

A solid square block not exceefling fjurteen inches each 
way, the sides hollovv'd and the corners canted, on four 
turn'd stump feet, put in with a pin 3 4 

Ditto, lapp'd across, fi'amed together, or glued up in two 

thicknesses, each block extra 8 

When this block is framed or lapp'd and block'd up in the 

corners, each block extra li 

Each extra inch in length or width up to one foot eight 
inches of this block 

Ditto, when glued up in two thicknesses 

Each extra half-inch in thickness, when one foot two 
inches square and under 

Ditto, from one foot two to one foot eight inches square 

If this table is framed with a plain standard of inch-and- 
quarter stuff and under at each end, and four claws to 
ditto, extra from start • • • • 3 

For Ijre ends or other work — See Sofa Table, jsoge 133. 

Moulding edges, veneering, or other work — See Ta- 
bles, t^'C. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 5 

Ditto, each extra six inches in length or width 1 

Ditto, each Ijre end Ij 



A SQUARE 






1 





U 





4i 





6i 



223 



A SQUARE WORK-TABLE. 

£. «. d. 
All solid. — Two feet long, one foot four inches wide ; the 
franiino; three inches deep ; sciuare edge to the top ; 
plain Marlbro' legs 3 3 



EXTRAS. 

A single one extra •- 9 

Each inch more in length or width 1^ 

Each ditto in depth of framing 2 J 

For extra framing to receive a drawer 7 

For drawer — Sec Table of Ditto. 

For the price of low rails and shelf on ditto — See Chamber 

I ABLE. 

N. B. ']'he price of all the following stretchers are to W^^ ' X 

sene for all jobs two feet long and under. « 

Three low rails, the long one, either at the back or in the 
middle, morticed in, or an angle stretcher fixed either 

•with iron or wood stretcher plates 1 

Every three inches in length, extra 0^ 

An eliptic or serpentine angle rising stretcher 1 6 

An ogee ditto, to lie fiat-Avay 1 9 

Four eliptic hollow -sided rails one-quarter and one- 
sixteenth inch thick, framed into the legs, glued up in tlirre 
thicknesses, not exceeding one inch and quarter deep- • 2 10 

A ditto cut out of the solid • • • • 2 6 

It 






n 





2 





4 


0\ 


4 





5 





1 





Of 


1 








U 



224 

£. s. d. 
If the sweep is broke by either a square, round, or hollow, 

each member extra 

Rounding the top edge of a straight angle stretcher 

Ditto the edoe of an ano-lc wsing stretcher - U 

IMitring the top edge of an angle stretcher in the middle- • 

Ditto on a sweep'd stretcher 

Rounding the top edge of either, an extra round or hollow, 

each member 

Ditto each square or break 

A plain shelf, the front hollow'd, with a square edge to 

ditto, fixed with stretcher plates, two feet long and under 
Sweeping each end or back of ditto with a plain hollow- • 
For rounding the edge of ditto — See Chamber Table. 
A rim half-inch wide and under, groov'd in on the top of 
shelf at the back and ends, and fitted between the legs, 
the edge of ditto rounded, the start length of Job and 

imder 

Ditto, when the board is scoUop'd with a plain hollow 
and the rim groov'd in to the shape of ditto, each end 

or back extra • 3j 

Cutting away the legs square to the thickness of the 
rails, cleaning the inside of ditto, putting in a bottom, 

and hingeing the top, with a lock to ditto 2 6 

If the legs are cut away with a hollow in the corners, each 

leg extra 1^ 

Lipping the top edge of ditto with veneer, butt joints 

included, extra from straight measure each corner • • • • Ij 

Lipping the top edge long-way, at per foot run Of 

Each 



°^ 



£. .•• r/. 

Each niitrc in ditto Oi 

For lilting up the inside — See Furniture Dkawi:k. 
A square sliding i'ranie of inch stuff to receive a bag, 

dovctail'd together, with a plain bottom for the bag to 

run on tongues, the grooves not to shew in front, the 

frame stopt in 

If two of these frames together, each 

Fitting a plain board in a square bag-frame, and cutting a 

circular hole in ditto, with a bottom for the bag 

Ditto, if shaped to an oval hole, with a bottom, «Scc. • • • • 

Fixing the bag, to be paid according to time. 

For a lock on ditto — See Table of Brass-work. 

Fixing solid pieces to the under edge of rails to sham the 

front of bag-frame, each piece 1 J- 

^. B. The depth of the frame to be measured to the 

under side of the bag-frame. 
For veneering top rails, &c. — See Table of Ditto. 
For sawing out legs, tapering, &c. or other work — See 

Tables of Ditto. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 5 

Ditto, every extra six inches in either length or width • • 1 



o 


8 


2 


6 


1 


4 


1 


8 



A CANTED-CORNER AVORK-TABLE. 

One foot six inches long, one foot three inches wide or 
under ; fast top ; the framing two inciies and a half deep ; 
comrnon-kev'd together ; the rail veneer'd long-way, and 

o c mitred 



226 

£• s. d. 
mitred in the corners ; square edge to the top ; plain 

Marlbro' legs 7 S 

N. B. If the veneer is not mitred at the corners of 
frame, no deduction to take place. 

A single one, extra 1 

If two ditto, each 4 

EXTRAS. 

Each extra inch in length or width 2 

Ditto, when a drawer ♦ 2i 

Each extra inch in depth of frame, when without a drawer 6 

Ditto, when a drawer 7 

A plain drawer in ditto, two inches deep, scratch-beaded, 

without a lock 2 

Making front of ditto cover top rail, extra 2i 

Ditto the bottom rail 4? 

Hingeing top, cleaning inside, and putting a bottom in • • 2 9 

Mitring bead stuff round the inside, the start size 1 ] i 

Each extra foot in length above five feet li 

Making the top rise with a horse, framed or lapp'd 
together, an inner top rabbeted down the rails the 

thickness of the horse 4 

If made with a double rise — See Writing Table, 

page 85. 
Lipping the top edge with veneer long-wa}-, the start size 10^ 
Hingeing the top, cleaning the inside, and preparing a loose 

bottom for a bag 2 3 

A square sliding frame for a bag of inch stuff, common 
dovetaii'd togetiicr, to run on tongues, the grooves not to 

shew 



227 

J2' s. d. 
shew in tVont, the tVamc stopt in, a plain botlom lijr u 
bag when a drawer, the iVimie to draw out in tlic fi-ont 2 5 
N. B. If two of these together, each fianie 2 6 

"^Vhen this table is made without a drawer, and bag-frame 

introduced, and linings for ditto, extra 4 

]\faking the slider draw out at the ends, extra 4 

For extra work in slider frame, or stretchers, shelves, &c. 
— -See Square Work-tadle. 

Fitting a partition across from back to front, and fixing a 
bottom to ditto the size of the cant at the end of tabic, 
when made with top to lift up and a bag introduced • • 8 

For partitions in ditto, lift-outs, &c. — Sec .Siu i L i iii i j i rtit k yUi,^v'^t r^<r 
Drawkk, yagt 50. 

A drawer in end rail between the cants, with a l)evel erul 
to ditto, to turn out on a common center, and fitted up 
for ink, sand, and wafers, a scratch bead round ditto, 
not exceeding nine inches long 

For lx)ok-rest — Set Music or Reading-stand, fage 



o 



For veneering top or edge, moulding ditto, banding or 
stringing, joints in top, sawing out legs, or other work 
— Stt Tables of Ditto. 

For sweep legs — See Table, N° 83. 

For lyre ends or standards— See Sofa Table, 2)age 133. 

For stretcher square — See ^Vork-table. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under ?•• 5 

Ditto, every extra six inches in length «r width 1 

A ROUND- 



2-28 



A ROUND-CORNER WORK-TABLE. 

£.s. d. 

Eighteen inches long, fifteen inches wide ; the rail two 

inches and a half deep, and veneer'd ; fast top ; plain 

Marlbro' legs ; an upright block in the corner of frame, 

dowel'd in from outside ; the inside of block square ; the 

legs to stand in the center of the round corners 8 3 

Ditto, when the frame is glued up in veneer thicknesses • • 8 9 

% ^ EXTRAS. 

Hollowing inside of corners, each corner extra 4 

Hingeing the top, cleaning the inside, and putting in a 

bottom 3 3 

When the loose bottom for the bag is made with round 

corners, extra from cants each corner O? 

Lipping top edge Avith veneer long-way, the start size • • 12 
Veneering the inside of the frame wlu>n hollowed in the 

corners 1 

For oiling and polishing, or other work — See Canted- 

coRNER Work-table. 



A LADY'S 






A LADY'S DRESSING TABLE. N° 1. 

£. s. (L 
All solid. — Tu'o feet three inches long, one foot six inches 
uide ; a flat top, locked and hinged, supported by 
a joint stay not morticed in ; a glass frame hinged to 
a sliding piece, supported by a horse ; four plain loose 
covers inside; square edge to the top ; plain ISIarlbro* 

legs ; framing five inches deep 17 3 

If this table does not exceed 1/. 5s. making, to be extra 

for a single one 6 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 



Each extra inch in length or width, up to three feet long 3 

Ditto, above three feet long 3} 

Each extra inch in depth of frame, when under three feet 

long 3 

Ditto, when three feet long and upwards 3.;^ 

Each inch less in length, down to one foot ten inches long 'i} 
Lijiping the top edge of frame long-way, at per foot run Oi 

Each mitre or butt joint in ditto Ok 

If drawers are introduced in this table, for price of drawers 

— See Tablk of Ditto, according to their size. 
For long rail, upright ditto to divije drawers, ur to form 

a knee-hole, arch, &c. — 6'eeCYLiNDF,rv-FALi. A\ ui ting 

Table, page 99- 
A spring (piadrant to support the top, extra from stay • • 9 

Making tliis tabic round-front, as the start, extra 2 5 

jbacti 



^f. 


(/. 


1 


4 





1 





Si 





4 





4t 



230 

Each extra sweep rail, faced with mahogany, witli linings 

and slips to guide the drawer 

Shaping the inside covers to the legs when they stand 

square, each cover extra 

Each extra inch in length or width, when round-front, u[) 

to three feet long 

Ditto, above three feet long 

Each extra inch in depth of frame, when round-front • • • 

For drawers in ditto — See Tables of Ditto. 

Making this table eliptic, &c. — -See Round-pront Pier 

Table, page 156. 
Tor sawing out front rails, veneering, or joints in ditto — 

See Tables. 
Veneering top or end rails, moulding on the edge of top 

or on the frame — See Tables of Ditto. 
For inside work , more or less — 6'ee F u r n r t u r e D r a -sv e e , 

page 50. 
For stretcher or shelf on ditto- — 6'ee Chamber Table, 

page 79. 
A tea-chest top, the start size, eitlier the front corners lap- 

dovetail'd together or the front veneer'd, extra fiom the 

start top 2 S 

A pair of folding tops, either lap-dovetail'd in front or 

the front veneer'd, extra from start top 5 S 

N. B. These tops are considered to have a lock, and 

the top to be single rabbeted on." 

Ditto, when double rabbeted, extra each top • •' 3 

Each extra inch in length or width of job, when a tea- 
chest top, extra Oh 

Ditto, 






«51 

£. 

Ditto, Avlicu folding tops 

Making a tca-cliest top round-front, extra from start • • • • 

Ditto, a pair of folding tops 

!Making cither of the above round-front tops to break over 

tlie legs Avhcn they stand square, extra 

Hingcing the toj)s with ML hinges, extra each pair of 

hinges 

For banding and stringing, &c. — See Tables of Ditto. 
For making the top in three, or other work in ditto^-St-r 

Straight or Round-froxt Dhkssing Ciif.st. 
For lopcrs or inside work — See Furnituue Drawku. 

Oiling and jiolishing, the start size or under 

Ditto, when tea-chest or folding tops 

Ditto, every extra six inches in length or width 

Ditto, when a knee-hole -with two drawers, or an extra 

long drawer in depth 

Ditto, when a shelf, wash-board, or rim, each 



5. 


d. 





oi 


1 


3 


1 


9 





9 





6 






6 





7 





1 





U 





2 



A LADY'S DRESSING TABLE. N° 2. 

AW solid. — Three feet long, one foot six inches wide, the 
framijig five inches deep ; a flat top, lock'd and hinged, 

J supported by a joint stay not morticed in ; a top 

' iitted inside to receive a waslihand-bason, &c. ; four 

plain Marlbro' legs ; sfjuare edge to the top O 96 

A single one of these tables to be extra 9 

EXTRAS. 



^ 



232 



EXTRAS. 

£. s. d. 
For extra size, or other extras — See Dressing Table, 

N° 1. 
A bead mitred round on the top of bason-board, one inch 

and under, mitres included 

Each extra foot in length above six feet • • • • 

For a hollow round ditto — See Table of Mouldings. 
Cuttino; out each bason hole •, 



o 



aCf./. , 






6 





1 





3i 





4i 





2k 





U 



wjr? Tlnnndiiifi, the edge of ditto /j • ^i^tri^t^Y^^M./ o 

Cutting out each bottle hole • • • 

Ditto each hole for a cup or tumbler • 

Each hole for a tooth-brush pan, the bottom glued under- 
side the top 5 

When the top is lined on the under side to the depth of 
pan, either with a solid piece or four blocks glued on 

to receive a bead inside, extra 6 

Mitring a bead round the hole for an octagon pan 8 

Ditto, when made to a round-end pan, the bead con- 
sidered cross-way 8 

Each round bottle-case, the top edge made to form a 

quirk or cock bead 1 2 

Each square case for a bottle, the wood to go up and 

down 

Ditto, for each cup or tumbler 

Each square case, two inches deep or under, to receive 

an essence bottle 

Each partition in ditto • 

'N. B. The cauls to be prepared for the workman. 

Each 



1 








9 





9 





3 



233 

£'. s. <L 

Karli allele partition, to conceal a case 3 

liach partition fixed across the carcase, to conceal ;i case 5 

A wash-board, three feet long, one foot six inches from 

front to hack ; nine inches higli ; common dovctaird 

together at the back ; the front corners rounded down ; 

the edge scjuare, either groov'd in on the top, or scrcw'd 

from the outside round the edge 2 9 

Each extra inch in length of ditto j 

Ditto in width, from front to back 1 

Each extra inch in width, at |)cr foot, in length of wash- 
board Oi 

Each inch less in length, down to one foot two inches- • • • j 
ISi.B. If this wash-board is made four inches wide or 
under, to be charged from the rim in Chamber 
Table, page 79- 
Fitting a top in a drawer one foot six inches long or 

imder, to receive a bason, extra from price of drawer- • 10 

Each extra inch in length or width of ditto Oi 

For long rails and upright ditto to divide drawers, or to 
form a knee-hole, arch, &c. — «See Cvlindek-fall 
W KIT I NO Table, page 99- 
For lopers or inside work — See Furniture Drawer. 
For other extras — See preceding Dressing Table. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 7v 

Ditto, when a tea-chest top 8J 

Ditto, every extra six inches in length or width - • •. (J 1 

For wash-boai'd or knee-hole — Sec CiiAiiRtR 'J'able. 



H 11 A DRESSING 



234 



A DRESSING TABLE. N° S, Plate 

£. s. d. 
All solid. — Two feet four inches long, one foot eight inches 
wide, the fi-aming two feet deep ; five real and four 
sham drawers in front ; cock - beaded, or black or 
white holly rabbeted round flush, to shew a corner line 
in front ; (the drawers fitted up as follows — one for a 
niwht-stool, one for a square bidet, the sides and back 
rabbeted to receive a square tin pan, supported by a 
framed drop-foot; one for a bason and two cups, with a 
bead mitred round the inside of ditto ; one for a water- 
bottle, with partition in ditto half the depth of the 
draAver ; the other empty) ; a solid tea-chest top, with 
a lock to ditto, and supported with a joint-stay mor- 
ticed in ; a glass frame hinged to a sliding piece, and 
four loose covers inside ; plain Marlbro' legs, the front 
legs cut away to shew a partition in front ; no locks 

to drawers 2 11 

N. B. If the ends of this job are made of inch stuff, 
to be the same as half inch, and lined up long-way to 
guide the drawers. 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each inch more in length or width 7 

Each inch less in length, down to two teet long 6 

A hollow round the bason -drawer — See Table of 



Mouldings. 



A plain 



231 



a. 



A plain flap, to cover the bason, hinged to back of drawer, 

on a fast piece •' 1 2k 

Clamping- tlitto, scpiare chunps 8 

A tin pan, with round ends, extra from start pan • • • • Tk 

Ditto, a cantcd-corner pan 6' 

Ditto, a fiddle-shape pan 10 

An earthen pan, extra 6" 

Sweeping the upper part of drawer sides to shape of 

fiddle pan, when the sweep extends one inch and half 

down from the top of iVame, extra 4 

Ditto, when above one inch and half deep G 

AVhen the sides are shaped to a fiddle pan all the depth 

of ditto, not exceeding three inches wide 1 

Each extra inch in depth of frame above three inches, 

when shaped as above 2 

IMaking this job round-front, as in start, extra Oil 

Ditto, when made eliptic, above eight inches diameter, extra 3 3 

Ditto, when eight inches diameter or under 5 

Each extra inch in length, when a round or eliptic front .009 
When this job is framed with legs, and ihe legs stand 

square in the front, extra 2 2 

Ditto, when put together as a carcase — See Diii:ssiNG 

Chest. 
For veneering, when straight, round, or eliptic front — See 

Tables of Ditto. 
A slider in ditto, square-clamp'd, either solid or lij)p'd 

for cloth, faced with mahogany) ^v•ithout lieads 1 10 

For beads or corner lines — See Tables of Ditto. 

Liaini£ 



236 

£. s. d. 

Lining up the front, to cover the rail under ditto, extra- -003 
For framing the slider — See Table of Ditto, N° 19- 
A rail with slips to carry the slider, double-tenon'd in • • 10 
When the job is put together as a carcase, on four turn'd 

stump feet put in with a pin, instead of being framed 

into the legs, for the deduction of ditto — See Straigiit- 

FUONT Inclosed Pier Table. 

If a front edge dovetail'd in under the slider 5J 

A cock bead mitred round the tea-chest top as lipping, 

containing six feet and under,' mitres included 10 

Each extra foot in length I5 

When the glass frame is hinged inside the top, and a 

piece fixed inside the rim to hinge to, with a spring or 

button, deduct from start price 6 

A plain flap on each side of the glass frame, hinged, 

M'ith a cross rail rabbeted to receive ditto on each side, 

including a button on ditto 

]\Iaking ditto to fit a round front, extra 

Scratch bead round each flap 

A plain flap on the side of the glass frame, as in the 

start, to cover the inside work, each flap 

Making ditto to fit round front, extra 

Clamping the above, each clamp 3 

If the bidet or night-stool is made with lopers — See 

Furniture Drawer, page 50. 
If this job is made with folding tops, when straight front, 

extra 2 7 

Ditto, when round front • 3 1 

When 



3 








4 





2 


1 


1 





n 



237 

£. s. d. 
When the bidet drawer is made to take out of carcase l)y 
ail extra framed drop foot, with a rail hinsjiHl to turn 

down between the legs to stay ditto, extra 1 6 

If the bidet is framed with four JMarlhro' legs, and inUTj- 
dueed in the front, with a sham on each side, th(; bidet 
to run on slips, the cross rail clamp'd in front and 

tenon'd in the top rail 8 

Deduct for bidet, as in start 4 6 

Ditto night-stool 5 

Ditto for the rail under ditto and upright partition • • • • 1 8 
For shamming with cock beads, or partitions on ditto — 

See Tablks of Ditto. 
When short drawers at either side of the bidet — See 

ClIAiMREU TaDLE. 

For mouldings, banding, or stringing — See^^xTM.'e.^ of Ditto. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 1 3 

Ditto, when round front 1 5 

Every extra six inches, either in length, width, or depth I2 
For columns or [)ilasters — See Dressing Chest. 



A SHAVING-STAND. N° 1. 

All solid. — One foot six inches square ; folding tops ; one 
real drawer, two inches and a half deep, without a lock ; 
one sham ditto ; a plain doo'- in front, scratch-beaded, 
with a turubuckle to ditto; two holes for cups ; a bason 



hole, 



238 



£. s. d. 



1 








3 





4 



hole, tum'd ; a glass frame behind, to rise with rack 
and spring, and swing ou common screws, witli a flush 
ring or handle to ditto ; the framing one foot five inches 
deep ; plain Marlbro' legs ; the bason-board lipp'd,- to 
cover the joint • 1 1 6 



• EXTRAS. 

A single one extra 

Each extra inch in length or width 

Ijitto, when round or eliptic front 

Ditto, when roimd or eliptic is veneer 'd 4j 

Ditto in depth of framilij''^ 2* 

N. B. If the back is fV^ried down below the rest of 

framing, to take the proportion of the above. 
For extra work in door, tambour doors, stretcher, bottle 

holes, drawers, or other work — See Squake Inclosed 

Bason-&tawd, and Dressing Table, N° 2. 

M aki^ ^loi'ise with weig-hts, extra 1 

Casting the weights, to be paid by time. 

A till and l^ose cover five inches long and under, at back 

of bason, extra 1 5 

Veneering the 'front long-way, as in start 1 8 

Ditto cross-way, with a joint up the middle, extra 8 

"When extra drawers are introduced, for veneering ditto — 

See Tables of Ditto. 
Hingeing the glass frame with a foot and rafl" behind, extra^ 

from start 1 2 

Each 






9 





6 





n- 





H 



239 

£. s. d. 

Eiicli joint in tlic glass frame witli a longuc in the niicUIlr, 
iiicki(lin<i a barrel serew to ditto, cloanctl llusli on tlu* 
outsiilc, extra from start 9 

Eaeli ditto without a tongue in the middle, and the uj)per 
part ot" ditto glued fast to the glass frame, extra from 
start 

Ditto, if the joint is lialf-lapp'd together 

Seolloping the rails with a plain hollow, each rail 

Ditto with a double ooee 

A bidet drawer scratch-beaded, with a scpiare tin pan in 
ditto to draw out in the end, a framed (hop-foot to sup- 
port ditto, a lining rail dovctail'il in on the front side to 
guide the drawer 

Ditto, when two lining rails to guide the drawer 

A bidet drawer in front, fitted up as above, and the ends 
lined up to guide the drawer, the bottom rail included 

AVhen the above drawers have two drop-feet, and a cross 
rail hinged to turn down between cirifo, extra 

If the bidet is framed with four ]Marlbro' legs to draw out 

at the end, the sides grooved to run on slips i^ /> 

Ditto, if the bidet is made to draw out in the Iront — See 
Dressing Tadle, N° ,'3. 

Ditto, when a piece fixed at each side against the legs to 

sham drawers scratch-beaded, extra 1 

A night-stool in front, with a framed drop-foot, or the hont 

feet cut to draw out with ditto, tlie bottom rail included 5 6^ 

A night-stool to draw out at the end, with a framed drop- 
foot to su[)|iort ditto; a ^-ale in the front side to guide 

the drawer 5. 6i 

For 



5 


3 


5 


8 


5 


6 


1 


G 






u 





ll 





of 


6 


6 


6 





1 


If 



240 

£. s. d. 

For a flap at back, and shaping bidet drawer — «SVe 

Dressing Tablk, N° S. 
Making bidet or night-stool draw out with lopers — See 

FuRNiTURK Drawer, page 50. 

N. B. The priec given for a single bidet or night- 
stool not to be charged when made in this job. 
An astragal or two reeds at bottom of frame, not sunk in, 

at per foot 

Ditto, when sunk in 

Each mitre or butt joint in ditto 

Making the above round-front, as in start, extra 

A night-stool in ditto, with a drop-foot as above, when 

round-front 

A long rail under ditto, Avith linings and slips, extra • • • • 
For extra drawers in round-front or rails — Sec Chamber 

Table, page 7.9- 
Making ditto eliptic, as in start, extra from round-front- • 

Ditto, when a night-stool ■ 

Forming a break in fjont by the legs standing square, as 

in start • • • • • 

Ditto, when a night-stool or bidet 

Ditto, when tea-chest or folding tops, extra 

Veneering a round front long-way, as in start 

Ditto, when two doors 

Ditto, when a piece on each side a single door 

Ditto an eliptic front, extra 

Ditto cross-wa3% with a joint up the middle, extra •••• 11 
For veneering round or eliptic iiont night-stools, or bidets 

— See Tables of Ditto. 

For 








2 


6 


1 


1 


1 


5 





9 


1 


8 


1 


10 


2 








4i 



241 



£. 



For tlic price of tambour door to straight or round front job, 
or making ditto to run both waj's, inner ends, stretcher, 
&c. — See Inclosed or Corner Bason-stand, page 

Sawing out and tapering legs, or castors to ditto, &,c. — 
See Tables of Ditto. 

For mouldings, or other work — See Tables of Ditto. 

Oihng and polishing, the start size or under •••••» 9 

Ditto, every extra six inches, either in length, width, or 

depth of framing 1| 



A BASON-STAND. 



All solid. — One foot two inches square, top rail two 
inches deep, not scoUop'd ; a drawer two inches and 
a quarter deep in the lower framing, scratch-beaded, 
without a lock ; the top lipp'd with veneer long-way ; 
the bason holfi turn'd ; two cup holes in ditto 5 3 

EXTRAS. 

A single one, extra 9 

Ditto, two 6 

Ditto, if three 3 

Each extra inch in length or width 2 

Each extra cup hole 1^ 

Cutting the bason hole Si 

An ovalo on the edge of lower top 4 

II A stretcher, 



242 

£. s. d. 

A stretcher, framed and scoUop'd 10 

Scolloping the rails with a plain hollow, each rail li 

Ditto with a double ogee, ditto 2 

An astragal on the bottom of rail, at per foot li 

Each mitre '• Of 

Glueing a turn'd ring on the stretcher li 

Each extra inch in depth of drawer and framing 3 

Wash-boards to back and ends of the above bason-stand, 
one foot two inches square, dovetail'd at the back 
corners, nine inches deep or under, rounded at the 

front corners 1 6 

Each extra inch in leno;th Oi 

Ditto in width, from front to back 1 

Each extra inch in depth of wash-board Of 

A single pair of folding tops, one foot two inches square, 
and two inches deep ; the front lap-dovetail'd, or ve- 
neered ; the tops single - rabbeted on, and rounded 

down • 

If double-rabbeted, extra each top 

If two pair of these tops together, each pair 

Ditto, if three pair, each pair 

Ditto, if four pair or more, each pair 

Each extra inch in length or \vidth of ditto 

Each half-inch in depth of framing 

Mitre-dovetailing the front corners, each corner 

Ilingeing the tops with HL hinges, each j)air extra • • • • 
A tea-chest top, one foot two inches square, and two 
inches deep ; the front corners lap-dovetail'd, or the front 

veneer'd ; the top single-rabbeted and rounded down • • 

Ditto, 



5 








2 


4 


9 


4 


6 


4 


3 





1 







0. 


2 





6 


2 


8. 



^45 

Ditto, when two tables Avith tea-clicst tops, each top • • 
"VVlu^n there is a lock to any of these tops— 6'ce Tabi-k «/' 
lirass-iiork. 

Each extia inch in length oi' uidlh of ditto, extra 

Veneering the tops or rails — See Tables, N° 6" cj- 8. 

Oihng and polishing, the start size or nnder 

Ditto, w hen tea-chest or folding tops 

Ditto, every extra six inches in length or width 

For polisliing wash-ljoards — See Ciiamukr Tablk. e ^S^'^At 



A'. 



4 



1 




A CORNER BASOX-STAND. 

The ends one foot four inches from front to back ; the legs 
sprung one way ; with one drawer, and two sham ditto, 
two inches and a half deep, without a lock, with a 
sintrlc string round ditto ; two holes for cups ; the basou 
hole turn'd ; the front veneer'd either long or cross 
■way ; wash-boards on the top of ends, nine inches wide, 
the front corners of ditto rounded ; the toj) to hang 
over the front rail, rounded or fitted in, and lipp'd 
over the joint ; the top rail either scollop'd or to sham 
a drawer front with a single line 13 G 

EXTRAS. 

A single one, extra 1 

Ditto, two 6 

Each 



£. 5. d. 
Each extra inch from front to back, to measure across 

the middle 3 

For extra sham drawers — See Table, N° 29. 

Cock-beadino' each drawer, or sham, extra from string •• I2 
Making the wash-boards to fold down, hinged with butt 
hinges, a spring in the end to support ditto ; or to be 
hinged at the back and to fold down, with pieces to 

receive the tops 

Each extra inch in depth of wash-boards 

Rounding the top edge of wash-boards, each foot 

Each shelf in the corners of the wash-boards 

A hollow round the top 

If ditto is rabbeted in the top, extra 

A bead mitred round the inside 

Each extra cup hole 

Cutting bason hole 

Ditto, when the edge is rounded 

Making wash-boards fold do^vn with a rule-joint, hinged 
with reverse hinges prepared, and a sham ditto on the 

other side, extra when only one stand 

Ditto when more than one, each .... 

If this job is inclosed between the top and bottom rails 
either with two doors, nail-clampt in front, or one ditto 
with a sham on each side nine inches high veneer'd, 

and a single line round ditto, extra 

Ditto, when two, each extra 

Ditto, when three or more, each 

If ditto is made with a reeded tambour door in front, and 
3. piece fixed on each side of ditto, reeded to correspond 



1 


6 





1 





01 





4 


1 


3 





3 





6 





n 





3^ 





4^ 


5 


6 


5 






8 





7 


6 


7 





6 





Ditto 



245 

£. 

Ditto, to run both ways ' 

Each iuch in length of job when inclosed 

Ditto in depth oftVaniing above fiftpcn inches 

Each inner end to conceal the tambour 

Reeding the edges of tops, string in ditto, band or 
astragal round the frame — See Tables of Ditto. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 

Ditto, Avhen folding tops 



s. 


d. 


7 








4 





.3i 





6 





7 





8 



A SQUARE INCLOSED BASON-STAND. 

One foot four inches square ; framing one foot four inches 
deep ; folding tops ; one drawer in ditto, two and a half 
inches deep, scratch-beaded, without a lock ; a plain 
door, scratch-beaded, with a turnbuckle to ditto ; the 
Ijottom of cupboard to lie on the rail ; Marlbro' legs ; 
two holes for cups ; the bason hole turn'd 13 

EXTRAS. 

A single one, extra 9 

Each extra inch in length or width 3 

Ditto in depth of framing 5 

Each rail for an extra drawer, with Unings and slips • • • • lOj 

Each extra inch in depth of start drawer 1 

For price of extra drawer — See Tables of Ditto. 
Wash-boards, one foot four inches long, one foot four 

, inclies 



246 

£. *. d, 

inches from back to fiont, and nine inches deep, 

dovetail'd at the back corners, rounded down to the 

front ends 1 9 

Each extra inch in deplli of wash-boards l.j 

An extra door, scratch-beaded, or a piece fixed on each 

side of a single door, scratcli-beaded at top and bottom 

and against the leg 1 

Rounding the top edge of wasli-l3oard, at per foot run •• Og- 
Making the wash-boards to told down Avilh butt hini^es, 

and spring in the entl to support ditto 1 

Forming a partition with a scratcli-bead or single line 

between the door and sham, extra each 1 

Ditto with cock beads 2 

Clamping the door, each clamp one foot long or under- "003 

Every three inches in extra length of clamp Oi 

Rabbeting the doors in the center, when made with two 

doors, extra 2 

Cock-heading each drawer or door, extra 5 

Glueing up front, back, or ends — See Table, N° 4. 

Veneering front long-way 1 8 

Ditto cross-wa}', with a joint up the middle, extra 8 

For veneering the tops, ends, or back rail — See Tables of 

Ditto. ^ 

An inner top of deal fitted in between the cupboard 'and 

bason, extra 10 

Isl. B- If holes are cut in this inner top, to be paid 

from Dressing Table, N° 2. 
If the shams on each side of door are tenon'd in, top and 

bottom rail extra 6' 

A corner 



247 

£. 5. d. 
A corner siring ronnd tlic iloor, extra from scrateli-ljeads 2 
"When a single line on side pieces, extra from scratch-bead 2 

Ditto, wlien a cock-bead 4 

Each upiight plain partition to divide the cnpboard, 

groo\'d into .bottom, the doors to shut against ditto •• 7 
Ditto, when brought forwartl to the iront to shew a [)ar- 

tition edge between the doors 10 

Chimi)ing ditto, each clamp twelve inches long or under 3 
A reeded tambour door to shew nine inches square or 
under, -with a plain piece at each end to cover the sweep 
part of groove, a knob to move ditto by, extra from 

start door, either in straight or sweep fronts 2 6 

Each partition to hide the tambour 6 

If the side pieces are reeded, extra • 7 

Each extra inch in length or width of tambour 1^ 

Making the tambour run both ways, extra 9 

A plain stretcher, without a ring, glued on the top • • • • 10 

Glueing the ring, extra li 

For a night-stool or bidet — See Sua vixG-STAXr>, N*^ 1. 
An astragal or two reeds at the bottom of the frame, not 

sujik in, at per foot - ■■ 1] 

Sinkin" ditto — -SVe 'J' able of Ditto. 

For mitres or butt joints— Sere Table of Mouldings. 

For other extras — See Tadles, cj'c. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 6 

])itto, every three inches in length or depth of framing • • 1 



A CYLINDER- 



348 



A CYLINDER-FALL WASH-HAND TABLE. N'' 1. 

£. s. d. 
All solid. — Two feet long, one foot ten inches wide; 
framing one foot seven inches deep ; one real drawer 
and two sham ditto in front, cock-beaded ; a cistern 
inside the fall ; the middle of ditto made to answer the 
sweep of the bason, with a top to cover ditto ; a water 
drawer to draw ont at one end ; a flat top, hinged at 
the back, square edge to ditto ; two holes for cups 
inside; the bason hole turned; the fall solid, fixed 
to quadrant pieces, hung with center hinges ; a square 
edge to the sweep part of ends ; a thumb-catch on the 
end to keep up the fall ; on plain Marlbro' legs ; plain 
back 2 7 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each extra inch in length or width 

Ditto in depth of framing 

A quadrant to support top 

A joint stay morticed into the ends and top 

A glass frame behind, to swing on common screws, to rise 

■with a rack and spring, with a flush ring on ditto • • • • 

Hingeing ditto, with a rail and foot behind, extra 

Makinw ditto to rise with weights 

For other work in ditto — See Shaving-stand, N° 1. 

Each extra cup hole in ditto 

Ditto, the bason hole 






7 





3k 


1 


3 


1 


3 


6 





1 


2 


1 


a 





n 





5^ 




If 



249 

£• s. d. 

If miulo without a wooil cistern, deduct for ditto, exclusive 

of top 4 6 

'riicii add for fitting in an eartlicrn cistern accordinii- 
to finu'. 

For bottle-cases, night-stool, or bidet — See Shaving- 
stand, N° 1. 

I'or veneering the top, ends, or back — See 'I'aule, N° 6- 

For veneering drawer front — See Tauli:, N° 3- 

For veneering fall — See Table, N° 12. 

For an extra drawer — See Table, N° 3- 

For rails, linings, muntins, «Scc- — See Cylinder-fall 
M'KiTiNG '1'able, page 89- 

If a tea-chest toj) — See Inclosed Bason-stand, 
poge 

For moulding on top, ends, or on the frame— S'te Table 
of iJiUo. 

Sawing out legs, joints, tapering legs, castors— 6'fe Tables 
of Ditto. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 10 

Ditto, every extra six inches in length, width, or depth of 

U 



rainmsi 



^■^ >»i^ ^ma^toat 



A CYLINDER-FALL AVASIMIANDTABI,E, N° '2- 

All solid. — Two feet long, one foot ten inches wide ; two 
real drawers, and one sham ditto, in front, cock-beaded ; 

K K ^vork 



250 

£. s. d. 
work inside the fall, as in N° 1 : on common brackets, 
blocked on the bottom of the carcase, without mouldings 2 12 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

Each extra inch in length or width 8 

Each inch less in width, down to one foot eight inches wide 7 
J-'or the price of French feet, brackets, or veneering ditto 

— See Dressing-chest. 
For bottle-cases, night-stool, or bidet — See Shaving- 
stand, N° 1, page 
For veneering top, ends, drawer fronts, or extra work in 
drawers — (See Tables of Ditto. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under Oil 

Ditto, everj extra three inches in length or width 1 



A POT-CUPBOARD. 



All solid. — One foot two inches scjuare, the framing eleven 
inches deep oi" under ; a plain door in front, scratch- 
beaded ; fast top, square edge to ditto ; a rail above 
the door ; plain Marlbro' legs 5 9 



EXTRAS. 



s. 


(1. 


1 








9 





6 





2i 





3 





od 





6 



251 



EXTRAS. 

A single one, extra 

If two, ditto 

If three, ditto 

Each extra inch in length, width, or depth of fiuming- • 
Clamping the door with square clamps, each clamp one 

foot Ions; or under 

Every three inches in extra length, each clamp 

Mitre clamping ditto, each mitre 

An extra door, scratch-beaded, or a piece fixed on each 

side of a single door, scratch-beaded at the top and 

bottom and asiainst the leg 1 

Rabbeting the doors in the center when with two doors, 

extra 

If made without a door, deduct 

A plain drawer in front, scratch-beaded, without a lock, 

two inches and a half deep, including the rail under ditto 

Each extra inch in depth of drawer 

Each extra inch in lensfth of job when a drawer 

Veneering the front of drawer — See Table, according to 

size of Ditto. 
Cock-beading doors or drawers, or black or white holly 

rabbeted round as a bead, each 5 

A corner line round ditto, extra from scratch-bead 1 J 

Veneering the front or top, as in start 6 

Ditto the front when a johit up the middle Oil 

Ditto the front when two doors 8 

Ditto 






2 


1 





1 


10 





1 


I) 


3 



352 

£. s. d. 

Ditto the ends or back, each 5 

When a rail under the top above three quarters wide, for 

extra widtli of veneer 1 

A plain rim of bead stuff one inch wide or under, grooved 

in at the back and ends of the top, mitred and key'd at 

the back, and rounded down in front, or a hollow in ditto 9 

N.B. Thepriceofthisrim not to be taken to other work. 

Tor extra work or size in the rim — See Chamber Table, 

page 79. 
Making the door turn down with a quadrant — See Pem- 
broke Table Pot-cupboard. 
For sawing out legs, tapering ditto, castors, mouldings, 

or other work — See Tables of Ditto. 
For shamming the rails with cock-beads or string — See 

Table, N° 29- 
For stretcher or shelf — See Work-table, page 
When the back and end rails project one or two inches 
above the top, the legs cut away square to the thickness 
of the rails, the top made to project over the front rail, 

and rounded, with two handle holes Oil 

Hollowing the corners of legs inside, extra from square, 

one inch deep or under, each corner 

Ditto, when above one inch deep 

Rounding the top ends of legs on the outside, each 

Scolloping the top edge of rails with a plain hollow, each 

rail 

Ditto with a double ogee, each rail 

Each hand hole, without a quirk in ditto, in the ends or 
back, the inside rounded 






H 





U 





U 





9.^ 





3 





3 


rial, 


.ing 



{) 


5- 





4 





10 


1 





1 







3 





8 



Q53 

£. s. d. 
Afaking this job round-front, the start size, with a sohd door 

nail chinipt, extra IVoni start 3 6 

Making chtto cHptic, extra from start 4 6 

Each extra incli in length or width, when round oreliptic 

front 

Ditto, in depth of frame ■ 

Veneering round-front long-way, as in start 

Ditto, when two doors 

Ditto, when a piece on each side and a single door • • • • 

Ditto, when eliptic, extra 

Ditto, when a joint up the middle, extra 

A plain drawer in round-front, with a corner line round 
ditto, without a lock, two inches and a half dce(), 

including a rail under ditto 2 9 

A solid rail under top, two or three inches deep, extra • • 6 

For veneering ditto, extra from start rail 2 

For shamming fronts on ditto, or veneering — See Tables, 

N^ 8 and 29. 
Making the legs stand square, the top broke to ditto, 

Avhen made without drawers in front 4 

Ditto, when with drawers, each drawer extra 2 

For reed doors in round-front — Sec Inclosed Bason- 
stand, page 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 4 

Ditto, every extra six inches in length, width, or depth 
of framins; 1 



A CIRCULAR- 



254 



. A CIRCULAR-FRONT CORNER POT-CUPBOARD, 

to Jix against the Wall. 

£. s. d. 
All solid. — The sides one foot two inches from back to 
front, ten inches deep : a solid door to ditto, scratch- 
beaded ; the edge of top and bottom square 7 3 

EXTRAS. 

A single one, extra 1 3 

Each inch more from back to front Si- 
Ditto in depth of frame 3 

Clamping the door with nail clamps on the top and 

bottom 6k 

Ditto, the sides of door nail-clam p'd 4 

N. B. These clamps not considered to have the nail 
holes covered but by the bead. 

Veneering the front long-wa}^, when a single door 1 2 

Ditto, when two doors 1 4> 

Ditto, when a piece on each side and a single door • • • • 1 6 

Ditto cross-way, with a joint up the middle, extra 8 

A reed door in front — See Inclosed Corner Bason- 
stand, page 

Veneering the top 6 

For shamming the front with cock-beads or string — ^ee 

Table, N° 29- 

If 



255 

£. s. cL 
If made with two doors, or a piece fixed on each side for 

the door to hinge to, scratch-beaded down the ends, 

toj) and bottom, extra 1 3 

Mouldings on the edge of top or bottom, or other work — 

See Tables of Ditto. 

Oihng and pohshing, the start size or under U 5 

Ditto, every extra three inches across the middle or depth 

of frame 1 



A NIGHT-TABLE, N' 1. 

All sohd. — One foot seven inches square, the ends one 
foot six inches deep ; one door in front, scratch-beaded ; 
a fast top, sf^uare edge to ditto ; the stool to draw out 
with part of the front legs ; plain Marlbro' legs 13 5 

EXTRAS. 

A single one, extra 1 

If two 6 

Each extra inch in length or width S 

Ditto, in depth of framing 4 

For extra door, clamping ditto, reeded doors, or other 
work — See Inclosed Bason-stanu. 

Veneering the front long-way 1 

Ditto cross-way, with a joint up the middle, extra 8 

Veneering the top 8 

Making 



s. 


d. 


5 


Q 


1 


6 


1 


8 


1 


10 


2 








5 


1 






256 

Making the above round-front, as in start, extra 

Ditto eliptic, extra from round front • 

Veneering sweep-front long-way 

Ditto, when two doors 

Ditto, when a piece on each side and a single door • • • • 

Ditto, when eliptic, extra 

Ditto cross-way, with a joint; up the middle, extra • • • • 
If the legs stand square — See Pot-cupboard, page 

Ploughing and tongueing the ends of loose seat 3 

Square-clamping ditto, each clamp one foot long or 

under 3 

Every extra three inches in length of clamp Ok 

A rim one inch deep or under, grooved in on the top, 
mitred and key'd at the back corners, and rounded or 

hollow'd in front 1 

N. B. This rim not to be taken to other work. 
For extra siise or work in rim — See Chamber Table, 

page 79. 
When the back and end rails project one or two inches 
above the top, the legs cut away square to the thick- 
ness of the rails, the top made to project over the front 

rail, and rounded with two handle holes 1 S 

If the front rail is continued to the top edge of ditto, 

and scollop'd, extra 7 

For hollowing the corners of legs, ovalo on ditto, rounding 
the top ends, or other extras — See Pot-cupboard, 
page 
For sawing out legs, joints in ends, back, top, or other 
work — See Tables of Ditto. 

Oiling 



257 

.£. s. d. 

Oiling and polishing, the stirt size or under 8 

Ditto, every four inches in length, width, or depth of 
framing • 1 



A NIGHT-TABLE, N° 2. 

All solid, — Two feet long, one foot five inches wide, two 
feet five inches high or under ; the front to represent 
four drawers, cock-beaded ; the upper fronts hinged to 
the top, or a pair of doois lunged to turn inside the 
ends, and a front edge fixed to the under side of the 
top ; plain back ; on common brackets, block'd on the 
bottom of carcase ; square edge to the top 12 9 

EXTJIAS. 

A single one, extra 1 

Two ditto 6 

Each extra inch in length, width, or height 4 

Fixing a pair of elbows inside the ends, morticed together, 
and rabbeted on the back and ends, and block'd inside, 

extra 1 4» 

Square-clamping the top or fronts, each clamp one foot 

long or under 3 

Every three inches in extra length of ditto 0^ 

Mitre-clamping, each mitre extra 6 

L L Veneering 



258 

£. s. d. 
Veneering the top or ends — See Table of Ditto. 
Each Uning on either side of the seat, fitted against the. 
ends to form a space for paper, with a top of half-inch 

stuff hinged to cover ditto, each side 

Veneerino- the inside of the ends above the seat, each side 

Ditto the front, long-way 

If the partition edges are veneer'd separate — See reference 
to Table, N° 3. 

Making this job round-front, extra 

Ditto eliptic, extra from round-front 

Veneering a round-front, as in start 

Ditto, eliptic front 

For French feet or French brackets — See Dressing 

Chest. 
For framing back, moulding edges of top, or base mould- 
ings — See Tables of Ditto. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 8 

Every extra three inches either in length, width, or height 1 



1 








6 


1 


11 


7 





1 


10 


2 


10 


3 


7 



A SLIDING-FRONT NIGHT-TABLE, N^ 3. 

All solid. — Two feet long, one foot five inches wide, two 

feet six inches high ; the top hinged to the back, scpiare 

edge to ditto ; the front to sham three drawers, niatle to 

slide (with weights between double ends) down to the 

height of the close-stool seat ; plain Marlbro' legs • • • • 110 

EXTRAS. 



I 



259 



EXTRAS. 

£. 
Each extra inch in length or width 

Square-chmiping the top or front, each clamp one foot 

lonfj or under 

Every three inches in extra length of ditto 

A flap hinged inside to cover the pan 

Veneering the front, as in start 

Ditto the top 

IMaking ditto round-front, extra 

Ditto eliptic, extra from round-front 

Veneering round-front • 

Ditto eliptic • 

Veneering ends — See Table, N° 6. 

Veneering or moulding edge of top, astragal at bottom of 

frame, sawing out and tapering legs, or other work — 

Sec Tables of Ditto. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 8 

Ditto, every extra three inches in either length, widths or 

height ] 



s. 


li. 










.'5 





oi 


1 


2k 


1 


6 





9 


4 


6 


2 





o 


10 


S 


7 



A BIDET. 



260 



A BIDET. 



=£. s. d. 



Lapp'd or framed together, of inch-and-half stuff, shaped 
to the pan inside and out ; the frame veneer'd cross- 
way ; the top edge of ditto covered with mahogany 
and rounded ; a rabbet formed by ditto to receive the 
top, and an extra rabbet in the frame to receive the 
pan ; plain Marlbro' or turned legs ; the top reduced 
away to a thin edge, with a handle or flush-ring- • » • • • 7 3 

EXTRAS. 

Each extra half-inch in depth of frame • • • • S 

A cock-bead round the bottom of the frame, planted on 1 2 

A scratch-bead round ditto ' Oil 

If the beads are rabbeted on the frame, extra 8 

Plain hollow or ogee brackets, each 2 

A square box to drop on the top of ditto, lap-dovetail'd 

together or veneer'd, the top solid or framed for stuffing 2 6 

Making ditto with round ends, extra 2 8 

Glueing up the frame in two thicknesses, extra 2 

Tapering the legs— 5ee Table, N° 22. 

"When the legs are framed to stand forward, with brackets 

rounded to the trame, each leg including brackets, extra 6 

An earthen pan, extra • ■ 6 

Oiling and polishing •• 3 

A BOX- 



261 



A BOX-TOP BIDET. 

£. s. d. 
Square outside ; the inside shaped to the pan ; the top 

either solid or framed for stuffing, to slide on tiie frame ; 
the legs cut away to receive ditto ; the box lap-dove- 
tail'd or veneer'd ; plain INIarlbro' legs ; the fnuniug 
four inches deep ; the sohd top to be single-rabbeted 
, on ; the part to receive the pan mitred at the corners, 
or framed together 7 



EXTRAS. 

Mitre-dovetailing the box, extra • 8 

An astragal on the bottom of frame — See Table of 
Mouldings. 

Rounding the corners of the astragal 2 

Sawing out and tapering the legs — See Table, N° 22. 

An earthen pan, extra 6 

If a round-ended pan, with straight sides, in place of the 

fiddle-shaped pan, deduct 3 

If the top part is framed out of two-inch stuff, for stuffing, 

extra 6 

If the mitres are tongued, extra each mitre 2 

If the rails of frame are veneer'd — Sec Table of veneer- 
ing Table Rails, N° 8. 
Oiling and polishing S 

A PORTABLE 



^62 



A PORTABLE BIDET. 



£. 



The box lap-dovetail'd or Acneer'd ; turn'd legs ; the screws 
tapt by the turner; a flat top, with stubs at one end, 
a catch or lock at the other ; the edge of the top rounded ; 
the framing four inches deep or under, and rabbeted 

to receive a square pan • • 7 

N. B. When the top of this bidet slides, the framing 
to start four inches and a half deep. 

EXTRAS. 

If the top is made to slide, the top edges of sides rounded, 
a piece plough'd on the end of top, and mitred, no 

lock, extra • • • • 

Each extra half inch in depth of frame 

A hollow under the top, a plinth or astragal round the 
bottom — See Table o/" Mouldings. 

If the frame is niitre-dovetail'd, extra 

Filling up inside for a fiddle shaped pan, extra 

Ditto, a canted corner pan 

Ditto, a round-ended pan with straight sides 

An earthen pan, extra G 

If the legs are fixed with screws and plates, the top of 

the legs prepared by the turner, each leg extra 

A single one of any of the above bidets, extra 

If two, extra • • - • 






8 





2 





8 


1 


3 





8 


1 








6 





4 


1 








9 



If 



I 



263 

£. s. d. 

If three, extra • 6 

Four of an}' of the bidets to be considered a job. 

Oiling and polishing 3 



A MUSIC OR READING STAND. 
As in Plate 25, Fig. 1 

All solid. — The top one foot six inches long, one foot t<vo 
inches wide, square edge to ditto ; a framed bottom, 
with one cross rail ; the pillar double-tenon'd in ditto ; 
a hollow on the edge of the framing ; a horse to support 
the top ; on three claws, as N° 1, Plate of Ditto • • 10 

EXTRAS. 

A single one, extra 9 

Two ditto • 5 

Each extra inch in length or width 2 

S(iuare-clamping the top, each clamp one foot long or 

under • • ' 3 

Every three inches in extra length of ditto j 

Mitrc-claniping the top, each mitre extra 6 

Making the top to rise with a stem and rack, glueing up 

the pillar included 4 

Ditto, when supported by a thumb-screw through a 

icrmle, fitted on by the turner 3 2 

A paniiel 



264 

£. s. d. 

A pannel in the frame, the whole size, extra 8 

Ditto, when more than one, each pannel 6 

Each candle-board, square -clamp'd in front, made to 

draw out under the top, either on two slips rabbeted 

or cut through the framing on the dovetail 1 

A ditto, when morticed through the framing 1 1 

A ditto, when shaped to turn out upon a centre 9 7 

Moulding the edges of top, extra work in claws, castors, 

plate at bottom, or other work — See Tables of Ditto, 
A plain or bevel'd book-rest rounded on the top edge 

and corners, with two pins and sockets to ditto 10 

A ditto, with an astragal, either with one or two squares, 

on the top edge and returned down the ends, extra 

from the above S 

A ditto moulded, with an astragal and hollow, and return'd 

on the ends •••• 5 

If an}' of these book-rests are made of hard wood, to be 

extra each 2^ 

N. B. These rests not to take the poundage for hard 

wood. 
Two buttons screw'd under the top, notch'd to receive the 

book-rest 3 

Each book-keeper screw'd on the top of the book-rest '001 
Each ditto, the plate let in on the side of rest, to rise 

with a spring 3 

For veneering the top, edge, claws, or other work — See 

Tables of Ditto. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 4^ 

Ditto, every extra six inches either in length or width • 0| 

A TABLE 



<2('ir> 



A TABLE-DESK, N^ 1. 

£.' 

All solid. — One foot ten inclics lonij, one foot fonr inches 
wide; the top blockM on the ends nnd back, square 
edge to ditto; without either front or bottom; the 
back conimon-dovetail'd together 

EXTRAS. 

A single one, extra • 

Each extra inch in length or width 

Making the back part of top stand square, extra 

A front to tiie desk, comnion-dovetail'd on 

If the back corners of this desk are lap dovetail'd, extra- • 
Glueing a slip on the under side of the top in front, and 

bevelling ditto to the ends 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 

Ditto, every extra six inches in length or width 



2 4 






4 





1 





8 





6 





.5 





2^ 





3 





Of 



M M 



A TABU-. 



266 



TABLE-DESK, N° Q. 

All solid. — Two feet long, one foot six inches wide ; the 
flap hinged to the flat part of top, a lock on ditto ; the 
inside empty ; the front lap-dovetail'd together ; the 
edge of top square ; a quirk bead stuck on the joint ; 
the desk not to exceed five inches deep at the back- • 



:P. 



S. 



d. 



6 6 



EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 



A single one, extra 6 

Each extra inch in length or width 2 

Ditto in deptli of framing 2 j 

Each inch less in length or width, down to sixteen inches 

long 'O 1 

Clamping the flap with square clamps, one foot long or 

under, each clamp 3 

Every three inches in extra length of ditto • • • ■ 0] 

Milre-clamping ditto, each mitre extra () 

A loose case in ditto to receive inside work, a quirk bend 

stuck round the inside edge of front, no back to ditto 1 10 
Each letter hole inside, not exceeding five inches deep, 

grooved into the bottom, or a piece of bead stuff fitted 

in on the bottom, and the partitions grooved into ditto 5 

Each hole formed by partitions to receive drawers 4 

A drawer. 



267 



* r 



s. 



A ilrawer, fitted up for ink, saiul, and wafers, not cxeccd- 
ing sixteen inches tioni front to back, to draw out at 
the end 3 

^^'hen the (h'awcr is al)ove sixteen inclics — See 'Vav.i.v. of 
Ditto. 

For price of arches, facing the partition edges, or other 
woik — 6VcSecketaky nrul Fuunititke Draweks. 

Deduct for hip-dovetaihng, when coniuion - dovetail'd 

together ft 

Veneering the front, ends, or back — See Table, N^ 8. 

Ditto, when a drawer, extra 4 

Oihng and polishing, the start size or under 4 

Ditto, every extra six inches in length or width <) 1 



A COUNTING-HOUSE DESK, N*^ i. 

All solid. — Tliree feet six inches long, two feet four inches 
■wide ; the framing of desk eight inches wide at the 
back ; one flap, squarc-elanipt ; two side pieces, put in 
with a stub-tenon ; a slip glued on the under side of 
ditto, and a quirk l)ead in the joints; square edge to 
the top; the front lap dovetail'd together; the back 
dovetails not to shew in the ends ; the frame of 
mahogany or beech, with two low end rails and one 
stretcher; the desk to project over the frame; the 

inside empty 1 l u 

EXTRAS 



268 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

£. s. d. 
Each inch more in length or width of desk, up to five 

feet long and three feet a\ ide 3^ 

Ditto, above five feet long and three feet wide 4 

Each inch more or less in length or width of frame, down 

to a three-feet desk 1 

Each extra inch in depth of desk framing, when three feet 

six inches long or under Sk 

Ditto, from three feet six inches to five feet long 4 

Ditto, above five feet long 4j 

Each inch in length or width of desk, down to three feet 

long and two feet wide 3 

Ditto in depth of desk framing 3 

Colouring the frame, extra 6 

'N. B. If the upper rails of the frame (for the desk to 
stand on) exceed three inclies deep, each extra inch in 

depth of ditto, at per foot in length of each rail 0.\ 

Rabbetino' the front and end rails of the frame to receive 
the desk, and working a hollow, round, or ovalo, on the 
ed'TC of ditto, the start size or under 1 10 

Each extra fi)ot in length of rabbet and mouldings ]l- 

An extra Hap, square- clam pt, including an inner end 

and a piece between the flaps 4 3 

Mitre-clamping the flaps, each mitre extra 6 

Morticeclamping ditto, at per foot run extra 3 

An empty case to receive the inside work, mitred in front, 
without a back, two feet long, seven inches deej), and 

eight 



209 

£. .^. d. 

eight inches wide from back to front or under, a quirk 

bc.'iul on the inner edge or rounded i 10 

Each extra inch in ui<hh of case and inside work 2 

Ditto in length of case • • • • 0$ 

For inside work in iHtto — See Sr.cn eta iiy and Furxi- 

TURK Drawkk, page 60 and 58. 
For drawers in ditto, and veneering — See Table of Ditto, 

N°3. 
A rim screw'd to the back edge of top or ends (not to 

exceed one inch in projection), at per foot run li 

Ditto, each butt joint or mitre 1 

Rounding or liollowing the front corners, each 1 

For a rim round the flat part of top — See Chamber 

Table, page 79- 
Bannister raihng, put in with a ])in, prepared by the 

turner, on tlie Hat of the top, or into a thin rail, at per 

bannister, including a top rail, with square edge to ditto 2 

Ditto, when fixed with tenons, each bannister 3^ 

If the railing is continued down the slopes, each bamiister 

extra tiom the above 1 

Sticking a quirk bead on the edges of rails, every three 

feet of (hlto -•• 1 

A flat capping on the to)) of rail, the edges of tiilto rounded, 

at per foot 2 

Ditto, when feint-rounded on the top 2| 

|iach mitre or butt joint in rail or capping, tc^ be paid 

according to time. 
If any other mouldings on rails — See Table of Ditto. 
Framing the bottom of desk either with common or 

flush pannels— Sec Table, N° 'JO. Putting 



' 270 

£- s. d. 

ruliing tho frame together Vvitli bed-screws, tl-e head 
of ditto sunk in tlusij, witli a brass caj) screw'd to 
cover ditto, each screw extra 3 

It'tiifr'desk is made witliout ti frame, deduct for ditto, tlie 

start size • • • 6 6 

Each pedestal for a desk to stand on, three feet high, 
twche inches long in front, and two feet three inches 
from back to front or under; with four drawers in ditto, 
scratch-beaded, Avith locks and handles ; on fast plinth, 
square edge to ditto; a plain back rabbeted in, and 
bradded or screw'd 15 

Each inch in hei;»ht above three feet Si 

Ditto, under three feet down to two feet six inches, deduct ;3 

Each inch iiiorr. in Icniith 6 

Ditto i)i width of ends, when the pedestal is eighteen 

inches long or under 3 

Ditto, when above eighteen niches to two feet 4 

Ditto, above tAvo ieet 5 

Cock-beading drawers — See Table of Ditto. 

For the price of slider in ditto — See Cylinder-fall 
Writixo Taui>i;, page 99- 

Fitting two or more desks together, to be paid according 
to time. 

For the price of flap hung tit the back edge of top — See 
KNiiE-noLK LicRAKY Table, page 90. 

If a flap at the end of the desk, supported by a rule-joint 
bracket — Sec ditto in Dining Table, page 308. 

Each prop to support the flap, to turn on a couimoii screw 4 

If a cupboard between the pedestals — See Kncjs-hole 

Library Taelp.. For 



271 

For inouldinsis on tlic C(l2;es, crossing llie inouldinLi' over 

the ria|)s, or astragal at hottoin — S Tablk of Ditto. 
For \'eneeriiig (he Jraining of desk — See 'J'abi.f. of 

Vcnccrins;. 
For sawing out sliiH" lor the frame, or tapering legs — See 
Taiilk of Ditto. 

Oiling and polishing the desk, at per foot in length 2^ 

Ditto the pedestal, the stait size or under (J () 0" 

Ditto, cverv extra six inches in length or width iV 



A DOUBLE COUNTING-HOUSE DESK. 

All solid. — Foin* feet long, three feet nine inehcs wide or 
under; one 11a]) on each side, sqnarc-clanipt ; two 
pieces on each side, put in with a stub-tenon ; a slip 
glued on the under side of ditto ; a (piirk bead in the 
joint ; square edge to the top ; the iianiing in the 
middle eight inches deep, lap-dovetail'd together; plain 
back in the inside ; the frame of mahogany or beech, 
with two low end rails, &c. ; two stretelsers ; the desk 
to project over the franie; the inside empty 1 13 6 



I'XTRAfc 






6 





6i 





1 





4i 





5 





5i 





7 



9.72 



EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS 

£• s. d. 

Each inch more in length or \vicilh of desk, up to five feet 

lonjj and four feet nine inches wide 

Ditto, aljove five feet long and four feet nine inches wide 

Each inch more in length or width of the frame 

Each extra inch in depth of desk framing, when four feet 

long or under • 

Ditto, from four to five feet long 

Ditto, above five feet long 

Colouring the frame, extra • 

For extra depth of rails in the frame — Sec Counting- 
house Desk, N° 1. 
Rabljeting the frame to receive the desk, and working a 
hollow, round, o^c jmtkt ovalo, on the edge of ditto, the 

start size or under 

Each extra foot in length of rabbet and moulding 

Each extra stretcher single-tenon'd, two feet six inches 

lonu; or under • 

Each extra foot in length of stretcher 

An extra flap, square-clampt, including an inner end to 

the back of desk and a piece between the flu})s 

jNI it re-clam ping the flaps, each mitre extra 

Hollowing the bottom edge of the upper rails of frame out 
of the solid with a plain hollow, or glueing on pieces to 
form ditto, the middle part left straight, each rail extra p 
For price of the ca!>e for inside work — iSVe Counting- 
house Desk, N° 1. 

If 



2 


6 





Ij 





8^ 





U 


4 


3 





6 



273 

r. 4-. iL 

fTllie case is made with drawers, &c. to draw out on botli 
sitlcs, and the l)aeJv ot' desk cut to receive ditto, to be 
double the plice of single-case and drawers, &c. 
If no inner back to the desk, deduct for a back in tlu; 

desk with two Haps '• S 

Ditto, when four liaj)s 1 

A flap at the end, supported by two rulc-joiut l^rackets — 

See Dining Table, page 202. 
A slope end to this desk, the start size, the mitres tongued 7 
A ditto with a tiap, square-clam pt, including a piece to 
hinge the flap to, and two angle pieces, with a partition 

across the carcase 11 3 

Each extra inch in width above three feet nine inclies, 

when a slope end, extra 1 

If made without a frame, deduct for ditto, the start size 9 

Each pedestal for desk to stand on, twelve inches long, 

three feet eight inches wide, and three feet high ; four 

drawers to each front, or four drawers to draw out either 

way, scratch-beaded, with locks and handles ; on fast 

j)linth, square edge to ditto 1 

Each inch more in height of pedestal 

Ditto less, down to two feet six inches, deduct 

Each inch more in length of pedestal 

Each inch n)ore in width of ends, when the pedestal is 

eiiihteen inches lono- or under 

Ditto, above eighteen inclies long to two feet 

Ditto, above two feet long 

Each inch less in width of ends, when the pedestal is 
eighteen inches Ions or under 



[) 








4i 





4 





7 





4 





5 





6 





S 


J)itto 



274 

£. s. d. 

Ditto, when above eighteeji inches to two feet 3|^ 

Ditto, above two feet 4 

Each pedestal twelve inches long, one foot three inches 
vide, three feet high or under; four drawers in ditto, 
scratch-beaded, Avith locks and handles; on fast plinth, 
continued all round, square edge to ditto; a nialiogany 
back, rabbeted in, and slips of veneer, one inch wide 
or under, planted on, to cover the screws or brads- • • • 15 

For extra size — See Pedestal to Single Counting- 
house Desk. 

N. B. Inclosures for Counting-house Desk to be paid 
for according to time. 

Framing backs, ends, &c. — See Table, !N° 20. 

For drawers or partitions, more or less, cock-beading 
drawers, veneering fronts, ends, moulding on top, 
plinth, &c. — See Table of Ditto. 

For a cupboard in the wings, at the back, or in place of 
drawers — See Knee-hole Library Table, po^e 90. 

For sliding partitions in ditto — See Open Carcase, 
page '25. 

For shamming doors or drawers on back of pedestal-^ 
See Table of Ditto. 

A case for the inside of the cupboard — See page 29. 
.SaAving-out stuff for tlie frame — See Table, IS" 1. 

For other extras — See preceding Desk. 

Oiling and polishing, at per foot in length' •. 3 

Ditto each pedestal, the start size or under 8 

Ditto, every extra six inches in length or width 2 

A SQUARE 



275 



A SQUARE CELLARET, N'' l. 



£. 



X. 



All solid. — Ten inches square, one foot deep, coiiunon- 
dovctail'd together; a flat top, with a square edge to 
ditto, lock'd and hinged ; the bottom rabbeted or 
groov'd in, or scrcw'd on to project, with square edge 
to ditto; slips for the plumbers, for four bottles 5 8 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

A single one, extra 

Each extra inch in length or width, up to eighteen inches 

long and fourteen wide j^ 

Ditto, I'rom eighteen inches to two feet Jong and sixteen 

inches wide • • • 

Ditto, above two feet long and sixteen inches wide • • • • 
Each extra inch in depth, when two feet long or under- • 

Ditto, when above two feet long 

Lap-dovetailing the carcase togetheiy|he corners rounded, 

extra W^ 1 2 

Mitre-dovetailing ditto 2 

liining the inside with bead stuff to cover the lead, each 

piece one foot long and four inches wide or uniler • • • • 2k 
A loose frame for slump feet — See Squaujb Pedestal, 

page 193. 
If no top to the cellaret, deduct for flat top, lock'd and 

hinged, the start size or under *• 1 6 

Ditto, each extra inch in length or width, deduct 0] 

If 






9 





2} 





3 





ok 





3 





4 



5. 


d. 





3h 





4 





i)k 





3 





9 





oi 





U 





3 



276 

£• 

If partitions, six inches deep, each hole extra 

If the partitions are brought up to the top, and mitred 
into the carcase, each hole 

Each extra inch in depth of partitions, each hole 

Lining the inside with baize, each hole • 

A tea-chest top, coniiuon-dovetail'd together, to a square 
cellaret, the start size or under, the top single-rabbeted 
or do'.vel'd on, extra from the start top 

Each inch in length or width of tea-chest top 

La]>dovetailing a tea-chest top, Avhen niade separate from 
the carcase, each corner 

Mitre-dovetailing ditto 

N. B. A tea-chest top, when made with or without 
the carcase, to be measured in the depth of ditto. 

A square frame for the cellaret to stand on, the start size 
or imder, one foot two inches high, the rails two inches 
and a half deep or under, plain Marlbro' legs, two pins 
to keep ditto to the carcase 3 

Each extra inch in length or width of frame O2 

Rabbelino; the rails and cuttino- awav the legs, and woik- 
ing a hollow, round, or sash plane, on the top edge of 
the frame 1 3 

Glueing stuff on the top edge, or rounding ditto— "See 
Tapered Cellaeet. 

Veneering cellaret or frame — See Table of Ditto. 

For mouldings — See Tables of Ditto. 

Lining-up the bottom — See Table, N° 2. 

For stump feet — See Dressing Chest. 
%Toints in top or carcase — See Table, N° ]. 

For 



s. 



277 

p. 

Ota, " 

For otlior extras — See Ckllarkt, N° 2 and 3. 
Tor all other work not inserted liere — See Tables 
of Ditto. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 4 

Ditto, every extra six inches in length or width 0^ 



A CELLARET, N° 2. 



All solid. — Two feet long, eighteen inches wide, and 
twelve inches deep, common -dovetail'd together to 
veneer on, the bottom rabbeted in, without a top, the 
edge square 8 2 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

A single one, extra 

Each extra inch in length or width 

Ditto in depth of carcase 

Each inch less, down to one foot six inches, in length • • 

Ditto, to one ibot two inriics, in width 

Making this cellaret Avith canted corners, by glueing 
blocks in the corners long-way, and dowelling ditto 
from the outside, or the wood to go the length-way all 

round, and connnon-key'd 

Ditto, when jjlougii'tl and tongued, extra 

li" this cellaret is made solid, to be extra from start • • • • 

Dovetail-keyiiig the carcase, eacli key extra 

A flat top to ditto, lock'd and hinged 

Each 






J) 





'3 





4 










24 



1 


9 


2 





1 








li 


Q 


o 



s. 


d. 





04 





4 


3 


3 


4 


3 



278 

£. 

Each inch more or less in length or width ■• • 

Canting the corners of top 

A tea-chest top, the start size or under 

A ditto, when a canted-corner cellaret 

For other extras — See Cellaret, N° 1 and 3. 

For niouldin2;s and other work not inserted — See Tables 

of Ditto. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under, without a top 8 

Ditto, when a flat or tea-chest top 10 

Ditto, every extra six inciies in length or width 2 



A TAPERED CELLARET, N° 3. 

All solid. — Two feet long, one foot six inches wide on the 
top of the carcase, one foot deep ; conimon-dbvetail'd 
together, to veneer on ; the top edge square ; bottom 
rabbeted in ; on four turn'd stump feet, put in with a 
pin ; with slips prepared for the plumber 12 9 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 



A single one, extra \ . . . o 9 

Each extra inch, in length or width 4 

Each extra inch in depth, when two feet long or under* • 4 

Ditto, when above two feet long 6 

If this cellaret is made solid, to be extra from start • • • • 1 
Lap-dovetailing the carcase together, the corners rounded, 

extra 1 8 

Mitre-dovetailing ditto 2 6 

Lipping 



o 



1 



279 

£. 5. d. 

Lipping the top edge with vciiccr — Sec Taijlk, N° 21. 
Rouiichii"!; ditto, when long-wiiy, at per toot, stops in- 
cluded 1 

Ditto, cross-way li 

Glueing halt-inch stuli', or under, long-way on the top 

edge, including tour mitres, to project as fillet 1 5 

Ditto, cross-way 2 

Glueing inch stuff, or under, long-way on the top C;(\gG, 

including four mitres, to project as fillet 1 6 

Rounding ditto, long-way, at per foot, stops included • • li 

Ditto, cross-way 1^ 

Loose frame for stunij) leet — See Pedestal, poge 193. 

TaperVl stump feet, tenon'd in, ^vsb extra • • • • 1 

Veneering tVont or back, the start size or under, each • • 8 

Ditto the ends, each 6 

Ditto the cants of canted-corner cellaret, each cant • • • • 3 

Each extra foot of veneer 3j 

\( the veneer is mitred — See 'J'able of Ditto. 
Mitring-in a bead, to cover the lead, four inches wide or 

under, each piece 2^ 

Each extra inch in width, each jiiece 0-i- 

Mitring (juarter stufi", inch and half wide or under, to 
form sunk jrannels, witli a square edge, mitres included, 
on front or back, the veneer cut away to receive ditto, 

each paniicl G 

Ditto on ends, each 1 9 

Ditto on Ciints, each 1 

Each hail-incli more in width of ditto t 

if the quarter slulf is mitred up the corners, each niitre- -003 

Eacli 



s. 


d. 





oi 


o 


o 





0.^ 


4 


6 





2 





6 


1 






280 

£. 

Each mitre in moulding or band, on taper'd work, extra 

A solid tlat top to ditto, lock'd and hinged, the start size 

Each inch more or less in leno;th or width 

A solid tea-chest top, the start size, to stand square or on 

the taper 

Each inch moi^ or less in length or width of top 

Lap-dovetailing the tea-chest top, extra • • • () 

INJitre-dovetailing ditto • 

Making this cellaret with canted corners, by glueino- 
blocks in the corners long-way inside, and doweliing 
ditto from the outside, or the wood to go the len<rth- 

way, and common-key 'd together 

Ditto, vhen plough'd and tongued,- extra 

A fiat top, lock'd and hinged, to canted corner, ditto • • 

Each inch more or less in length or width 

A solid tea-chest top, mitred and common-key 'd 

Each dovetail key in carcase or tea-chest top 

Lipping the top edge with veneer- — .See Table, N° 21. 

Rounding ditto, at per foot, stops included 

Ditto, cross-way 

Glueing quarter stutf length-way on the top edge of 

carcase, including the mitres 

Rounding ditto, at j)er foot, stops included 

Glueing quarter stufll:' cross-way on the top edge of car- 
case, including the mitr-cs 

Rounding ditto, at per foot, stops included 

Lining-up the bottom — Sec Table, N° 2.- 

If the linings stand sqn.are, each piece extra \\ 

Working and glueing on a plain cove or ogee long-way. 



2 


6 . 


2 





2 


9 





OJ 


o 


6 





U 





1 





u 


1 


8 





u 


o 


3 





u 



-SIX 



281 

£. s. d. 

six feet lono; or under, two inches wide, to tro'^e tlic 

sweep 3 4.^ 

Ditto crossway ^' -^ -^k 

P'acli extra foot luii in cove or o^ee i^h 

Ditto cross-w.iy loi 

Each mitre 4 

Each h;ilt'-inch in extra width of mitre Oj 

AVhcn Ironi two inches to two inches and a half wide, 

each foot run extra 0\ 

Ditto cross-w.iy \\ 

Ditto from two inches and a hall to thicc inches ij 

Ditto cross-way 2h 

Ditto from tluee inches to three inches and a half 3i' 

Ditto cross-way 5 

]Jitto iiouj thn^e inches and a half to four inches (and so 

on in jiroport.o i) o\ 

Ditto cross-way 8 . 

For extra working, cleaning, and mitres, when a square 

hinged top 1 3 

Ditto, when a canted-corner top 1 7 

AVhcn any of the above coves are made cliptic, each toot 

run extra H 

When extra members are added to ditto — Sec 'I'able of 

Mouldings. 
For veneering coves — See Pedestal, pnge 199- 
For other extras — See Tables of Ditto. 

A. Jj- If made octagon, with conunon kej-s, to be 

the same price as canted corners. , 

A solid raised top to a s'juare cellaret of thrcc-cjuartcr 

o o w(nff, 



282 



£. 5. d. 



stuff, rabbeted in the edge, and mitred up the corners, 
clean'd inside, Avith a square tablet on the top, rabbeted 

in, square edae to ditto 3 

Ditto to a canted-corner cellaret 5 6 

Ploughing and tongiieing togellier, when a square carcase 18 

Ditto when a canted corner 2 8 

Chamfering a plain top, the chamfers four inches wide or 

under, when inch thick 8 

Ditto each inch in extra width of chamfers li 

A ditto of inch and half stuff, the chamfers six inches wide 10 

Each extra inch in width of ditto 1^ 

Planting a square piece of half-inch stuff, with square 
edge to ditto, on these tops, to form a square above 
the chamfers, twelve inches long and six inches wide • 10 
Each inch in length or width, down to six inches long 

and four inches wide 0^ 

Veneering tops — See Tables. 

For fixing paws or castors — See Dressing Chest. 

Lining-up the bottom — See Table, N° 2. 

Mouldings or fillets, &c. — See Tables of Ditto. 

For extras not inserted — See Tables of Ditto. 

Oiling and polishing, when without a top, the start size 

or under 10 

Ditto, when a flat or tea-chest top 1 

Ditto every extra six inches in length or width 2 



A BOnXE 



283 



A BOTTLE lUAV, N° 1. 

£. s. d. 
Nine inclics square, three inches clce|), a partition across 
to hold two bottles, the ends cut to receive the necks 

of ditto, a liiUidle iet on, tiie top edges rounded • • • • 2 9 

EXTRAS. 

A single one, extra 1 

Two ditto, each 5 

Three ditto, ditto 3 

Four ditto, ditto '1 

Five ditto, ditto 1 

Six considered a job. 

Each half-inch in depth, when for four bottles or under- • 1 

When made to hold three bottles 3 5 

^Vhen to hold four bottles 4 1 

When to hold six bottles 5 1 

Each extra bottle-hole more than six 8 

Fitting-in hollow blocks to hold the body of the bottle, 

each block 8 

Angle blocks, €ach 2 

An astragal on the edges of sides, end, or partition, extra 

from rounding, -each • • ^ 1 J 

Ditto on the edge of the bottom — See Ta b le of Mouldings. 
Lipping the bottom for cloth — -See Table, N° 21. 

Lining ditto with •cloth •-• • •• Oi 2 

Ditto each hollow block - 2 

Ditto each liole •♦ • O 4 

A phutK 



384 

£. s. d. 
A plintli round the bottom — See Table of Monhlings. 

Oiling and polishing, when for two bottles 2j 

Ditto, Avhen for four bottles 3 

Ditto, ^vhcu for six bottles • 3i 



A SQUARE BOTTLE TRAY, N° 2. 

Four inches deep, to hold four bottles upright, the edge 

of the bottom and sides rounded, a handle let on • • • • 4 6 

EXTRAS. 

A single one, extra 

Two ditto, each 

Three ditto, ditto 

Four ditto, tiitto 

Five ditto, ditto - 

Six considered a job. 

Each extra hole more than four 8 

Lipping the bottom — See Table, N° 21. 
Astragal or mouldings on the edges or bottom — -See 
Table of Mouldings. 

Lining with cloth, each hole 4 

Oiling and polishing, when for four botUes 3 

Ditto, when for six lx)ttles y • t 



1 








5 





3 





2 





1 



w)2 



An 



285 



An hexagon BOTTLE-CARRIER. 

£. s. il. 
Mitred together, and key'd, to liold six bottles, the holes 
fo'-ined by jiarlitions; a turn'd j)illar in tlie middle ; a 
jointed brass handle at the top ; the top edges, and 
edge of bottom, rounded G G 

EXTRAS. 

A single one, extra ,• 

Two ditto, each 

/Three ditto, ditto 

]\)ur ditto, ditto 

Eive ditto, ditto 

Six considered a job. 

Each extra cant and bottle-liole 

If the partitions are mitred at the top, each hole 

Lijiping the bottom for cloth — See Table, N° 2\. 

J.ininii Mith cloth 

Ditto the bottle-holes, each hole 

Oiling and polishing 

Ditto, when eight bottle-holes 

For mouldings, or other work — See Tables of Ditto. 
N. Ji. A^ hen a board is fixed on the top to project, 

and the edge rounded, six holes cut in ditto to receive 

the bottles, to I)e the same price as the start. 



A SQUARE 



1 








5 


u 


3 





2 





1 


1 








3 





3 





4 





4 





4.1: 



286 



A SQUARE KNIFE-TRAY. 



£. s. 



Twelve inches long, eight inches wide; a partition in 
the middle scollop'd ; a hand-hole in ditto, or a brass 

handle let on ; the edges of sides and bottom rounded 2 

EXTRAS. 

A single one, extra ■ • • • 

Two ditto, each 

Three ditto, ditto • • •• 

Four ditto, ditto • • • • 

Five ditto, ditto 

Six considered a job. 

Each extra inch in length or Avidtli 

Each extra partition o 

Each extra inch in length or width, when an extra 

partition 

Rabbeting the sides to receive the bottom 

If this tray is made bevelling, extra 

Working an astragal on the edge of sides, each side 

extra from start li 

Oihng and polishing ' 2 



1 








5 





3 





2 





1 





Of 





8 





1 





4 


1 


6 



A BUTLER'S 



287 

A BUTLER'S TRAY. 

Two feet three inches long, one foot eight inches wide or 
under ; the rim three inches and a half deep ; two 
hand-iioles in ditto; the edge of rim and bottom 
rounded 2 6 

EXTRAS. 

A single one, extra 1 

Two ditto, eacli 5 

Three ditto, ditto 3 

Tour (htto, ditto 2 

Five ditto, ditto 1 

Six considered a job. 

Each extra inch in length or width 1 

Each half-inch in depth of rim 2 

Each hand-hole 2i 

A low front, the sides shaped witli an ogee, plain hollow, 

or rounded down to ditto, extra 5 

Each square in scollops J 

A round-front, extra 1 

Rabbeting the bottom to receive the rim of a square 

tray 5 

Ditto, when a round-front 7 

Each brass plate screw'd on the corners 1 

Ditto, when let in flush 1\ 

NMien 



288 

£. s. d. 
When ditto is filed, and clcan'd off with the wood, each 4 

Grooving the bottom, to receive cloth 4 

Lining tiie bottom with cloth 4 

A lippiiig of cloth on the bottom 2 

It" the rim ot this tray is less than three and a half inclies 

deep, deduct for each half-inch down to two inches • ■ 1 j 
If the low front is made with round corners, tongued into 

the front and sides, extra 1 3 

If less than six round-front or round-corner trajs, to take 

the same extras as straight-fronts. 
Lipping the bottom for cloth — See Table, K"^ 21. 
An astragal, or other mouldings, on the edge of rim or 

bottom — See Tables of Ditto. 
Oiling and polishing ■ 3 



A TRAY STAND. 



Made as a camp stool, three feet three inches high when 
shut, one foot ten inches wide or under, with tv.'o 
centre screws to ditto, two rails in each, of inch stuff- -029 

EXTRAS. 

A single one, extra 

Two ditto, ciich 

Three ditto, ditto • 

Four considered a job. 

J'.ach 






9 





3 





11 



5. 


d. 





1 





1 



289 

Each extra inch in height or width 

NaiHng on tlic web, each piece 

Morticino; through the rails for ditto, and fixing eacli end 

of ditto 1] 

Working a bead on the stajidards or rails, without stops 

or mitres, every three feet 1 

A tiap-top, two feet thijee inches long, one foot ten inches 

wide, hinged with swan-neck hinges, the plates on the 

edge of top let in, to turn over against the stand, of 

three-quarter stuff or under 

Each extra inch in length or width of top 

Clamping the top — See Table of Ditto. 

Rounding the edge of top long-way, per foot 

Ditto cnd-Avay 

Lctting-in a square plate to receixe a leg und^r the top, 

and a plate screw'd on the top of the leg 

Nailing on two pieces of web, to receive the leg 

Making a button, and screwing ditto on the frame, to 

fasten the top, each 

Oiling and polishing, without a top 

Ditto, with a top 

Mouldings on the edges — See Table of Ditto. 



2 


8 





u 





oi 





01 





31- 





2i 





U 





2^- 





3.J 



p p A SQUARE 



290 



A SQUARE SANDWICH TRAY. 

£. s. d. 

The bottom two feet four incli,es long, one foot nine inches ^ 
wide, square-clampt ; the sides three inches deep, and 
three-quarters of an inch thick, or under; the top edge 
rounded, the corners to form a mitre ; four hand-holes 
in ditto, and four pair of reverse desk-hinges let-in 
flush ; a quirk bead on the joint, and four quadrant- 
catches on the sides 9 

EXTRAS. 

A single one, extra 1 

Two ditto, each 4 

Three ditto, ditto 2 

Each extra inch in length or width l| 

Each extra half-inch in depth of sides 2 

Each extra hinge, as in start 3 

If the hinges are filed flush, with brass screws, each hinge extra 1^ 

Ditto, if iron screws 2 

Letting-in a pin and socket, prepared for the workman 1^ 
Ditto when a pin only, and the hole for ditto is in the 

catch, each I 

Workiuij; a hollow on the edge of the bottom, when a 

quirk bead in the Joint, extra 5 

Ditto, when without a bead 3 

For mouldings on ditto — See Tablks of Ditto. 

Oihng anil polishing • 6 

An 



991 



An- oval SAND^YICrI TRAY. 

Tluce feet lonsi, two feet six inches uide or under Avlien 
open, the edge rounded, four hand-holes, the bottom 
square-clampt, four pair of reverse desk-hinges let-in 
fliisli, and a quirk head work'd on the joints, of tlnee- 

quartcr stuff or under S 9 

N. B. If made circular, two feet nine inches when 
open, to be the same as the start oval. 

EXTRAS. 

A single one, extra 1 

Two ditto, each 4 

Three ditto, ditto 2 

Four considered as a job. 

Each extra inch in length or width 1 j 

Each extra liinge, as in start 3 

If these hinges are filed flush, with brass screws, each 

Knme extra 1 i 

Ditto, if iron screws 2 

If stop-hinges, with a strap on each side, the same 

number as in start, extra • • • 3 6 

Each extra, stop-hinge S 

If these hinyes are filed flush, each hinge extra 2 

Framing the lK)ttom with one pannel, extra from clamjmig 13 

Ditto with two pannels '2 

Ditto with four pannels • 3 6 

^V orking 



292 

£. s. d. 
"Working a hollow on the edge of bottom, when a quirk 

bead in the joint, extra 5 

Ditto, when without a bead S 

Tov other extras — A^ee Square Sandwich Tray. 

For mouldings— -See Tables of Ditto. 

Oiling and polishing 6 



An oval tea TRAY 



Two feet long or under, a solid bottom and plain rim, 

the edge of lim and bottom rounded 3 9 



EXTRAS. 



o 



A single one, extra • 1 

Two ditto 1 

Three ditto 9 

Four ditto 6 

Five ditto 3 

Six considered a job. 

Each extra inch in length If 

Each joint in the bottom Ij 

Veneering the bottom — See Table, N° 6'. 
Each joint in ditto — See Tables. 

Veneering the edge of rim 6 

A triple string on ditto 10 

Cross-banding ditto, at per foot Q^ 

Scolloping 



203 

ScollopinGj tlic rim 

Veneering the edge, Avhcn seollop'cl 

A triple string on ditto • 

Cross-banding ditto, at per foot 

Staiiiinsi tlie edye of bottom 

Grooving-in slips, to make the bottom straight, each slip 

A pair of metal handles 

Grooving the bottom, for the edge of cloth 

Lipping the bottom for cloth — See Table, ]S° 2]. 

Lining the bottom with cloth 

Oiling and polishing 



s. 


d. 





10 





11 


1 


3 





3.V 





4 





2 





G 










4 





3k 



HANGING BOOK-SHELVES. 

Three shelves, two feet long, nine inches wide or under, 

four holes in each to receive cords 2 3 

EXTRAS. 

A single set, extra 3 

For extra shelves, or extra siiic from start, See. — Sec 
Open Carcase. 

A pair of frames for the ends, of three-quarter stuff, 
morticed or mitred together, without rabbets or mould- 
inirs, each frame to measure ciuhteen inches when the 
length and width are added to<>;ethcr 1 li 

Each extra two inches in Icnoith or width of each irame 0$ 

Rabbetintc 



294 

£' s. d. 

Rabbeting each frame, to receive wire- work 3 

Fitting and fixing wire-work to be paid for according 

to time. 
A quirk bead on the inner edge of frames, each frame • • 3 
Mouldings on edges — See Tables of Ditto. 

\''encering each frame, mitred at the corners 

Oihng and poUshing both sides, when made as the start- • 

Ditto, when made with ends 

Ditto each extra shelf, or each extra six inches in length 

or height 1 



OPEN BOOK-SHELVES. 






8 





4 





7 



Three feet long, three feet high to the top of the upper 
shelf, the ends nine inches wide, without a back ; four 
shelves, dovetail-grooved into the ends ; the tops of the 
ends scollop'd with a hollow, round, or ogee, and the 
bottom of the ends and front edges of shelves square; 
of three-quarter stuff or under 6 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

A single one, extra 

Each inch less in length, down to two feet 

Each extra inch in length, to three feet six inches 

Ditto in heio-ht 

Ditto less, down to two feet 

Ditto 






6 





1 





U 





01 





0^ 



295 

£. s. d. 

Ditto in width of ends, when three feet long or under, lo 

six inches wide 3 

Ditto, when above three feet • • 4r 

N. B. If above three feet six inches long and three 

feet six inches high, to be taken from Opkn Carcase. 
For extra shelves, or other work in ditto — See Ovrh 

Carcase, pngc 25. 
If a plain back to tiiis job — Sec Open Carcase. 
A framed ditto— &c Table, N° 18. 
Quirk-beading the shelves or ends, every three feet • • • • 

Mitring ditto, each end 

Scolloping the ends with hollow, round, or ogee, when 

of halt-inch stutf, each scollop 

Ditto, when of three-quarter stuti' 

Each break in ditto 

Continuing the quirk bead on the scollops, each bead 

on each scollop 

Ditto each break 

Oiling and polishing both sides, the start size op under • • 
Ditto each extra shelf, or each extra six inches in length 

or height ll 






1 





0^ 





H 





2 





Of 





0^ 





oi 





8 



A MOVING 



296 



A MOVING LIBRARY, or BOOK-STAND, N° 1. 

All solid. — Two feet long, three feet three inches high, 
one foot wide ; the top lap-dovetail'd or dovetail- 
groov'd on the ends ; two fixed shelves ; shoulder in 
front, exclusive of the bottom, square edge to ditto ; 
plain back, clean'd on the outside ; on four stump feet, 
put in with a. pin ; the inside polish'd witli soft wax • • 8 6 

EXTRAS. 

A single one, extra 

Each inch more in length 

Ditto in height 

Ditto in width, including the start shelves • 

Each extra shelf, nine inches wide 

Each extra inch in width of shelf 

If the ends are scollop'd at each shelf with a plain, 

hollow, round, or ogee, each scollop 

Each square to ditto • • • 

Each ovalo • • •'• ' • • 

A rim in top — See Chamber Table. 

If the ends are carried up to form a tray top, extra • • • • 

Sweeping the top edge of the back 

Ditto serpentine 

* Shaping tlie front corners of the ends, when a tray top, 

with a hollow or round, each corner • • 

Ditto, when made to stand up above two inches, each 

corner ' • • 






& 





3 










4 





9 





Ok 





U 





1 





3 





6 





4 





6 





n 





2 


Each 



297 

£. i. d. 

Fiacli break in cither of the above sweeps Oi 

A Ihip, eleven inches wide or under, square-clampt and 
rabbeted, hinged to turn down, supported with a joint 

stay or a quadrant, not let into the ends 3 8 

Each extra inch in length or width of ll.ip Oj 

If the ends are made one foot eight inches wide, and the 
back i)ut up the middle, to form a double front, as in 

start 4 10 

If the back is brought through the midille of the top, and 

to stand up, when a tray top, extra 6 

Each extra inch in length, when a double front 5 

Ditto in height 4 

Ditto in width 4 

A deal frame, for stump feet — -See Dressing Chest. 

Veneering ends, &c. — See Tables of Ditto. 

Lipping or lining the flap — See Table of Ditto. 

Joints and cuts — S^e Table of Ditto. 

Mouldings, (Sec. — See Tables. 

For doors or drawers — See Tables. 

Oihng and polishing, single front, the start size or under .005 

Ditto, when a double front 9 

Ditto every extra six inches in length or height, when a 

single front, or an extra shelf 0' Ok 

Ditto, when a double front, or two extra shelves 1 

Ditto, each flap, at per foot run 0^ 



Q «^ A MOVING 



298 



A MOVING LIBRARY, N° 2. 

£. s. d. 

All solid. — Two feet six inches long, one foot wide, three 

feet high or under ; two shelves, exclusive of the 
bottom ; the back framed into the legs ; two rails 
framed to each end, to support the shelves, or fixed 
Avithout rails; square edge to ditto; plain Marlbro' 
legs; the ends rabbeted to receive wire-work ; the inside 
polished with soft Avax IS 10 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

A single one, extra • 6 

Each inch more in length or width 3 

Ditto in height 2 

Each shelf more or less, with two rails, as in start • • • • 1 6 

Plollowing the front of each shelf 5 

When a rim in the top — See Chamber Table. 
Making the top to rise with a horse, and bottom under 

ditto, the start size or under 4 

For other extras in ditto — See Writing Table, N° 1, 

page 85. 
Sawing-down and glueing-up stuff — See Table, N° 1. 
!^^ouldings, or other extras — See Tables of Ditto. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 5 

Ditto, every extra six inches in length or height, or an 

extra shelf Oj 



A SCREEN 



899 



A SCREEN DRESSING-GLASS. 



X'. s. cL 



All solid. — The inside of the frame two ieet ten inches by 
one foot eight inches; framed back, with four pannels, 
the frame to swing on barrel centers ; the claws as 
N" 1 ; common castors ; the i'ront of the glass frame 
cross-banded ; two rails between standards, either tnrn'd 
or square ; the weights prepared for the workman • • • • 1 3 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 



A single one, extra 1 

Each extra inch in length or width S 

Each extra rail or stretcher 1 

If the glass is made to swing, and not to rise, deduct • • 6 
For beading or mouldings on standards — See 1'ables of 

Ditto. 
If a moulding on the front of glass frame, deduct for 

cross-band as per Table, and add for mouldings as 

Table of Ditto. 
Veneering standards or rails — See Table of Ditto. 
For extra work in claws-^— »S«e Table of Ditto. 
For bandino; and strineing; — See Table of Ditto. 

Each candle-board 6 

If plintlis between the claws, or mouldings above ditto — 
• See Sofa Table, page 133. 

Plates under claws — See Table of Brass-work, page 35. 
Oiling and ])oliblung 8 

A CLO'I'llES- 



300 



A CLOTHES-HORSE, N° 1. 

Two feet three inches long, three feet high or under ; 
common ogee claws ; the standards rounded on the 
top ends, and single-tenon'd into ditto ; three rails ; the 
top edge of ditto feint-rounded 2 6 

EXTRAS. 



A single one, extra • 8 

Two ditto 6 

Three ditto • 5 

Each extra inch in length or width Oj 

A square shelf, five inches wide, the start length or under, 
to lie on the claws, and block'd to ditto, extra from 

start 7 

If ditto is tenon'd into the standards or claws, extra- • • • 2 

Each extra rail 4 

Two leaves, with three rails in each, the start size or 

under, hinged to the standards, to fold in the center • • 3 

Each extra inch in length or width of leaves when together 0| 

Tapering the claws, each side Oi 

Oiling and polishing • S 

Ditto the leaves, or shelf, each 2 



A rOLDING 



501 



A FOLDING CLOTflES-IlORSE, N° 2. 

£' «. (f- 
Two leaves, three feet six inches higli, four feet wide 
or under when open, made of inch stuff, three rails in 
each leaf, the edge of ditto and tops of standards feint- 
rounded, hinged with a pair of common butt hinges • • 3 

N. B. If the edges of rails in clothes-horses are not 
rounded, no deduction. 

EXTRAS. 

A single one, extra 

Two ditto 

Each extra inch in length or height of each leaf 

Each extra leaf, including a pair of butt hinges 

Each extra rail 

Oiling and polishing, each leaf 



A HORSE FIRE-SCREEN. 






6 





4 





Oi 


1 


8 





4 





3 



All solid. — Three feet two inches high, and one foot eight 
inches wide, with two straight rails, a quirk bead on 
the inner edge of the framing, the straining-frame with 
two rails framed across, claws as N° 1, of inch-aud- 
quarter stuff • • 8 

EXTRAS, 



302 

£» s'. d. 

EXTRAS. 

A single one, extra 1 

Each inch more in height or width Ig- 

Making the straining-frame to slide through the top rail, 
the edge of ditto slipp'd with mahogany, the screw 
holes plugg'd up, the top edge of the screen veneer'd, 
and a scratch bead on ditto, to rise with a common 

spring • • 

Making ditto to rise in T grooves, extra from plain ditto 

Veneering standards or rails — Sec Table of Ditto. 

If the slips are groov'd to receive the straining-frame, extra 

A quirk bead on the inner edge of ditto 

Each extra rail • 

Extra work in claws — See Table of Ditto. 

Covering one side of the straining-frame with tammy- • • • 

Ditto both sides 

Coverins; one side of the strainino;-frame with silk 

Ditto both sides 

Covering both sides of the straining-frame with paper • • 

Oiling and polishing 



A SLIDING FIRE-SCREEN. 



All solid. — Four feet four inches high, one foot ten inches 
wide ; three rails ; one fast slraijiijig-frame, and one to 



2 





1 


9 


1 








6 





7 





6 





8 





8 





10 





2 





4 



slide 



503 

slide out at each side in grooves, with mahogany slij)s 
screw'd on the edges after they are covered, with small 
grooves in the rails to receive the stops; the uprights 
cut away, for the straining-frames to slide out, and the 
pieces fixed on the edges of ditto ; the top rail screw'd 
on, or dovetail'd into the standards, and a small mould- 
ing mitred round the bottom of ditto ; the claws as 
N° 1. 1 1 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

A single one, extra 

Each inch more in height or width 

Each inch less in width, down to one foot four inches • • 

Papering the straining-frames, each side 

Covering ditto with tammy on one side 

Ditto on both sides 

Ditto with silk on one side • 

Ditto on both sides 

For extra work in claws — «S'ee Tables of Ditto. 

Oiling and polishing 7 



1 








4 





s 





U 





8 





10 





10 


] 






A rOLDING FIRE-SCREEN. 

Two leaves, three feet six inches high, two feet wide when 
open, with three rails in each leaf; the upper j)art of 
the framing rabbeted to receive the tammy ; hinged 
•with two or three hinges ; a quirk bead on the inner 

edge of the framing 6 6 

EXTRAS, 



504 

EXTRAS. 

A single one, extra 1 

Ditto, with three leaves 10 

Ditto, with four leaves 8 

Two screens as in start, extra each 4 

Ditto with three leaves, each 2 

Ditto with four leaves, considered a job. 

Each inch more, in height, when two leaves 3 

Ditto, in width 2 

Ditto, when sliding pannels or straining-frames, in height S^^ 

Ditto, ditto, in width 2^ 

Each rail more or less •••• 6 

Each mahogany sliding square frame, rabbeted to receive 

the tammy 2 

Each straining-frame, with one cross rail, put in with 

beads, behind 1 

Each extra cross rail in ditto 3 

Making each straining-frame slide, with a slip mitred 

round ditto 1 

Making ditto slide through the top rail, as in Horse Fire- 
screen, each frame 2 

Each extra leaf, with three rails, start size 3 6 

Each extra inch in height or width of ditto Ij 

Ditto, when sliding pannels or straining-frames 1^ 

Putting on the tammy, with braid each side of each pannel 7 

Ditto, with beads 9 

For covering the frames — See House Fire-screen. 

Oiling and polishing, as in start 7 

Ditto each extra leaf (; 3 

A POLE- 



305 



A POLE-SCREEN STAND, N° l. 

P. X. d. 

The pillar and pole turn'd, on three claws, as N° 1 • • ■ • 3 

EXTRAS. 

A sin5;le one, extra 6 

Sa wing-out claws, and extra work in ditto — -See Table, 

N^27. 

Fixing a pulley in a round pole 1 i 

IMaking and cleaning a scpiare pole, and fixing a pulley 

in ditto .5 

Cutting a slit in a pole, and cleaning ditto, for a paper 

mount 2\ 

Oiling and polishing 3 



A POLE-SCREEN STAND, N° 3. 

Square block, three steps high, plain taper pedestal, and 
square pole 4 

EXTRAS. 

A single one, extra 6 

Each extra step 8 

Mitring each step 6 

For therming, veneering, mitring, and corner strings — 
See Tables of Ditto. 

Oiling and })olishing • 3 

u R • A TRI- 



• 



506 



A TRIANGULAR BOTTOM for a FIRE-SCREEN. 

£. s. d. 
All solid. — Of inch-and-quarter stuff, twelve inches dia- 
meter or under, with square edge, on three turn'd feet 2 

EXTRAS. 

A single one, extra 6 

Each extra inch in diameter Of 

Ditto each extra quarter-inch in thickness li 

Sweeping each side 2 

If morticed together, or glued-up in two thicknesses • • • • 6 

Plain taper feet, each extra 2 

For veneering, therming, or moulding — -See Tables of 
Ditto. 

Sinking the bottom for lead 4 

Filling ditto with lead, and cleaning off 3 

Oiling and polishing 2 

Ditto, when a turn'd pillar and pole 3 



MOUNTS FOR POLE FIRE-SCREENS. 

Making a square straining-frame, with one cross rail • • • • 1 

Each extra rail 3 

Each side more than four, extra 2 

A bead mitred round a square frame, with both edges 

rounded 6 

Ditto on each extra side 1^ 

An 



507 

All astragal round a square frame, stuck on l)otl» edges, 

mitred and kej'd 1 '2 

Ditto, on each extra side 3 

It" grooved to clip a square Iramc, extra 4 

Ditto on each extra side 1 

A square frame, with astragal or crossband on the front, 

and bead behind, to keep in the straining-frame ] 6 

Ditto on ei'ch extra side Sh 

Working an astragal on the back edge, with the inner 

square mitred round, to keep in the straining-liame • • 3 

Each extra side Ok 

An oval board for painting or papering 8 

Making an oval or vase-pattern straining-frame 1 4 

r^ ■ ,' .1 , f on one side- • • • 5 
Loverms; a square irame witij tammy- - < , , . , 

"^ ^ -^ (on both sides .-007 

T»-,4^ n 11 (on one side- •• • 7 

Ditto with silk ' • ' '< 

I on both sides • • 9 

Covering an octagon, oval, or vase-pat-|on one side* • • • 6 

tern frame with tammy 3 on both sides • • 8 

C on one side • • • • 8 

1< 

Covering straining-frames with paper, each side 1 

A bead round an oval frame, both edges rounded 10 

Ditto round a vase-pattern 1 Q 

An oval frame, glued up, veneer'd cross-way on the front, 

and a l)ead behind to keep in the straining-frame • • • • 3 

Dittcf, with an astragal on the front S 4 

A vase-pattern, extra 9 

Veneering the back of an oval fmme 10 

Ditto 



Ditto . . with silk > , , . , 

on both Sides • • 10 



^>08 



£. 

Ditto vase-pattern 

Working an astragal on the back of an oval frame, ' one 

inch square, to keep in the straining-frame 

Ditto on a vase-pattem • 

A single one, extra 

Oiling and polishing ditto .••••.• 



A WINDOW-BLIND. 



s. 


d. 


1 


2 


1 


2 


1 


6 





6 





2 



Three feet long, two feet high, rabbeted for canvas, a 
bead on the inner edge of the framing, and beads 
behind 2 4 

EXTRAS. 

A single one, extra ..•••• • 6 

Each extra inch in length or height Of 

Putting; in the canvas 6 



A pair of folding-blinds, the size and other work as above, 
with a bolt and turnbuckle morticed in, the frames 

rabbeted together, and a bead between ditto 4 3 

EXTRAS. 

A single pair, extra 3 

Each frame more than two, included in the above size- • 0^0 

Each inch more in height, when three frames li 

Putting in the canvas, each frame, in folding blinds 4i 

Hanging 



-^09 



OK 

r. .T. J. 

ilangiiic stiles, aiul liingoiiic; to ditto, per pn'w 1 

yittinu, aiul lixiiig to be paid for according to time. 

If no nd)hels, I)ut a bead worked on botli sides, deduct 

from each tianie 4 

Oiling and polishing, eacli frame 3 



A DUMD-WMTER. 



All solid, with two heights of boards. — The top board to 
measure twenty inches diameter, the lower ditto to 
measure two feet; on three claws, of two-inch stuff or 
under, as N° 1 ; the boards finished by the turner, 
except planing the under-side 4 6 

EXTRAS. 

A single one, extra 1 

Each extra inch in diameter, each board 0/ 

Each board more than two, as in start 6 

If the u[)per top is supported by small columns, Avilli 

turn'd pins, each column 3 

Ditto, with squaie tenons 5 

Cler.ning the top side of each board, at per foot superficial, 

when not turned •, 2 

A rim of bead stidl", a quarter of an inch high, the groove 

prepared by the turner, tha edge of ditto roimded, 

each top O 10 

A ditto, when grooved by the workman, at per foot run extra oi, 

Each 



310 



£. s. d. 



Each top made to turn down with two rule-joints, and a 
piece bevel'd off" at each end to support ditto, to turn on 
the pillar, the top in that case shaped b}- the workman, 
square edge to ditto, the holes prepared by the turner. 4 

A wood spring under the boards, each extra 3? 

Sawing-out pillars — -See Table, N° 22. 

Extra claws— See Table, N° 27- 

Mouldings on edges of tops or claws — See Tables 
of Ditto. 

Oiling and polishing, as in start 7 

Ditto, each extra top Q 2 



BED-STEPS, N° 1. 



All solid. — One foot four inches long, one foot six inches 
from back to front; two steps in height, the upper 
step half lap-dovetail'd, as a carcase, and fixed to a 
square frame at bottom, or framed open, with four 
rails under the top ; the upper framing an inch and a 
half wide, the lower ditto two inches wide or under ; 
plain Marlbro' legs ; the steps block'd on, square edge 
to ditto 5 



EXTRAS. 



A single one, extra 1 

Each inch more in length or width 00 2 

If 



311 



s. 



If the back legs are continued to the top, when inclosed 

ends, extra 8 

Veneering the ends, when inclosed, each end 4 

For other extras — -See Bed-steps, N° 2 and 3. 

Oihng and polishing • 4 

For mouldings, banding, &c. — Ste Tables of Ditto. 



BED-STEPS, N°2. 



All solid. — One foot four inches square, plain Marlbro' 
legs, the framing eleven inches deep, the top hinged to 
the back, square edge to ditto ; inside prepared for a 
night-stool, the legs cut away to receive the seat, a 
ste[) to thaw out, the rails of ditto one inch and three 
quarters wide, the front legs framed to ditto ; the sides 
of the carcase and frame grooved, and a tongue to 
ditto ; a leg in the back rail ; the top of step to rest 
on slips 9 6 

EXTRAS. 

A single one, extra « 1 

Eacli inch more in length, width, or depth of framing • • a 

For other extras — ^ee Bed-steps, N°l <^-S, 07*Tables,^c. 

Oiling and polishing 4 



BED' 



512 



BED-STEPS, N" 3. 

£. s. d. 

All solid. — One foot four inches long, two feet three inches 

from back to front ; three steps in height, ' the two 
upper steps half Jap-dovetail'd together as a carcase, 
and fixed to a square frame at bottom, or framed open, 
with four rails under each step ; tlie upper framing one 
inch and half wide, the under ditto two inches wide or 
under; plain Marlbro' legs; the steps block'd on, 
square edge to ditto 9 6" 



1 








3 





4 



EXTRAS. 

A single one, extra 

Each extra inch in length or width 

Each extra rail, Avhen framed open 

Hollowing the corners of the legs, or reducing ditto to the 

thickness of the framing, each corner 3 

When the front of the step is made as a frame, each step 

extra 9 

If the back legs are continued to the top, when inclosed 

ends, extra 

Lipping the top edge of pot cupboard 

Veneering ends, when inclosed, each end 

Ditto the front of each step 

For veneering rails — See Table of Ditto. 

Hingeing the top to turn up, or front of the step to turn 

down, with common hinges, cleaning the inside, and 

puttijig-in a bottom to ditto 1 8 

Ditto, 



1 








6 





7 





4 



""IS 






4 





4 





31 






r> 





0-1 





6 








Dillo, if rabbeted as a secretary drawer 2 4 

Spring or lock on ditto — See Tables of Ditto. 
Lipping the top of each step for carjiet or cloth, extra 

from cleaning, niitros or butt joints included 

Lining the steps with carpet, each ste[) 

Ditto with doth 

A night-stool to draw out in front, wilh the top hinged 

to a piece fixed to the back of ditto 4 9 

Square-clamping ditto, or a loose seat, each clamp one 

foot long or under 

Every three inches in extra length 

INIitre-clamping ditto, each mitre 

Ploujihing and tongueing the loose seat 

A square bidet drawer in front, without a bottom, for a 

square pan, the top hinged to a piece fixed to the back 4 3 
AiVhen the bidet drawer is made narrower than the carcase, 

])y a piece fixed on each side, to form j)ilasters in front, 

with two linings to ditto, extra 1 6 

For other extras in bidet — Sec Dressing Table, N° 3. 
If the bidet is in the end of steps — See Shaving-stand, 

^^° 1. 

,-A- flap-lwiged inside, te-eover tlte pa rr — • ^^^. . . .- r T-rv — q — Q-^-fr 

A rim grooved in the top, to form a tra}' 1 

Each upright slip of veneer, an inch wide or under, on 

the front of the step, to pr()ject its own thickness • • • • 

Each ditto, from inch to inch and half 

Each ditto, to two inches wide 

Each pilaster of quarter stuti', two inches wide or 

under 

s s 






U 





2 





u 





H- 




If 



314 

£. s. d. 
If inclosed witli tiat pannels plough'd-in, when framed 

as in start, each pannel 8 

An ovalo on the edge of framing, each pannel 6 

Veneering pannels — See Table of Ditto. 

Kabbeting the framing, or Avorking a hollow to receive 

cane-work, each pannel 3 

Sinking the steps or top for carpet or cloth, when solid, 

each 6 

Glueing-on stuff for mouldings, or working ditto — See 

Tables of Ditto. 

Oiling and polishing, as in start 7 

Ditto, when a night-stool or bidet drawer, extra 3 



A BED-TABLE. 



All solid. — Two feet five inches long, one foot eight inches 
wide ; a hollow in the middle of front, six inches deep ; 
a rim of bead stuff, a quarter of an inch deep, grooved- 
in all round, the edge of ditto rounded ; two clamps 
viuider the top ; four turn'd legs, to screw into ditto, 
prepared by the turner 3 3 

EXTRAS. 

A single one, extra 6 

Each extra inch in length or width Of 

For extra depth of rim — See Chamber T abi^v., page 79. 
^Mouldings on top — See Tables of Ditto. 

Oiling and polishing , • 4 

A CAN- 



S15 



A CANTERBURY for MUSIC BOOKS. 

£. s, d. 
All soliil. — One foot six inches long, one foot wide, one 
foot seven inches high ; the lianiing four inches deep, 
with a drawer, scratch-beaded, without a lock ; two 
Jong piutitions mitred into the top of the end rails, with 
four uprights framed into each, and two ditto in back 
and front ; the upper rails one incii wide or under; the 
upper part of the legs rabbeted or hollowcd-out to the 
thickness of the rails, the bottom titted-in between 
ditto ; one rail across the middle of each end ; plain 
Marlbro' legs, of inch stutJ'; the top edges of partitions 
and rails rounded Ol6 

EXTRAS. 

A single one, extra 1 3 

Each inch more in length '^k 

Ditto in width 2 

Ditto in depth of framing o-i 

Each long partition more or less, the top edge rounded, 

&c. as in start 1 6 

Each short ditto, with three uprights in ditto 1 2 

Each extra upright rail 3 

Each plain scollop in an upright or leg Of 

Each hollow or round-top rail, the edge of ditto rounded 5 

Ditto, serpentine 6 

If the middle rail is made serpentine, and a hand-hole in 

ditto 9 

Each 



316 

Each long rail, with linings and slips, for an extm drawer_^ - C ~7 

For an extra drawer — Set Table of Ditto. 

Veneering rails, &c. — See Tablk. 

'J'apering legs, and sawing-out ditto, when thicker than 

inch stutf — Sec Table. 
For castors — See Table. 
Astragal, and sinking ditto — See Table. 
Oiling and polishing G 



A MUSIC OR BOOK STAND. 

All solid. — Four feet high, one foot six inches long, one 
foot two inches wide; one drawer, scratch-beaded, 
without a lock ; four shelves, including the top, screw'd 
into rabbets under the rails, or fixed on the top or 
bottom of the rails, and the edge of siielves i-oundcd ; 
the lower rails four inches wide, upper rails one inch 
wide ; the legs square or turn'd, of inch-and-quarter 
stuff or under 14 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

A single one, extra 9 

Each inch more in length or width • 3j 

Ditto less, down to one foot two inches 3 

Ditto more in height Of 

Ditto 



s. 


il. 





ov 


1 


10 





0} 





o\ 



317 

Ditto loss, down to two feet .six inches • • • • 

Each shelf iiioiv or less, iiirhuiiii<>; four rails 

Each extra halt-inch in clc|)th of framing, for shelves or 

top, each rail • * V 

Each extra inch in depth of lower framing iind drawer • • 
Veneering drawer fronts, rails, legs, s^ielves, or top — See 

Tables of Ditto. 
Extra drawer — See Table. 

Each rail more or less 

Each npright ditto between the shelves {) 

Scolloping each rail with a plain hollow 

Ditto with an ogee 

Rounding the edge of rails, each rail, at per foot () 

Beveling the rails inside, each 

Astragal, or corner lines — See Tables of Ditto. 

Springing the legs — ^SVe Table, 1S° 23. 

If inclosed on three sides, eleven inches deeper than the 

start rails, when start size or under 

Each extra inch in length of inclosure, each rail 

Each extra inch in depth of frame 

A j)hiin door, scratch-beaded, the start size or under, 

Avith turnbuckle 

Eacii extra inch in length or width • • • .• 

If made with fi^iiling doors, or other extras in ditto — See 

Square Inclosed Basox-stand, fagc 24o. 
If the legs are cut square at the tof) to the thickness of 

the rails, to form a tray top, extra 7 

A rim grooved into the back and ends of top, one inch 

wide 






3 










2 





2.^ 





0^^ 





0^ 



o 







0.1 





3 


1 


4 





oi 



518 

£. s. d. 

Avide or under, initred and key'd at the back, and 

rounded down at front, the start size or under Oil 

Extra size, or other extras in ditto — See ChamberTable. 
Making the top to rise v-ith a horse, and a bottom under 

ditto 3 9 

If made without a bottom, and two pieces fixed on end 

rails, to receive the toe of horse, deduct 8 

Li])ping the top edge with veneer long-way, mitred at the 

corners, start size 

Each extra foot of lipping 

Cross-way, extra per foot 

If made narrower at top than at bottom, the shelves 

screw'd under the rails, as in start 

Ditto, when the shelves are fixed above the rails 

If the top is made with double rise — See Writing Table. 
For castors — See Table of Bruss-uork. 
For other extras — See Tables of Ditto. 

Oiling and polishing, the start size or under 10 

Ditto every extra six inches in length or width, or an 

extra shelf ^ 2 



TRIO TABLES. 



All solid.— One foot six inches long, by thirteen inches 
wide ; four square or turn'd columns, the clamps plain- 
grooved into the tops, a quarter-round on the ends of 






7 





1 





Oh 


3 





3 


9 



ditto, 



319 

ditto, witli swept stretchers, glued-up in tliree thick- 
nesses, the edges of ditto rounded, on hollow, round, 
or ogee claws, tiipcr'd ; the claws, standards, and 
clamps, of inch stuff 1 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 



A single set, extra 1 

'J'wo sets, extra each iJ 

Each incii more or less, when three tallies o 

Ditto, four tables 8 

Each table more than three • 6 6 

Ditto less Q 

Ellijitic stretcliers, extra from sweep, each 2 

Round-corner ditto, ditto, each 4 

If stretchers are morticc<l through the back columns into 
the front, or two short rails framcd-in between ditto, 

each table extra 6 

Each extra round, hollow, or scjuare, on clamps 1 

Veneering clamps, each side 2. 

Ditto the underside of hollow or round of clamps, to be 

charged by time. 
Rounding the corners of tops — See Pembroke T.sble. 
^Vllcn4 made with straight stretchers, deduct for each 

sweep stretcher 9 

Then add for each straight stretcher i 

If made with straight rails, and turn'd stump fi^et in ditto 

instead of claws, deduct from each table 1 2 

Cock-beads grooved in the tops, each table 6 

Moulding 



520 

Moulding edges, banding, and stringing— ■See Tables 

of Ditto. ' '• ' 
Veneering tops, edges, oi' claws — &e Tables of Ditto. 
Oiling and polishing, each table 4 



A VASE. 

Glued-up for the turner, twelve joints in ditto, Avith a 

solid top and bottom 6" 

EXTRAS. 

Each extra joint 6" 

Each joint in the top of the vase 6 

Ditto in the bottom 4 

Glucing-up the top or bottom of the vase in thicknesses, 

each joint •. 3 

A square coved bottom 3 6 

Veneering the vase, twelve joints in ditto, with or without 

a string, each joint 1 

Each extra joint 1 

If the strings uj) the joints are continued into the frieze, 

with circular tops to ditto, each joint extra 3 

Putting-in a tongue of wood or brass on the top edge of 

the vase, the groove for ditto to be pre|:>ared by the 

turner •' - C 

Veneering the frieze at the top of the vase I 6" 

Putting-in quarter stuff for fluting, the turner to prepare 

tlic groove for ditto * 1 9 

For 



32] 

£. s. (i. 
For the price of fluting — Sec Table of Ditto. 
An astragal rouiul the top or bottom ollhc frciiie long-\va3-, 

each ' 1 6 

Ditto cross-way, the turner to prepare the groove and 

ivork the moulding 

A triple string round ditto, each 

Putting-in stutl' for a moulding in the body of the vase, 

the turner to prepare the groove and work the moulding 

Fixing the vase to pedestal 

Oiling and polishing 



1 





1 


U 








1 





.0 


6 



A VASE KNIFE-CASE, K° 1. 

For three dozen of knives, forks, or spoons; sixteen joints 
in the body, and the same in the top ; the top to rise 
■with a square stem, the plinth scjuarc, and the bottom 
of ditto lined with cloth 1 9 

EXTRAS. 

Every dozen more than three 2 6 

Putting-on a lock 6 

Cross-banding the rivet, with a white rim round the edge of 

the steps, per foot 5 

Oiling and polishing G 

T T A VASE 



». 



22 



A VASE KNIFE-CASE, N° 2. 



£' s. d. 



Tor three dozen of knives, forks, or spoons; plain 
veneered ; twelve joints, a string in each joint ; beaded 
round the hollow at top and the square part of the 
plinth ; the bottom lined with cloth 118 



A VASE KNIFE-CASE, N° 3. 

For three dozen of knives, forks, or spoons ; plain 
veneer'd ; twelve joints with ogee brackets, a string in 
the round of the ogee ; a cross-band round the top of the 
square of the plinth, a ditto round the body of the 
vase under the cutting open, and a ditto round the top 
of the hollow in the head • 2 1 6 

EXTRAS. 

If the frieze (or above the cutting to the hollow) is pannel'd 
in* four squaie pahnels, with a cross-band round each 
panuel, the whole 2 8 



A VASE 



323 



A VASE KNIFE-CASE, N^ 4.. 



£. s. 



For three dozen of knives, forks, or spoons; plain vencer'd; 
the inside and outside turn'd, the outside canted in 
twelve cants and veneer 'd, a string in the corner of each 
cant; the plinth to form an octagon ; cross-banded on 
the top, the rest of the case banded as N° 3. 2 4 



A TAPERED KNIFE-CASE. 



Twelve inches square on the top, one foot two inches' 
deep ; common-dovetail'd together, for veneering on ; to 
hold three dozen of knives, forks, or spoons ; a flat tea- 
chest top, to rise with the stem in a box ; the rivet 
square or prepared for the turner; on four turn'd stump 
feet, put in with a pin 1 2 6 

EXTRAS AND DEDUCTIONS. 

A single one, extra 

Each inch in length, width, or height 

If made solid, to be extra 

Each extra half-dozen of knives, forks, or spoons 

When made without a stem, and the top hinged, deduct 

Veneerinsj each side 

Ditto the top 

A plain 






D 





5 


1 





1 





3 


6 





6 





6 



324 

£. s. cL 

A plain sweep or feint-elliptic cove round the top, not ex- 
ceeding one inch and half wide, tracing .the sweep, 
canted and cleaned inside, including four mitres, the 

top rabbeted in • • • • 2 o 

N. B. For extra M'idth of cove above one inch and 
half, or mitres — See Taper Cellaret. 

If this cove i^ inade quirk-elliptic, extra per foot Of 

A solid raised top to a square case, of three-quarters stuff, 
mitred up the corners, cleaned inside, with a square 
tablet on the top, rabbeted in, square edge to ditto • • 2 3 

Ditto, when canted corners • 4 

Plouf'hin"- and touOTeino- together the mitres, when square 

corners 1 ^ 

Ditto, when canted corners 2 

Chamfering a plain top, the chamfers three inches 

wide or under, when inch tliick • • • 6 

Ditto, v»hen incliTand-Iialf thick 7i 

Each extra inch in width of chamfers 1 

Planting a square piece of h.alf inch stuff, with square edge 

to ditto, above the chamfers 6 

Mitring quarter stuff, one inch wide, with square edge, to 
form sunk pannels on the sides, each pannel, mitres in- 
cluded J) ^ 3 

Ditto on the cant's '^> 10 

Each extra half-mch in width of chtto, each pannel 3 

Forlippingtheedges or other extras— SieeTAB les of Ditto. 
AVhen hVpp'xl, or mi*re-dovetailed, or canted co«ners, kc. 
— See Taper CellaueT; 

Oiling and polishing • • > 9 

A TRIPOD- 






» 



325 



A TRirOD-STAXD lou FIRE-SCREEN. 

All solid. — Of inch-stuff; sweep-stretcher; plain or turn'd 

top ; square or turn'd pole; standards as N° 1. • • • • 4 

EXTRAS. 

Single one, extra 6 

Oiling and polishing 2i 

For extra standards or other work in ditto — See Taijlks 

of Ditto. 
For veneering, banding, or mouldings — See Tables of 

Ditto. 



A TRIPOD FLOWER on CANDLE STAND. 

All solid. — Of inch-stuff; plain or turn'd top and shelf ; 

the standards as N° 1. 4 9 



EXTRAS. 

A single one, extra 

Each extra turn'd shelf 6 

Ditto 



526 

Ditto a triangular shelf 

Hollowino; each side of ditto 

A rim in the top of a turn'd shelf, the groove prepared by 

the turner • • 

A rim in the triangular shelf 

A ditto in hollow-sided shelf 

Each extra (juarter-inch in thickness of triangular shelf 

Ditto in hollow-sided shelf 

For a triangular bottom — See Work-stand, N° 1. 

For veneering standards, &c. — Sec Tables of Ditto. 

For mouldings — See Tables of Ditto. 

Oiling and polishing • • • • ? • 4i' 



t 


s. 


(j. 








8 








u 








8 








7 








9 








1 








2 



A CELLARET, N° 4. 



Two feet loner, one foot six inches wide, the sides of the 
carcase one foot deep; the top, bottom, and ends, 
common-dovetail'd together, with the back rabbeted-in 
to veneer on ; the front made to turn round on centres, 
with a half-circular drawer; the side sawcarf'd, or built 
up, and veneer'd, or glued-up in three thicknesses ; a top 
rabbeted-in, or laid on a scratch bead, or string to 
break the joint, and holes cut to receive three bottles ; 
; the sweep side not exceeding five inches deep 1 3 



EXTRAS. 



527 



EXTRAS. 



£. s. d. 
Each inch in length o 8 

For extras in drawer — Set page 196. 

For ditto in carcase — See Clllauet, N° 2. 



A CELLARET, N° 5. 



With taper'd carcase ; — the rest of preamble, as Cel- 
laret, N° 4 17 6 

EXTRAS. 

Each inch in length • 10 

Making the circular part of the drawer on the taper, 

extra 1 3 

For other extras in drawer — Sec page IQij. 
For extras in carcase — Sec Cellaret, N*' S. 



329 
Hard Woods. 

£■ a. (I 
IVOIxK a]\ SOLID, such as canterburies, music-stands, 

fire-screens, book-stands, trio-tables, &c. made of rose, 
satin, or other hard wood, to be calculated on the start 
and extra size, and charged extra on the pound, on the 

price of mahogany 4 

Any other extra made solid, to take this poundage, 
unless provided for in the following items or Tables. 

No extra dra\\"cr, nor any other work not made of 
hard wood, to take the poundage. 
JVORK VENEER' D with hard wood, to i)e calculated 
on the price of veneering only, and charged extra on the 
shilling, on the price of veneering m ith mahogany, as fol- 
lows ; 

Botany-bay or rose wood 3 

Satin wood, Manilla, or zebra 4 

King, tulip, Coromandel, purple, or Amboyna wood, and 

yew-tree 5 

Ebony or snake wood 6 

When veneers of any of tljc above woods are cut by an 
engine or mill, to b^jni the shilling less than the pre- 
ceding prices ^v •' 1 

Where work has some pai'its veneerVi in the start, the price 
of the veneering to be collected from the Tables of Ve- 
neering, and the extra charged on ditto, as above. 

u u Quartering 



330 

£. s. d. 

Quartering up with veneer, and veneering of all descrip- 
tions, with hard wood, to take this extra, unless otherwise 
provided for in the following Tables, &c. 

iiORK part SOLID and part VENEER'D to be cal- 
culated separately (the Aeneering as above) ; the solid 
parts of rose, satin, or other hard wood, to be charged 
extra on the shilling on the price of niahogan}', as 
follows : 
Sawing out and tapering straight legs, &c. as in Table, 

No. 22. S 

Ditto, sweep legs, as in Table, No. 23. • 4 

Feint-rounding, sinking pannels, &c. as in Table, No. 24. 4 

Therniing,^s in Table, No. 25 . 4 

Sawing out, shaping, and fixing claws, as in Table, 

No. 27. 4 

Filling up the inside of door-frames for glazing, as in Ta- 
ble, No. 31 3 

Rounding the corners of knees, as in page 435 3 

Moulding and sinking pannels in claws, as in Table, 

No. 34 4 

'J'ri pod-standards, sawing out, shaping, and fixing only, as 

in Table, No. 35. 4 

Moulding and sinking pannels in tripod-standards, as in 

Table, No. S6. 4 

Filling-in the corners of door-frames, as in Table, No. 40. 3 
Forming pannels with quarter-stuH", as in Table, No. 41. 3 
Quartering up with quarter stuff, as in Table, No. 42. 3 

Shapefl 



331 

r. s. ri 
Shaped standards and stretchers to sola tuhlo, as in 

])age 135. 4 

Solid ends or tops, extra from mahogany, per foot super- 
ficial t 

Joints in ditto, to be one half more than the Tabic of Joints, 

No. 1. page 338. 
Facing the edges of book-case shelves with hard wood, 

extra from mahogany, per foot run i)i 

Each rule-joint, two feet long, extra from getting out, joint- 
ing, and working mahogany 4 

Every two inches longer, extra Oi 

Card, Pembroke, or pier table legs, not, exceeding two 

*inches square, extra, each 2 

Each extra half inch, in square of leg, extra ' 

Each lock or pulpit latch, on solid hard wood, extra • • • • 1 
Castors or other brass work, named in Table, No. 33. 
either on solid or veneer'd work, to be tile same pricey 
as on mahogany. ^ * 

Banding and stringing corner-strings, and forming pan- 
nels with bands or strings, of every description, to be 
the same price in hard wood as in mahogany. 



7 



Wainscot or Deal Work, S^c. 
Ueductions to be made from the start the extra size, and all external extras. 

From the general run of wainscot- work, such as drawers, 
wardrobes, chamber-tables, dining or pillar and claw 
tables, covmting-liousc desks, &c. deduct in the pound 2 

From 



SS2 

£. s. d. 

From work made of deal, or soft mahogany for japanning, 
the outside cleaned with tire-stone, the inside coloured 
and polished, deduct in the pound 2 6 

Ditto, when the outside is cleaned with glass-paper onl}--, 

deduct in the pound S 

If the insides of book-cases, &c. are not coloured and 

polish'd, deduct per foot superficial 0^ 

When waintscot-work is finished in the same style as ma- 
hogany, inlaid or with black mouldings, &c. no de- 
duction from mahogany to take place. 

When mouldings for bronzing or gilding are introduced 
into a piece of work made of mahogany, rose wood, &c. 
to be on the price of mouldings less iu the shilling • • • • 3 



TABLES. 



X X 



X\\ 



\ • 



TABLE, No. 1. 

Savsing-out and jointing Straight-worh. 



Jointing stnft'to veneer on, or solid 
ends of carcase work. 


Joints in solid outside 
work. 




, ,r Above ni. 

Half-inch Abovchalf j^ j,,^,,. 

EACH JOINT ,j^ff. inch to a,„,.i,aif 

inch stuff. ^^^^^f^ 


Half-inch 
slutf. 


Al'ove 

half-inch 

to inch 

stuff. 


Abij.e 

inch to 

inch-and- 

half stuff. 




Ooe foot long and under . 


ojrf. oirf. 


03'/. 


Irf. 


Id. 


lid. 




Aliove out fool long to two 
feet 


03 


03 


1 li 


IJ 


13 




Above two feet long to three 
feet 


03 


1 


li 


li 


2 


2i 




Above three feet long to thret 
feet six ;nchet 


1 


li 


li 


2 


n 


23 




Above three feet t\i inche? 
Ion; to (bur feet 


U 


ij 


H 


2J 


3 


3i 




Above four feet long to tout 
feet six inclies 


ij 


li 





3 


H 


3| 




Above four feet six inches 
long to live feet 


n 


2 


2i 


3i 


A\ 


4i 




Above five feet long to five 
feet six inches 


24 


-2i 


3 


43 


5 


5i 




Above five Icet sis inches 
long to six fiet 


23 


3 


H 


5J 


6 61 




Every six inches above sin 
tcet lonL' 


0* 


Oi 


03 1 1 


1 


li 





Coopers Joints. 



- 


Circular work. 1 


Elliptic work. i 




> 
• /EACH JOINT 


1 

Of inch 
utT or un- 
der, uot 1 
taper'd. 


)ittolron. 

inch to 
nch-aud- 
alf stuff, 

not ta- 

pe/d. 


Of inch 
tufforuu- 
loi, when 
tapei'd. 


Ditto from 

inch to 

inch-ir.d 

wif, wiien 

tuper'd. 


Of inch 

^tuff or un- 

der, not 

taper'd. 


Ditto from 
inch to 
incli-and- 
half stuff, 
not ta- 
per'd. 


Of inch 
stuffor uu- 
Ber, when 

taper'd. 


Ditto from 

inch to 

nch-and- 

lalf, when 

taper'd. 


t 


3ne foot long or under 


!(/. 


ild. 


lid. 


Hd 


lU 


\id. 2d. 


2irf. 




3itto wlieu solid . ^*.^ 


li 


13 


2 


2i 


2 


n 


*'-2 


23 




Each joint from one foot U one |1 
foot six inches long 


H 


2 


2i 


2 


n 


2i 


23 




Ditto when solid 


i| 


2i 


2 


23 


2i 


23 


3 


3i 




Each joint from one foot six 
inches to two feet long 


2 


2i 


2i 


23 


2i 


23 


3 


H 




Ditto when solid 


2i 


23 


3 


33 


3 


3i 


33 


4i 




Each joint from two feet to two 
feet six inches long 


ol 


23 


3 


33 


3 


3i 


33 


4i 




Ditto when sol'il . 


23 




33 


4i 


3i 


4 


4i 


5 




Each joint Item two tecl six 
inches to three leel long 


3 


33 


4i 


3i 


4 


41 







Diltto when solid 


3i 


4 


4i 


5 


4 


4i 


5 


53 




Each joi.it Iri,iii hici lecl tc 
thrfc leC' six inch s 1<mic 


33 


*i 


4^ 


5i 


4i 


5 


5 J 


H 




Ditto when solid 


4i 


43 


5 


6 


5 - 


5i 


0" 


7 




Each joint from three (ect si) 
inches to four foci long 


4i 


H 


5.1 


<'i 


5i 


6 


6i 


n 1 

8 1 




Ditto when solid 


5 


53 


6 


r~\e 


Gl 


63 



5^0 

References to Table, No. 1. 

Every six inches above four feet, extra • • 

Ditto, wlicn solid 

Eacli joint one foot six inches long and under, in two- 
inch or two-and-a-half-inch stutf 

Each extra foot in lentilh of ditto 

Each joint one foot six inches long and under, in three- 
inch stuff 

Each extra foot in length of ditto 

Jointing-up inch stuff to veneer on, Avhen the pieces are 
above twelve inches wide, extra per foot in length of 

joint 0^ 

N. B. If these joints do not exceed four feet long, 
this extra not to take place. 

When table-tops, &c. are veneer'd in pieces and 
jointed-up afterwards, the joints in the veneer only to 
be charged. 
Sawing-down inch stufl' for jointing-up, per foot run* • • • Oi 
Ditto, one and-quarter or one-and-half inch stuff Oi 



s. 


d. 





1 





u 





u 





1 





2 





U 



Z 2 



354 

TABLE, No. 5. 

Price of Drawers, Partitions, Veneering, S^c. in Elliptic-worh 
and Circular ditto, twojeet diameter or under. 





A plain 

drawer, 

with handles 

or knobs, 


Ditto, 

with cornel 

strings, 


A drawer, 
cock or Hush 

beaded, or 
black or 
white holly 
rabbeted on 
as a bead, to 
she\T a cor- 
ner line, 
with a lock, 
and handles, 


Veneer- 

ingdraw- 

er fronts 

long-waj, 

each 


Etch 

extra 

inch in 

width ol 

veneer, 


Every 

half-incli 

deeper, 

or three 

inches 

wider, 

from 

Croat to 

back, in 

a drawer, 

exlra 


A thin 
partition, 

with 
straight 
slips, an.l 
Iront ' 
edge 
dovelaild 
in, and 
laced 
with ma- 
hogany. 


Cock or 
flush 

beads of 
black 
dyed 
wood, 
extra 


1 

Ditto 
ol white 
holly or 
satin- 
wood, 
extra 


Ditto 

ol ebo- 
ny, pur- 
pie, or 
rose- 
wood, 
extra 


One fool »ix inches long, 
one foot three inches 
wide.tliree inches deep 
or under 


S. d. 
2 0| 


S. d. 

2 4| 


S. ,1. 
2 9i 


d. 


d. 

1 


d. 
1 


S. d. 

n 


d. 


d. 
2i 


i. 
3 


Above one too! six inches 
to one foot nine inches 
long 


2 If 


2 5J 


2 104 


7 


1 


1 


8 


n n 


3i 


Above cue foot nine 
inches to t«o feet long 


2 2i 


2 CI 


2 11 J 


7h 


1 


1 


8J 


U 2| 


3i 


Above two l-irct to two 
leet three inches long 


2 3* 


2 8 


3 Oh 


8 


H 


1 


8| 


1^ 


2J 


^\. 


Above two feet three 
inches to two teet six 
inches long 


2 41 


2 9 


3 li 


8^ 


H 


1 


9 


M 


n 


3| 


\bove two leel six inches 
to two Icel nine inches 
long 


2 5J 


2 10 


3 2| 


9 


H 


1 


9\ 


i| 


2% 


4 


Above two feet nine 
inches to three feet long 


2 61 


2 n 


3 3.f 


9i 


^i 


I 


10 


i| 


n 


4i 


Above three Icet to three 
feel Uiree inches long, 
one foot 5i.\ inches 
wide, four inches deep 
or under 


3 1 


3 CI 


3 11^ 


lOl 


^i 


u 


IC] 


i| 


3 


4^ 


■ Above three feel tliree 
inclies to three leet six 
inche'f long 


3 2J 


3 8 


4 1 


m 


i| 


li 


10| 


2 


H 


4i 


Above throe lect six 
inches to three feet 
nine inches \\iny 


3 41 


3 9i 


4 2h 


lU 





ll 


111 


2 


H 


5 


Above three feet Mine 
inche» t .four lect kma 


3 5i 


^ in 


4 H 


nj 


2 


a 


1 


n H 


t>\ 



t^55 



References to Table y No. 5. 

jr. ,. d. 

"When elliptic drawer fronts are in t^vo or more pieces, half 
lapping or dovetailing iheni together in the tlat part, four 
inches deep or under, each lapping or dovetailing • • • • 5 
Ditto, in the quick part of elliptic or circular fronts ■ • • • 4 
Each extra inch in width of lapping front, in the tiat part 0{ 

Each ditto in the quick part 1 

N. B. When circular or elliptic drawer-fronts are huilt 
up, the sawing and jointing to be measured on the 
outside. 

Each butt-joint in building-up in circular 0^- 

Ditto in elliptic part 1 

Grooving or sawcarfuig, and wedging drawer-fronts with 
slips long-way, on circular work, at per foot ot carf 

and slip • • • " • H 

Ditto on elliptic work I5 

Filling-up grooves with slips cross-wa}', at per foot extra* • Of 
Single-drawer-fronts in tables or table-rails, not exceeding 

two feet six inches of sawcarf and slip, extra 1 

Ploughing circular or jilain elliptic fronts long-way, one or 
two inches from the edge, each slip containing two feet 

or under 1 1 

Each extra foot of slip Oi 

jL,lliptic fronts, when the comers are under two feet 

diameter, each end or slip extra Oi 

Ditto under one foot diameter 0^ 

Glucint; 






T56 

£. s. d. 

Glueing slips on top or bottom edge of circular or feint- 
elliptic fronts, eighteen inches long and under, of half- 
inch stuff or under - li 

Each extra foot of slip on ditto Oi 

Ditto elliptic fronts, Avhen the corners are under two feet 

diameter, each end extra Ok 

Sawcarfing external part of circular work, without 
wedging, at per foot of carf 1 

Ditto of elliptic ends ; •••••_•_•_ li 



I 



358 

TABLE, No. 6. 

Veneering on Straight or Flat-worh. 

£. s. d. 
All ends and tops of carcases, at per foot superficial • • • • 2f 
The tops of lobby-chests, or any tops above three feet six 

inches high, at ditto 5i 

Table-tops that are screw'd or fixed to frames or clamps, 

ditto •, 21 

A]\ tops that are loose or only hinged, ditto 3 

N. B. All pannels, ends, or tops, not to be reduced 

below two feet superficial. 
When a triangular block is veneer'd in more pieces than 

one, each mitre or butt-joint four inches long or under 2 

Ditto, each extra inch in length of joint or mitre Oi 

N. B. All tops to be measured their full size as square 

in the price of veneering ditto. Tops that are banded, 

to measure the size of veneer only. 
Shaping veneers over pillasters, legs, &c. each break' ■ • • 

Ditto over quarter column, each 

Ditto over half ditto ; 

Ditto over three-quarter ditto 

Each rule or square joint, when tops are veneer'd, at per 

foot extra in length of joint 0$ 






0^ 





of 





li 





u 



560 

TABLE, No. 7. 



Jointing Veneers, Butt-joints , S^c. 

Sweep-work. 



on Straight and 



. 


On ends 

of car- 
cases un- 
der four 
feet long. 


Ditto, 

above 

four leet 

long. 


Table- 
tops, 
drawer- 
iVonts, 
ice. un- 
der three 
teet six 
inches 
lung, 


Ditto, 
three feet 

six in- 
ches 

to five 
feet long. 


Ditto, 
five feci 
and up- 
wards. 


Joints in mahogany ve- 
neers, in Sweep-work, at 
per foot run, 


■ ' 


Wiien 
the joint 

is as a 
coopers* 

joint. 


Ditto to 

follow 

the 

sweep. 


Above tour feet 
diameter 


Ad. 


5d. 


Jointing VL-neers in mahogany, at 
per foot 


lid. 


2rf. 


24</. 


^d. 


3i</. 


From four feet 
down to'.wo feet 


5 


6 


Dittu in satin, yew, maple, or any 
other iiglit wood, at per ioot 


n 


3 


3 


H 


4i 


From two feet 
down to one foot 


6 


7 


Dilto, in rofce, king, ebony, or any 
otlicr (lark wood, at per foot 


2 


n 


n 


3 


H 


Under one foot 


7 


S 



Buff joints in Veneer on Straight and Sweejj-worh. 





On 

straigln- 
worli, 


On feint 
sweep- 
work. 


On cir- 
cular ur 
elliptic, 
under 
four feet 
diameter. 


Satin or 
.mv other 

iiglU 

wood on 

slTaight- 

work , 


Ditto on 
leint 
sweep- 

^^o^k, 


On cir- 
cular or 
elliplic, 
under 
four leet 
diaUK'ter, 


Each butt-ioiut four inclics long 
and under 


3d. 


4d. 


6d. 


4d. 


5d. 


nd. 


Kach extra inch in width of 
vciicer 


oi 


o| 


1 


oi 


1 


H 



N. B. When a slip of veneer, under two inches wide, 
is jointed to the back of any tops, ends of carcases, or 
sides of pannels, with or >\ ithout a string, to be taken 
from tlie table of banding, and not to be measured in 



tlie veneering. 



i') ( 



-Mlfi:!:- •!'••• .V 



342 

TABLE, No. 2. 

Prices of lining Tops, Bottoms , Ends, ^^c. at per 

foot run. 



SWEEP LININGS.— The sweep to be 
traced for the length. 


Straight- 
work, long- 
way. 


Ditto, 
cross-way. 


Sweep-work, 
ioug-way. 


Ditto, 
cross-way. 


^weep-work, 
under Iwo 
feet dia- 
meter. 


Each break. 


H.ilt'-inch or inch deal, two incht» wide o\ 
under 


u. 


l^rf. 


li.l. 


2(/. 


2^/. 


1 


.\bove two inches to three inches wide 


ll 


2 


li 


2 


2i 


1 


Above three inches to four and a hall 
wide 


li 


2i 


If 


2| 


n 


1 


Above four and a half to sii inches wide 


If 


n 


2 


n 




I 


Inch-and-half deal, three incbe» wide oi 
under 


li 


-'i 


H 


2J 


n 


*li 


Above three inches to four and a half 
wide 


n 


2.i 


2 


21 


3 


li 


Above four and a half to six inches wide 


2 


n 


H 


n 




a 


Two-inch or two-and-a-half deal, three 
inches wide or under 


H 


2J 


2 


n 


3 


'J 


Abote three inches to fonr and a half wide 


2 


n 


H 


3 


H 


H 


Above four and a half to six inches wide 


n 


3 


2 J 


3| 




1.7 



Heferences to Table, JVo. 2, 

£. s. d. 

Each inch in .width of linings above six inches, per foot 

run, extra 0^ 

Linings of wainscot or mahogany to be 2^f/. per shilling 
extra. 

When tops or bottoms of carcases are dovetail'd through 
the linings, when of inch stuff or under, per foot run 
of dovetailing, extra Of 

Ditto, of inch-and-half stuff 1 

Each piece of beech or wainscot lining on the corners of 

a carcase, for framing feet into, extra 1^ 

Ditto, made to project to receive a column, &c. and 

screw'd behind 5 



344 

TABLE, No. 3. 

Price of Drawers, Partitions, Veneering, S^c. in Straight-work. 





Linini jianirions cross-way, 
cxtri tr>.in straight slips, al 
per loot run 0|d, 


A plain 

drawer, 

with handles 

or knobs. 


Ditto, 

scratch- 
beaded, 


1 

Ditto, ' 
with corner 
strings. 


A drawer, 
cock or Hush 
leaded, orj 
■ bliick or 
Write holly 
rabbeted on 
as a bead, to 
shew a cor- 
ner string, 
vvitli a look, 
.iiid handles 

or knobs. 


EveiN^ 
half-inch 
deeper, 

or two 

inches 

wider, 

from 
front to 

back, 

extra 


Veneer- 
ing draw- 
er fronts 
long-wav 
each 


Eich 

extra 

inch in 

width ot 

veneer. 


A parii- 
half-incii 

Stuft" 01 

under, 
square- 
;^roov'd- 
in from 
the back. 


Round- 

*ing the 

edge,anc 

mitring 

ditto in 

front. 


A thin 
parlitiun, 

with 
straighl 
slips, aU'i 
front 
edge 
dovelailc 
in, and 
faced 
with ma- 
hogany, 


Cock or 
flush 

beads of 
b,ack 
dyed 
wood, 
extra 


Ditto 

of while 
hollj or 
satin- 
wood. 


D 

of 

1 




One loot loA^Mine inches 
widejfilwclies deep or 


S. d. 

1 


S. d. 

1 li 
k 


S. i. 

1 3 


S, d. 

1 6 


d 
Oh 


rf. 


d. 


d. 
4h 


d. 

1 


d. 
5 


d. 
Oi 


d. 
1* 




t 


Above one loot to one foot 
three inches long 


1 li 


1 2|' 


1 il 


1 7i 


Oh 


n 


Oi 


5 


1 


H 


0| 


IJ 






Ab ive one foot tlirec inches 
to one fuot sii inches long 


1 Qi 


1 3j 


1 5i 


1 H 


oj 


2| 


Oi 


H 


1 


H 


Of 


n 






.Vbove one foot sii inches to 
one foot nine inches long 


1 3 


1 4i 


1 6'J - 


K 1 91 


01 


H 


Oi 


5| 


li 


H 


1 


li 






Above one foot nine inches 
to two leel long 


1 3.? 


1 oi 


1 71 


1 10| 


oi 


H 


Oh 


6i 


Ik 


6 


1 


i| 






,\bine two feet to two lect 
three inches long, one 
foot tl-.ree inches wide, 
tUiee inchesfleep or under 


] 5i 


l^Ti. 


1 9h 


2 1 


oi 


4 


Oi 


6h 




6i 


1 


"^li 






Above two feet three inches 
to two feet six inches long 


1 6i 


1 Si 


1 lOj 


2 1| 


oi 


4i 


Oh 






6h 


li 


2 






Above two feet six inches to 
tiT'j feet nine inches loni: 


1 7h 


1 9 


1 11 


2 n 


Oh 


^ 


Oh 






6i 


li 


2 






Abave two feet nine inches 
to three feet long 


1 8 


1 9i 


1 Ui 


2 al 


;-'^0J 


4i 


Oh 






7 


^' 


2 






Above three feet to three 
feet three inches long, one 
foot six inches wide, 
four inciies deep or ui.der 


1 1)| 


1 11 


2 2 


2 G 


0| 


5i 


Oi 






74 


a 


2i 






Abo\e three feet three 
Indies to three feet six 
inches long 


1 -10^ 


1 n^ 


2 n 


2 6J 


0| 


51 


0$ 






7h 


H 


n 






Above tliree feet sis inches 
to tb.ree fest nine inches 
lonu 


1 11 


2 1 


2 H 


2 7i 


oi 


61 


OS ■ 




- 


7i 


H 


2i 






Above three leet i-.Iue inchc: 
to r<,nr fret long 


2 


2 2 


2 4i 


2 81 


0^ 


G.i 


Oi 






8 


i| 


3 






Above four 'eet to four leet 
llireo inches lone, one 
loot nine inches wide, live 
inches deep or un'Icr 


2 3.1 


2 6" 


2 ^ 


3 1 


1 


7i 


1 


-u 




8J 


2 


3i 




Above luui- fset thiee inches 
to four feet six inches 
, long 


2 5 


2 7h 


2 10 


3 ^ 


1 


H 


1 






9 


o 


31 






Above four feet six niches 
to four fenl nine inches 
Ion,? 


2 61 


2 9 


2 llj 


3 4 


1 


H 


1 






9h 


2i 


H 


1 




Above four led ni.-ic nichci 
to five feet long 


2 8 


2 10^ 


3 1 


3 5h 


1 


9h 


1 




10 


n 


4 


1 




































A- 







■ 1 







■*i- 







1 ' 







0^ 








0? 



545 

References to Table, No. 3. 

£. .. d 
When no locks to any drawer starting with one, or a 

lock to any drawer starting without one, add. or deduct 3 
A single lock at one time on any drawer starting wilhuut 

one, extra 

Letting-in lock-plates, each 

Ditto nuts of knobs or handles, each 

Each escutcheon in a sham front 

Each knob srrew'd in 

Each ditto with a nut ..., ^ ............. . 

Each ditto one-and-half inch diametier, with a square 

shoulder let-in, or cominon handle 1 

N. B. All outside drawers considered slipp'd on the 

bottom. 1 :,.-c-'/. . T • ) ;> < 

Ditto all inside, above one foot three. Lnches long 
and three inches deep. 
Shpping insidedrawers the abovesize. or under, each dm wer 1 

Slipping drawer sides and ploughing foi'. bottoms 3 

When the slips are fitted to the .sweep .or elliptic lront«,. 

extra each drawer ••*••• • rl'nr vrirrinffj* • * 0.0 1 ,i 

Each munting in a drawer bottom • • ••.•.■•>M»:1 %Kf f)VKi * * ^^ ^^ 3^. , 
Ditto in sweep orelliptic •.•«••.•.»««<•• ■; ^;:t'Tif • • • • • 5 
Each half ditto under the bottom t • -^v/r ?AT;*)%f>hjf: ?;!•,' *',i\ ; 2 
Each upright partition faced with jnahogan}',. dovetail'd 

or tenoffd in, to divide one height of drawees, with - 

slips to guide ditto ^ () 4v 

iV. J3. Stuif for drawer bottoms (-onsidered to average 

eight inches wide. 

y Y Each 



v* 



5i6 

Each extra joint in drawer bottom, eighteen inches long 

or under • • • • 0? 

Ditto, above eighteen inches to two feet • • • Of 

Ditto, above two feet 1 

Each joint in drawer sides or backs, under two feet long Of 

Ditto, two feet to three feet six inches long 1 

Ditto, three feet six inches to four feet six inches long • • 1? 

Ditto, four feet six inches long and upwards 1? 

Joints in drawer fronts — Sre Table, N 1. 

Each butt-joint in the veneer of drawer fronts, four Inches 

wide and under S 

Each extra inch in width of ditto • Oj 

Veneering straight partition edges, askew or cross-way, 

per foot run, extra " *• — ••• Of 

Ditto, sweep or elliptic^ cross-way 1 

Ditto, ditto, askew 1^ 

Veneering straight partition edges with rose, satin, king- 
tulip, or any other hard wood, long-way, at per foot 

run, extra from start Oi 

Ditto, on sweep or elliptic 0^ 

Ditto, straight partitions with rose, satin, king tulip, or 
any other hard wood, as0few or cross-way, per foot run, 

extra from straight facing li 

Ditto, sweep or elliptic, cross-way •• H 

Ditto, ditto, askew •- •- • • 2 

When drawer fronts are veneer'd cross-way, four inches 

wide or under, each joint extra 1 

.Each inch more in length of joint, extra • • • 0? 

Shannning 



347 

Shnmniing a loni^ partition on tlic upper or under edge of a 
drawer- front, three fei^t long or under, when sohd or 
vencer'd in one pieee, and cock or Hush headed, or 

black or white holly as i liriid " o 

Ditto, above three feet long < o 

When the partition is formed by a separate piece of 

veneer, three feet long or under 

Ditto, above three feet 

Shamming an upright partition on the end of a drawer- • 

Ditto in the middle or a distance from the end 

Shamming a long partition, to make a drawer front, to 

represent two in width, when two feet long or under • • 

Ditto, above two feet to three feet long 

Ditto, above three feet a>id upwards 

Colouring and polishing the inside of a straight drawer- 
front, one foot six inches long or under 

Ditto, from one foot six inches to three feet 

Each extra foot 






2 





n 





li 





2 





2 





4 





5 





5i 





Qi 





oi 





1 





Oh 



44. 



.1 , ,' I 



I •-• 



I Jli 









.;J/o isvMiih ilji>i> .V.C Ui. 



350 



TABLE, No. 4. 

Price of Drax5:ers, Partitions, Veneering, Sfc. in Sweep-work. 





A plain 
drawer, 

with handles* 
or knobs. 


Ditto, 

with corne. 

strings, 


A dr;iwcr, 
■:uck or flush 
he.idt fl, or 

blaclc or 
while hollv 
.ibbtled OK 
IS a bead, to 
■«hew a cor- 
ner string, 
witti a lock, 
and handler 
<ir knobs, 


Every 

li.ill'iiich 
deeper, 
iir three 

inches 

wider, 

from 

front to 

back, 

extra 


Veneer- 
ing draw- 
er Iron! s 
long-waj 
each 

d. 
5 


Each 

extra 
inch in 
width of 
veneer. 


A thin 
partition, 

with 

straight 

slips, and 

front 

edge 

dovciaild 

in, and 

faced 
with ma- 
hogany. 


Cock or 
flush 

beads ol 
black 
djed 
wood, 
eitra 


Ditto 

of white 
holly or 
satin- 
wood. 


Ditto 

of ebony, 
purple, or 
rose- 
wood. 


One foot six inches long, 

one foot three inches^ S. «f. 
wiilc, and three inches, 1 gj 
<ieep or under 1 


S. d. 

2 H 


S. d. 
■2 54 


d. 
0^ 


d. 




d. 
14 


d. 


2| 


ADove one foot tix inches to] , ^ « j 
one foot nine inches long' 2 


2 2i 


2 6i 


oi 


5h 


02 


7 


14 


n 


3 


Above one loot nine inchen 
to two icer long 


1 ui 


t 3J 


2 74 


oi 


6 


oi 


71 


li 


24 


3 


Above two leet to two feel 
three inches lung 


2 Oi 


2 4i 


2 84 


(>i 


6i 


oi 


73 


H 


n 


34 


Above two feet three inches 
to two feet six inches long 


2 H 


2 51 


2 .94 


oi 


7 


1 


8 


H 


n 


3^ 


Above two leet six iiichei 
to' two feet nine inches 
long 


2 2 


2 6i 


2 104 


0| 


7h 


1 


H 


H 


n 


H 


Above two feet nine inches 
to three leet long 


2 2| 


2 7 


2 114 


o| 


8 


1 


9 


H 


n 


4 


Above three feet to three 
feet three inches long 
one foot six inches wide 
four inches deep or 
under 


2 61 


2 n^ 


3 4 


1 


9 


H 


91 


12 


3 


^1 


Above three leet three 
inches to three feet six 
inches long 


2 8 


3 n 


3 3^ 


I 


9h 


14 


9i 


2 


34 


4J 


Above tliree feet six inches 
to three feet nine inches 
long 


2 9i 


3 3 


3 74 


1 


10 


H 


10 


2 


3h 


4| 


Above three Icel nine 
inches to four feet long 


2 111 


3 43 


3 Pi 


1 


lOj 


12 


lOj 


21 


H 


5 



Veneering drawer fronts inside, deduct 2d. in the shilling on the price of 

veneering outside. 

N. B. When two short drawers are introduced in place of a long one, 
deduct the price of long drawer, then add for short ones according to Table, 
and id. each drawer extra. 



.551 



References to Table ^ No. 4. 

Z- •■>•. d. 
Sawing-out circular or elliptic fronts of all diameters in 

inch stuff, one foot loni^ and under, each cut Oi 

Sawing-out circular or elliptic fronts of two-inch stuff", one 

foot lono; and under, each cut Oj 

Ditto of three-inch stuff', one foot long and under, each 

cut U U 1 

Each extra foot in length of inch stuff 04 

Ditto of two-inch stuff Oi 

Ditto of three-inch stuff" Oi 

M hen the corners of elliptic fronts are under fifteen inches 

diameter, each cut at each end extra, of two inch stuff Oi 

Ditto when twelve inches diameter and under 0^ 

Ditto when three-inch stuff", fifteen inches diameter and 

under 04 

Ditto when three-inch stuff, twelve inches diameter and 

under Oi 

Jointing up circadar or elliptic fronts, each joint twelve 

inches long and under 1 

Each extra f<)ot in length of ditto Oi^ 

Jointing each end of circuhir or elliptic fronts, under 

fifteen incJies diameter, extra 0* 

Colouring and jxjlishing the inside of a sweep drawer-front, 

one foot six inches long or under 

Ditto, from one foot six inches to three feet 

Each extra foot 

Colouring and polishing the inside of a cellaret drawer-front ij 






1 





U 





Oi 



.161 



References to Table, No. 7- 

£. s. d. 
Joints in veneers on sweep'il work of satin, yew, maple, or 

any other light wood, to be extra in the shilling on 

mahogany joints, as per table 4 

Ditto in rose, king, ebony, or any other dark wood* • • • 2} 



5 a 



36i 

TABLE, No. 8. 

Table of Veneering Table Rails in Straight and Sweep-work. 



' VENEERING RAILS 
ua str»ight-work. 


Veneer, 
ingtable- 
rails, one 
inch wide 
and 
under. 


Above 
one irch 
to inch 

and 

h^ilf 


Above 

inch and 

hall' to 

two 

inches. 


Above 

two 

inches to 

two and 

a half. 


Above 
two and 
a half to 
three 
inches- 


Above 

three 

inches to 

three 

and a 

half. 


Above 
tliree 
and a 
hall to 

four 
inch OS. 


Above 

four 

inches to 

lour and 

a half. 


Above 

lour aTid 

a liait to 

five 

iucbes. 


Above 

five 
nches to 
five and 

a 1.hII. 


Aboi 

five ai 

ahnll 

six 

inche 


Veneering raii loii^-way, me 
loot long or under 


u. 


li</. 


\id. 


2d. 


2i(/. 


2irf. 


2id. 


3rf. 


34rf. 

7r 


3i<y. 


H 


Ditto cross-waj, one foot lung 
or ui-<hr 


ll 


2 


n 


2« 


H 


3i 


H 


4 


4J 


' H 


Eacli extra foot, 1. 'ngway 


-OJ 


OJ 


1 


li 


H 


n 


li 


2 


24 


2J 


n 


Ditto cross-way 


- U 


li 


H 


2i 


H 


2J 


C£ 


3 


34 


H 


4i 


Veiieerin? rails on sweep .ir 
feint-elliptic work long-way, 
one loot lon^ cr under 


H 


2 


2i 


H 


H 


4 


44 


4i 


4J 


5 


Ditto cross-way, one foot long 
or under 


n 


n 


3 


3i 


H 


4 


4J 
2J 


4| 


5 


51 


5J 


Each extra foot, long-way 


1 


u 


li 


H 


2 


2i 


3 


34 


3J 


H 


Ditto, cross-way . . , 


'1 


2 


n 


2J 


2| 


3 


H 


4 


44 


4i 


Veneering rails on sweep or 
elliptic work under two feel 
diameter long-way, one foot 
long or under 


2^ 


2i 


3i 


H 


^V 


*l 


54 


51 


6i 


6i 


74 


Ditto cross-way, one foot long 
or under 


n 


2i 


H 


H 


^\ 


H 


5i 


5| 


64 


H 


74 


Each extra foot, long-way 


n 


n 


24 


n 


H 


H 


44 


4J 


54 


5| 


6i 


Ditto, cross-way . 


n 


H 


2i 


n 


H 


M 
__»-- 


44 


4| 


5i 


5| 


t>i 


Veneering serpcnliue rails 
long-way, one foot lung or 
under 


n 


3 


n 


H 


4J 


^ 


H 


H 


Gi 


74 


71 


Ditto cross-way, one foot long 
or under 


n 


2i 


H 


H 


44 


H 


5\ 


5| 


H 


6|. 


^i 


Each extra foot, long-w^iy 


2 


n 


3 


34 • 


3| 


4i 


4| 


54 ■ 


51 


64 


H 


Ditto cross-way 


n 


H 


2i 


n 


44 


4| 


54 


5i 


"i 



N. B. Rails above six inches to eight inciies wide, to be charged in lh( 
proportion to last stages. 



36.5 

Rcycroices to Tabic, iVo. 8. 



£. s. 



"When rails exceed eiirlit inclies wide, lo be cliaii'ed 

by supedicial measurement. 
All rails in the above table to be measured the neat length 

between the legs. 

I^. B. The veneer to be measured to include the 

■width of the astragal, band, or fillet, on the bottom 

of the rail, not exceeding three-eighths of an inch wide. 
"When band or fillets round the rail to form u pannel, 

the veneer to measure its neat size. 
Veneering round-corner'd table rails, to be extra from 

veneering the feint-elliptic rails, each corner 1 

"SVhen table rails, &c. are veneer'd in sc|)arate pieces, 

each |)iece to be charged from the first foot, as in 

Table of Kails, except when to form a butt-joint. 



368 



TABLE, No. 9. 



Veneering of Friezes or Table Edges, at per Foot run. 



Veneering 
























'^■"" 


friezes or 
table edgei 


When 




Veneer- 
ing frieze 


V 


'^itto. 




Ditto on 
circular 




Ditto, 








on quarter- 
circle cor- 


quarter-cir- 
cle corners 




or tabic 
edgei on 


Ditto, 


on leinr 
sweep 


Ditto, 


or elliptic 
work. 


Ditto, 


serpen- 
tine 


Ditto, 


■Veneer- 


£a 


ners, extra 


are veneer'd 




straight 


cross- 


work. 


cross- 


under 


cross- 


work. 


crois- 


ing each 


mitr 


irom straight 
measure- 
ment, each 


between 
breaks, each 
break eitra 




work, 
long- 
way. 


way. 


long- 
wayT 


way, 


two feet 

diameter, 

long- 


way. 


long- 
way. 


way. 


break, 


dil 


comer, 














way, 












Hd. 


Old. 


One inch wide and under 


03 (f. 


lirf. 


Irf. 


l^d. 


2<f. 


Hd. 


I id. 


i\d. 


Id. 





H 


OJ 


Above one inch to inch and 
half 


1 


'i 


14 


H 


n 


2 


H 


H 


1 


0^ 


ij 


ok 


Above inch and halt' to two 
inches i 


li 


1| 


ii 


■z 


n 


24 


24 


2 


1 


Oi 


i| 


Ok 


Above two inche] to two anit 
e hall' ^ 


» '^ 


2 


]| 


2i 


ei 


n 


21 


H 


U 


1 


o 


oi 


Above two and a Ijalf to ihree I , 3 
imhes \ 'f 


H 


2 ». 


H 


3i 


H 


H 


2i 


li 


i 


H 


oi 


Above three inches to three \\ .-, 
and a half W^^ 


M 


H 


n 


H 


3 


n 


n 


1^ 


H 


2i 


1 


Above three an^i a half to 
fuur inches 


^H 


n 


2J 


3 


4 


H 


4^ 


3 


li 


H 



N. B. No joints to be charged in cross band in this table, the average 
width bcinii; considered. 
If veneer'd with king-tulip, or any other hard wood, to be extra on the 

shilling - 



.^69 



JRcfcrences! to Tahle^ No. ♦). 



SI- ••«•• 



When stuff is glued on the bottom of cornice frame, and 
the astragal stuck on ditto, to be considered the same 
price as astragal and veneer cut away. 

The internal corners considered square joints, and 
included in the break. 
If mitred, to be paid for as in Table. 
If friezes exceed the above width, to be charged in pro- 
portion to Table. 
If quarter-stut!' is put in for fluting, to be extra per foot 

from veneering friezes cross- way 1 

An astragal or two reeds, not exceeding three-eighths wide, 

planted on, at per foot '• 

A ditto, sunk-in veneer thickness, or rabbeted out of solid 
A fillet planted on, not exceeding a ({Uarter Of an inch 

thick and three-eighths wide, at per foot 

A ditto, sunk-in veneer thickness, or rabbeted out oi" solid 

Astragals groov'd-in on ends, «Scc. at per foot 

Ditto fillets groov'd-in, at per foot 

Each break in astragal or fillet 

Each mitre in astragal or butt-joint 

Each ditto in fillets 

Oroovinir less to recei\e astragals or fillets, each side • • • • 
Crossing the rulejoints in table edges with veneer, each 

crossing ■ 1 

3 « 






li 





11 





u 





u 





2 





11 





1 





01 





0^ 





Ok 



372 

TABLE, No. 10. 

Vefteering Hajf or Three-quarter Circles round ColumnSt 
Tops, Base, Surbase, Plinths, S^c. 

N. B. If veneer'd long-wa}', to be paid according to time. 



Veneering ditto, not exceeding half-circle. 


One iuch 

wide and 

under. 


Above 

one inch to 

inch and 

half. 


Above 
inch and 
half to two 

inciies 
and a half 


Above 

Uvo aud a 
half to thrcv 
aud a halt 


Above Above 
three and a four and a 
halt to four hall to live 
and a halt, and a ball. 


Four inches diameter and under 


2h(l. 


3d. 


3|r/. - 


4(/. 


4hd. 


5d. 


Each corner-line, extra irom straight luea- 
suremer.t, round ditto 


2i 


2i 


n 


2i 


H 


H 


It' veneer is jointed, each joint . 


1 


1 


H 


•2 


2| 


3 


If vem-cr'd with ro>e, king-tulip, or any other 
hard wocji! 


H 


■ih 


H 


H 


6| 


7% 


Veneering ditto, 
nOjf exceidiiiff three-quarter circle. 




Fuur inches dia iieter and under 


6J. 


'oy. 


id. 


4^. 


5d. 


b\d. 


Each corner-line louud ditto, extra from 
straight measurement 


'-■S 


n 


C| 


n 


22 


n 


If veneer is jointed, each joint . 


1 


1 


Ig 


2 


2^ 


3 


It venc;r'.l wi.h lose, king-iulip, or any 
ottier .hard wood 


34 


4i 


6 


61 


71 


H 


Ven.eriiig corners of lops, bases, pii,.ths. 
See. round colum-.s, not exceeding quarter 
circle, each corner extra from straight 
measure iient 


H 


H 


.i 


2 


H 


n 


VVhei quarter corner? are veneer'd between 
h.caUs, each breaU extra 


0] 


('i 


01 


Ok 


0^ 


1 


If veneer'd with rose, king-tulip, or any 
'•ih r H^r wood 


2 


ci 


n 


3 


H 


H 


Veneering brcrdis on nitu*, each break 


1 


U 


n 


IS 


n 


2| 



£. 5. d. 
N. B. The corner-lines round these circles, not con- 
sidered to be mitred. 

If mitred, each mitre 0^ 

If circles are veiieer'd with hard wood, no joints to be 
charged. 















<— H 


^ 


« 


•Ki 


o 


•^ 


:^ 






^ 




•<„ 


'^^^ 


^ 


H— ' 


-** 


pq 




<: 


o 

o 


H 


C) 




V 




<;i 














-a r- 


F*i^ 


"■— — -- 






-= rt S - 2 

w - ?; c — 




«* 


t^^ 








foils s^^ 
.•= t^ « . 

w 5. a i a 




- 


Ci 












•<* 










"=: « 




■* 


•O 






■£ 2 i s i 


-"3 ■* 


-* 




^ 






— ~ y "? 


CO so 


50 




•o 




*5 ^ 






■o 


-m 
l^ 


O) 




_ QJ S - |i C ■- 


T3 IM 


0< 


« 


?2 


-^1 




- « 1 - 1 


. -«1 


CO 




c-3 •* 




^ £ M £ ^ ii;_ -g 




o 

o 


o 


Ol 


05 




X ::: 

(J — 




o 


o 
o 


o 


o 




— ii C = 3 ^ ^ * 

y M — S: ,0 a^ -:r .- 
5: r — — ,4' -"3 
W J- 3 -3 o - ,= =^ 


^^. 


e< 


■M 




en* 




^ - ?! „ 2 

w i; :3 a .t; 


•« 0< 






CO 






. S c „- -^ = S - 




«5 
t^ 


O 












o 

o 

•3 „ 

= 1 

•c 3 


? ■: 
■— % 

5.1 

2 o 
- s 

2*2 
.- c 

-3 S 


^ „ 

o S 
* c 

"^ c 

e = 

i » 

c 

.- 1* 

c 
c - 


2 
■5 

o 

3 
O 

-3 
G 
3 



o 

r. 



o 



a; 

o 
o 



U,4 



o 

Oi 

=2. 



a, 

3 

3 
0) 

c 
a 



0^ 

is; 



.s. 


d. 





OJ 





li 





li 



375 



References to Table , No. 11. 

A pair of (loor-framos ma<lc to liollow work, to l)c extra 
oil llic |)ii(;c of the r«)uiul..f!'out work in the shiHine;- • • • 

I/itio, when with moukhiii^s, to he ditto 

Ditto. \v hen with niouklings and j)aiinrls 

N. b. 'J'he door lratnc>s in tiiis table not to exceed, 
three inches wide ; if aliove three inches, every iialf-ineh 
in width of stile or rail exir.i, at the folio wini^|)riee. 

AVide stiles or rails for pillasters, cScc. when they exceed 
tlje average of the frames on doors, two feet hiii;h and 
under, to be extra for each inch in width of ditto ■ • • • d\ 

Ditto, from two to three feet 1 

Ditto, from three feel to four leet 0. 1^ 

If above four feet, in proportion. 

A frame three feet s(puire, to receive doors, a quirk bead 
stuck round the inside of the frame, the framing not to 

exceed two and a half inches wide 2 S 

A'. B If more than two and a half inches witk-, tt) 
take tlie extra size, as in door frames. 

Each s(juare fool nu^re in ditto- • • r • • • 2 

Ditto less, down to tour square feet \^ 

If this frame fs made witli sweep front above ibur 
feet diameter, Xo be charged bV. in tlie shiiiini^ on the 
price of straigtit frame. 

An *'xtra rail or stile in a straight frame,, tliree feet- 

square and under 10 

Lvciy 



5. 


d. 





Oh 


1 


6 





Of 



376 

Every three inches extra in length of ditto 

An extra rail in a sweep frame, when three feet square or 

under () 

E\ery three inches extra in length of ditto 

N. B. Straight solid doors square - clamp'd, to be 
charged the same as the door-frames without paunels 
or mouldings, and the extra size to be the same. 

Sweep solid doors, the clamps nail'd on, to be charged 
the same as the door-frames without panncls, but with 
mouldings, accordi«g to the diameter of the sweep, and 
the extra size to be the same. 

If the clamps are plough'd and tongued in sweep 
^, doors, to be paid according to time. 

Mitring solid door-framing in front, each mitre C 

jgyi Ditto, when a taper'd door, each mitre 7i 

#.♦ -N". JS. All the doors in this book start with an ovalo 

on framing, and the pannels plough 'd-in, unless men- 
tioned in the preamble. 
For any other moulding — See Table of Ditto. 
Glueing a moulding round the inside of frame, when not 
rabbeted behind, extra from the start moulded doors, 

at per foot .•• v ...... . o Oi 

Ditto, when the framing is rabbeted behind •*■■'•'•'•'* • 1 
Glueing an astragal or two reeds, not exceeding three- 
eighths Avide, on the surface of the door-frames, Avhen the 
frames are not rabbeted behind, extra from the start 

ovalo, at per foot .iH Ji'. o 0^ 

Ditto, when the framing is rabbeted in front, and the " "'•'•"i^' 

moulding 



377 

niouliling glued in, extra froni the start ovalo, al per 

foot 1 

When a neekinu; or any other nioul(nni>- is ral)l)elccl to 

phmt on the edge of framing, f(;r rabbeting (hi to, 

at per foot Oi 

Cutting away the veneer to receive a moulding, at jter 

foot 

Nailing curtains in doors, each door 

Ditto, when nail'd on a slip, and the slip rabbeted and 

screw'd on, each door 

Nailing curtains in sweep doors, each door 

Ditto, when nail'd on a slip, &c. each door 

Fixing in wire-work with staj)Ies, each pannei 

N. B. When a bead behind ditto, to be the same as 

behind a pannei — See Table, N° 12. 
If the workman has to fit in the wire-work, or to fix it 

in sweep doors, to be paid according to time. 

When the wire -work is notched into the beads, 

to be paid as above. 






O-i 





4 





8 





6 





10 





4 



S c 



380 

TABLE, No. 12. 

Veneering Door-frames, Pannels, or Solid Doors, and jmt ting-in Pannel 
with Beads behind, on Straight and Sweep-work. 





On 

straight-work. 


On feint sweep- 
work, above four 
feet diameter. 


On sweep-work, 
four feet dia- 
meter down to 
two feet ditto. 


On ditto, two 

feet down to one 

foot diameter. 


On ditto, on( 

foot diametei 

and under. 


Long 


-way. 


Cross-way. 


Long-way 


Cross-way. 


Long-way. 


Cross-way. 


Long-way. 


Cross 


-way. 


Long-way. Cross-w 


Vnieering a |iau- ot tluor-l'iarucs, 
contaiuiiig c'xA^^ tcet run, two 
inches wiiie aiul under 


S. 

1 




S. 

I 


d. 
10 


S. d. 

1 s 


S. d. 
1 2 


S. d. 
2 3 


S. d. 
2 5 


S. d. 
2 7 


5. 
2 


d. 

7 


S. d. 
2 9 


s. 

2 < 


Eiich extra foot 





u 





o 


13 


2| 


2^ 


2i 


2^ 





2| 


23 


S 


Each mitre . , , . 





oi 





01 


o.f 


0| 


1 


1 


il 





u 


ih 


1 


Veneering a pair of door-tram es, 
contHinine eighA-fett run, from 
two to three inches wide 


1 


6 


2 





1 10 


2 4 


2 5 


2 7 


2 9 


2 


9 


2 11 


2 J] 


Each extra foot 





li 





2| 


2 


2J 


2J 


3 


3 





H 


3i 


C 


Each niitre .... 





03 





0| 


1 


1 


li 


li 


n 





H 


If 


1 


EacJi half-inch extra in \v;dlli ol 
veneer, at per foot run, when 
above three inches wide 





H 





01 


Ol 


0^ 


Oi 


Ol 


03 





03 


H 


1 


> 

Vcneerin:; pannels at per foot 

superficial 




s. 




d. 
3 




When 
bent-in. 


WlllMl 

glued-up. 


5. d. 
6 


s. 




d. 
9 






4 


d. 


S. d. 


Ditto veneering solid doors 







3 




Os. 


Aid. 


6" 





9i 




10* 


Puiiing-in a pair of pannels uil^i 
beads behind, containing twelve 
feet run of bead and under, 
mitres included 




1 







1 


3 


I 6 


1 


6 







N. B. Vtheu pannels or solid doors arc veneer'd, the price of veneering 
not to be reduced under two feet superficial. 

Each extra foot run in bead behind pannel 

Each cant or break in ditto 

When wide stiles for columns or pilasters are veneer'd, the extra width of 
the veneer to be charged from the extra size according to this Table. 
When veneer'd in separate pieces — See Pilasters in Dressing Chest. 



s. c 



C 




c 



582 



TABLE, No. 13. 

The Price of Cuiting-out and Glueing on Mouldings or 

Stuff for Ditto, on Straight and Sweep-work, at per 

Foot ?un. 

£. s. .d 

Glueing on stuff for mouldings on straight- work, three- 
eighths wide and under Oj 

Ditto, from three-eighths to five-eighths wide 0$ 

Ditto, from five-eightlis to seven-eighths wide 1 

N. B. The above prices and measure are for the 
width of joint. ^ 

If any moulding is stuck for the workman, to be extra 

per foot for glueing on 0$ 

Eending and glueing the mouldings marked A in the 
Table on Sweep-work, above four feet diameter, three- 
eighths wide and under, at per foot 1 

Ditto, from four feet to two feet six inches diameter • • • • 1^ 
Ditto, from two feet six inches to one foot six diameter- • 2 
Bending and glueing the above mouldings from three- 
eighths to five-eighths wide on sweep-work, above four 

feet diameter I5 

Ditto, from four feet to two feet six inches diameter- • • • l| 
Ditto, from two feet six inches to one foot six diameter- • 2i 
Bendin<T and slueing the above mouldings, from five- 
eighths to seven-eighths wide, on sweep-work, above four 

feet diameter • • '■ H 

Ditto, from four feet to two feet six inches diameter • • • • 2 

Ditto, 



^^. 



.^85 

£. .. cL 

Ditto, from two feet six indies to one fool sixdiajnctcr- • 'ih 
Ben(lin<T and glueing the mouldings niarkcil J) in tiic 
Table on S\veei)-\vork, to be extra per foot from those 

marked A Oj 

Bending and glueing any of the mouldings marked A on 
round or elliptic corner tops, each corner extra from 

straight measure 2 J 

Ditto, from three-eighths to five-eighths wklc 3* 

Ditto, from five-eighths to seven-eighths wide 4 

N. B. Those mouldings that are bent on not ro 
exceed a quarter of an inch thick ; if above, to take 
the following prices. — 
Sawing-out, fitting, and glueing on mouldings, three- 
eighths wide and under, on sweep-work, above four feet 

diameter, at per foot • ; 

Ditto, from four feet to two feet six inches diameter- • 
Ditto, from two feet six inches to one foot six diameter- •' 
Ditto, fro n one foot six inches to one foot diameter • • 
Sawing-out, fitting, and glueing on mouldings, from three- 
eighths to five-eighths Avide, on sweep-work above four 

feet diameter, at per foot 

Ditto, from four feet to two feet six inches diameter- • • • 
Ditto, from two feet six inches to one foot six diameter- • 
Ditto, from one foot six inches to one foot diameter • • • - 
Sawing-out, fitting, and glueing on mouldings, from five- 
eighths to seven-eighths wide, on sweep-work above four 

feet diameter, at per foot 

Ditto, from four feet to two feet six inches diameter - • • • 
Ditto, from two feet six iaches to one foot six diameter- • 

Ditto, 






2 





2k 





3 





4 






n 





2J 





Si 





M 





21 





3 





4 



384 

£. s. d. 
Ditto, from one foot six inches to one foot diameter • • • • 5 
"N. B. If above seven-eighths to inch and eighth, or 
above inch and eighth, either in straight or sweep-work, 
to be charged in proportion to last stages. 
Glueing stuff for mouldings, flat-way, on the top or 
bottom edges of sweep-rails, to be charged as the 
above. 

N. B. Elliptic work to be charged according to the 
quickest diameter of the sweep. 



385 



) 



TABLE, No. 14. 

0/ Mouldings. 



il. s. il. ' 



o 



A plain cornfcc, ■?\ithout mouldings, two inches and a 
hair rise, and inch and half in projection, lined and 
sprung ready for sticking on straight-^ank, at per foot run 
A ditto on feint sAVCcp-^vork, above four feet dianreter • • O'^'O' '5' 
A ditto on sweep-work, iixjui four feet down to two feet 

six inches diameter 6^ 

Ditto, under two feet six inches to one foot six 8 

Each half-inch extra, either in rise or projection, on 

straight-work 0\ 

Ditto, from half-inch to an inch in ditto 0^ 

Ditto, from inch to inch and half in ditto Of 

Each half inch extra, either in rise or projection, on feint 

sweep-work, above four feet diameter Oj 

Ditto, from hall-inch to an inch in ditto 1 

Ditto, from inch to inch and half in ditto li 

Each half-inch extra, cither in rise or projection, on sweep 
work, from four feet down to two feet six inches 

diameter 1 

Ditto, from half-inch to an inch in ditto H 

Ditto, from inch to inch and half in ditto 2 

If the cornice exceed the above sizes, to be charged 
in proportion. 

3d • Edch 



586 

£. ^ <?. 
Each mitre in a cornice on straight-work, two inches and 

a half rise, and inch and half projection 

Each ditto in feint sweep-work above four feet diameter 
Each ditto, from four feet down to two feet six inches 

diameter 

Ditto, under two feet six inches to one foot six 

Each half-inch in rise or projection in cornice, to be 

extra in each mitre 

Each break in cornice ■ 

N.B. All mouldings introduced into a cornice, to 
be taken from the following Table. 






4 





5 





6 





7 





oi 





3 



. .oJJiCI 
•nciJjo'jo-fq lit 



•ijj ill'iH orihoUu oJ Jo 



' . 



MA)) ;»fli 



J 



■\ 



58S 
TABLE, No. 15. ^ 

Tlie Price of Woi'hing Mouldings in a Cornice, at per 

foot run. 



. On circular Ditto, fro... ^"'"'f™'? 
Long-«a,m ^^^^ ^^^.^ ,„^^ ,.^^, ,^ two Icet «x 

''"'g'"- four feet t-ro fret «» ""^h" '^ 
'"'^^- dUmaer. inche... »»<=. "«" ^'^ 

IHChCS. 


On hollow 

rrork, above 
four leet 
diameter. 


!)ilio, Irom 

lour feet to 

wo feet six 

inches. 


Dillo, frcn 
wo feet six 

iiichrs to 

one loot six 

inches. 




Each hollor or round not t\- 
ceeding lialf-inch rise or pro- 
jection 


d. 


d. 
14 


d. 

H 


d. 

li 


d. 


rf. 
2 


d. 
2J 




Each tlliptic ditto not ex- 
ceeding as above 


1 


i§ 


H 


24 


24 


2J 


3 




Kacb ogre ditto ai above • 


14 


2 


2J 


2| 


3 


H 


4 




A plain cove nut eicecding 
one inch in rise or pnijection 


li 


2 


24 


24 


2i 


2J 


34 




An a5tra;{al ur two reeds at 
bottom of ditto stuck out' of 
solid or i;lued on 


1 


11 


. li 


2 


H 


24 


H 




Each i|uirk • • 


04 


Oi 


OJ 


01 • 


Oi 


1 


14 




A imnll square not exceeding 
a quarter of an vich square 


OJ 


Oi 


1 


li 


14 


IJ 


H 




Kach ditto not exceeding 
half an incb square for 
fascia, dentil* &c. 


OJ 


1 




^*v-. 


'k 


^ iJ 


li 


2 




Each quarter of an inch eitlier 
in riie or projection in any 
of the above niemberi, extra 


Oi 


OJ 


OJ 


OJ 


0| 


1 


14 




Glueing a member of dif- 
ferent coloured wood* in 
ditto extra, not exceeding 
quarter-inch thick and half- 
inch wide 


li 


2 


24 


24 


24 


2J 


2| 




Glueing up ditfereM coloured 
woods to represent block 
dentils, at per foot run 


6 


6J 


6i 


74 


H 


7 


74 




Cutting gothic cornice and 
glaeing on the drops, at per 
foot ruQ 


8 


9 


94 


10 


9 


9i 


10 




A faKia long-way, with s 
string on on« side 


2i 


34 


34 


3| 


H 


H 


44 




A ditto crois-wty, with a 
string on mie side 


3 


3| 


4 


44 


4 


H 


4J 




Each «xtra string 


Oi 


•Oi 


OJ 


0| 


OJ 


. OJ 


Oi 




Each teed in a cornice qoar- 
ter-inch wide aad under 


OJ 


•o« 


1 


14 


li 


ij 


ll 




Ditto irom quarter-inch to 
balf-inch wide 


oj 


1 


14 


14 


IJ 


H 


2 





N. B. These reeds not to interfere with the two reeds at the 
bottom of the cove. 



(*r 



389 



Ohsenat'ioiis on the Tables of Mouldings. 

£. s. d. 
Working mouldings Ixitwcen breaks, both in sweep and 

straight, the stops and breaks to be charged accorchng to 

Tables. 
Each break in moulding when planted on, extra from the 

mitres 1 

When tiirce reeds on the edge of tops, and the middle one 

projects, to be extra per foot 0\ 

Ditto, when two reeds, and one projects, to be extra pcriboL 01 
N<»^ 1, 2, 3, 4, 9, and.lO, to take the advance for every ' 

quarter of an inch in extra thickness or projection, ou 

straight work ,0 Oi 

Ditto, if on sweeps, above two feet six inches diameter* • 06 
DittOjtwofeetsix inchesdiameterdowntoone footsixinches 0+ 

]3ittoVu»der one foot six inches diameter 1 

A\ hen half or three quarter corners are turn'd and glued 

on — Sec Dressing Ciikst, />(7o-c 14. 
N°4, as in table, the depth of the groove not to exceed 

one-eighth of an inch, and onc-quartcr in width of ditto. 
Every quarter of an inch in width or one-eighth in depth, 

extra per foot OA 

N. B. Wlicn any of the mouldings marked A or Bare . 

v\orkedoutof ftie-quarter stuff before they are glued on 

sweep-work, the working to Ix; paid as straight-work. 
The prices givai for bending on mouldings is not to extend 

to any othw Uiickncss but one-quarter stuff- 

i AT. B. No deductions to take place for an astragal with 

cue square when under three-eighths wide. 



* 390 



ft 



£. s. d. 

^ 27 and 33> the depth of the hollow not to exceed one- 
third of its diameter; if more, to be charged according to 
the extra size of mouldings. 
Each extra quarter of an inch in rise or projection of mould- 
ings, excepting No^. 1, 2, S, 4, 9, and 10, to be extra 

per foot run Oi 

When an extra square is introduced to any mouldings, to 

be charged the same price as N"' '2, in Table of Mouldings. 

If any extra quirk is introduced in mouldings— 5'ce Table 

of Cornice Mouldino-s. 
Each extra reed more than three inches, when the reed is 
one-eighth and one-sixteenth thick and under, extra 

per foot • Oj 

Ditto, when above one-eighth and one-sixteenth to three- 
eighths, Q^ per foot 0| 

The mitring, cutting, sweeping, glueing on, and sticking 
mouldings out of ebony, purple, king, Coromandel, tulip, 
or similar hard woods, to be charged ijd. m the shilling 
on the price of the mahogany- 
Ditto, of rose, satin. Botany Bay, or any similar woods, 
to be charged 44. in the shilling on the price of the 
mahogany. 
Ditto, of plain yew-tree or any dyed woods, to be charged 
3d. in the shilling on the piice of the mahogany. 

Each butt joint in three-eighths mouldings 

Ditto, in five-eighths mouldings 

Ditto, in seven-eightlis mouldings 

Crossing each moving joint with three-eighths mouldings- • 

Ditto with five eighths mouldings '•' 

Ditto with seven-eighths mouldings • • • • • "' 






Oi 





01 





1 





1 





u 





i^ 



■\^ 



I 



S90 



TABLE, No. 16. 









/5! a 



a 



s- 



J2 ^ 



•*«^ 


^•' 


.?€^ 


<^ 


"io 


1 




^ 


"w 



en 






s; 



s.^ 





^ a ^f rt - -. ^ 


^' 


- 


1 


1 

1 


1 






CO 






CO 


cd* 


CI 


CI 


- 


- 




Each 
stop 0I\ 
straight 
or sweep- 
work, 
• 


13 


—15* 




3. 


^ 


- 


-«l 


-«< 


--IC* 


rf 




ow 


«* 


-<CT 


-w 

" 





~«»i 






■«■ 




<o 


'O 


10 


•0 


'O 




01 









o\ 




CO 


■^ 








"3 


c; 


.-. 


-f 


"5 


'•■^ 


lO 




oc 


1 

i a. 

1 


-tt) 


CO 


-*> 

UO 


CO 


-'J 




s ■- 
:2 ^ 


1 


1 iii 


T" 


- 


OJ 


" 




c 


-*s 


IN 


CI 




eo 


- 


CM 


-w 


—to* 



^ 






^.-w 


-*j. 




^|CI 


OJ 


ci 


c. 


He» 


CO 




•* 


CI 


CO 


CI 


- 




3 i 5,5 3.^ £ 

U _ _ _ ^n — 

a :' -III 2% 


■3':? 


.«i 


« 


CI 


CI 


m 


01 


n 


■# 




".O 


CO 


^ 


CI 


-*t 


«* 




-si 

o 

c 


■Si =3 
a 3 •- --i 


-5 6^ 


- 


- 


-H 


-. 


- 


- 


-H 


-- 




— ♦ 


- 


- 




OHi 



C 






.^ t-^ 




-ft* 

C<5 


c: 


cv 








CO 


1^ 




CO 


■* 


t^ 


CO 


■:vr 


d 




J .5 - 3 i S 

= 5 ? ■- i S 

l-li-il 


-e f-i 


.-W 


Hot 






— ."?t 

C-l 




CO 


■o 






CO 


*o 


-1* 
01 


m 


-HI 




= t, £ y) ^r 


- 




e* 


T-y=* 


;»?■ 


e» 


e^* 


-«1 
0' 


CO 


■^ 


CI 


CO 


p** 


wt 


-1* 




:§ - -^ ""^ a 


-^ 


-. 


IM 


-His» 


-,„ 


OJ 






^- 


CO 


-1 


-« 
c 


tCH< 


- 


->* 




o 
is 

>!- 

3 

o 






■^'^ 


•-':■:* 


" 




., 


« 




CO 


•^ 


.0 


CO 


-* 


rMi 


-<•?» 








■^ - 




ef 


-CI 


■;:? 


■^' 




~? 


CO 




eo 


^^ 


CO 


rwi 


. 


-<* 
• 








^ 


.* 
- 




.- 


•;^ 




^ 
- 


rv 


Ol 
01 


0* 

CI 




ci 


-KM 


-fl 




1 J nil 


-3 





>-6W 


- 


-1* 


- 


-^ 


0^ 




CI 


^ 


«+ 


"3* 



- 




• 


ill 

K •= ^ 


~= S 





«f* 


9 


::■•* 





?:■* 



r* 














rm 
















^ 



13 


- 


wH* 


- 


.-1 


■" 


-tSi 




r-(^> 


rr3r^ 


-Hfft 


«-< 


- 


-NJ- 


— Kl 




Oil 







-«» 


-HI 


r 


-«l 


c^ 


«;3j 

CM 


C' 




CI 




-« 


-HI 
CI 


i-H 


-»♦ 









- 


^H 


" 


- 
1 


■:?■ 


t;' 


—^l 




1 


" 


- 


-ai 


--*:) 



^ 






6 


.^ 


*-; 


^ 




i 
< 1 


• 




>= 

"- 




22 


a 


*> 


■0 1 

- 1 

M 1 


• 




4-^ 





V 



"m 



TABLE, No. IT. 









<to 



?M 



r "^^ 
i CO 









OOP'- 

FsS Oil 



Sp 



.c> 








-let 


<n 


CO 


-l-x 


Z{ 


CO 


CO 


CM 


-'^ 


— R* 
CJ 


c* 


^^M 



•* 


W i i " 1 1 " " 

o ! 





- 


-Kt 


-;-M 


-l« 


- 


■^• 


z" 


- 


^ 




tew 


rl 


eew 




Of 

1 


1>. 


00 


c 


CO 


i 
1^ 


CO 




I-- 


t? 


1^ cc 


. 1 


Ml , 

li. 


1,0. 


.... 


l^ 


t-~ 


a> 


t^ 


— |5* 
'0 




-It) 
CO 


t^ 

<o CO 




t^ 


j 


On round-torncr 

lops, extra from 

straight measure, 

each corner. 


= ^ " s 

t3 


^cr 


- 


ot 


c 


f^w 
c 


-IN 


^ 


r 


0( 




-«( 


-w 


-<w 

CO 


§ K^l Bi iS 


-=■;?' 


,-Si^ 


n 


01 


CO 


-^^t -ATT 

CI <N 


cy 


CO 


-<* 
CO 


-»t 


CM 




-w 

CO 






>-«« 




e-5 




rj 1 CO 


CO 


—a* 




c 


CO 


CO 


-«l 




o 

f 

1 

O 

o 

« 

Ir 

o 

d 







— I5t 


!»(• 


— ^ 


<-^l -!5) 


-■-i* 


-„" 




MW 


r-W 


-«• 


rtW 


-H»* 


„ c — c w 
i— ~ u c « 

= .= = '-5 "■ 


-«» 


^O. 






■* 





■* 






CO 


■* 


— ;e* 
•* 




CO 




"* 


-« 


^ 
>* 


•0 


n 


tew 

CO 


CO 




•* 




CO 


-^) 
CO 


«5 


to 







CO 


CO 




<M 




CO 


•<f 


tc«.^ 

CM 


t»}. 




tew 

CM 


^ 


VO 


1 i: t; i 2 


■a 


OS- 






CO 


.. 




"2f 


CO 


CM 


KC* 


H* 


-e* 

CM 


CO 


-<* 


CO 


C» 


'^ 


0- 


8 S .5 -J -a :: jO -^ 




rj 


CO 


-0* 


-«* 

CO 




-• 









eo 


00 




•0 


;*. > .r 2 -^ .5 .2 






1 

CO CO 


0( 


eCr* ecHi t^f* 

CM <r* CO 

1 


CO 


I— « 


OM 


-e* 
CM 


tew 

CO 


~.w 
■ 




^^ 





CM 




^ 


c< 


CM 




CO 


CM 


^ 


CM 


— ♦ 

CI 


-w 


^ 
^ 


*,c .t ,= ti 

< — S 


-e? 




CJ 


-40) 

C 


CO 


^>* 


n» 


c< 


CO 


CM 


■-4 


tci* 


Ci 


CO 




P 

Te 
ijr. 

Q 


«1^ 




-K) 




-4* 


-I* 


tir 


-<* 


-♦* 


l-( 


,-1 










-«* 


c» 




"«» 


r^c* 


nw 


-«* 

IN 


t«l 


t>* 




-«* 


tew 


CM 


H« 
CO 


5 s 


^ w 


0< 


c7 


CO 


-1* 

C-* 


<N 




CO 




-* 


cy 


-i^ ' tew 

CM 1 CO 


tew 






K7* 




-dn 


« 


He* 


1^ 


CO 
CM 


tew 
0( 




ttl* 

1^ 


tCi* 
CM 


00 
CM 


tew 


HO) 
CO 


CO 

CO 


t>..,«.»L^ 


CO 


O; 





CJ 




0* 





.a I 



393 
(TABLE, No. 17, coniinuotl). 







: -= ^ i" " 
- « - ^ 

Mj -5 *< ti - 


-^ 


•-AM 


n 




CO 


1 

r 


•* 


CO 


<-•♦ 

c« 


CO 


CO 


•» 


'J 

5 

tr 

C 

o 

o 

p 

a> 

c« 

o 

*-> 

o 

P 

to 

o 
a 






-^ 


- 


-«i 


-*» 


•4M 


-*t 


CT 


>9> 

11 


i " 


1 

1 


r 


e« 




IMMIn 


^?r 


••"5 




— • 

CO 


S* 


1 * 


- 


-<• 


so 


3i 


^" 


'o 






'^ 


't 


1^ 


1 




•^ 


o 


-4# 


!■» 


CO 

1 


X 


1 _^ 

1 




— ■- -^ ^ i: 

-~ ■^ r »( u 
= ?.c 5 

c=-a 


1=1 


>ir 


•^^ 


-4« 




P< 


rw 


CO 


C» 


S» 






•o 




3 « ? •* 1 

.^ = 2 ■' 


-^Z"" 


C* 


CO 


CI 


CO 


1 ^^ 


CO 


CO 


0* 


W 




S 1 S -S £ 

or 


^■.ir 


IN 


•r 




-»»• 
•* 


CO 


] 


^ 


.0 


-* ' 


T 


••= 




o 


•5S = 3 


^o' 


..1. 
"••^t 


-^51 


rw 


ci 


1 - 


r 


cc:+ 


k 


r^ 


c« 




|ii-=l!y{ 


- 


-«3< 
CO 


■3? 


, .0 


-•* 


U3 


CO 


.'2* 




trt 


1^ 




■«-J 




-«:? 




-* 


•* 




O* 
■* 






CO 


•* 






1 


miuM 


■'■■:!?■ 


t' 


« 


--• 

CO 


'y 


?0 


rfc^ 


CO 




CO 


— n 

T 






1 S t i 5 L 


t*» 




CO 


CO 


c^ 


•* 


CO 


^ 
c. 




■«>• 


* 
-* 


o 


ha 
O 

"3 

C 
o 


^ .5 - = 1 


-•t* 

n 




*.-* 


-i 


00 




T 


^0 


-^ 




•o 




t D « ^ :/ .: 3 
— .r - "5 -3 


^■^ 


c< 






CO 


CO 


1" 






CO 




wo 


o 




■o _ 


»«» 




CI 


^ 


tew 

7^ 


wo 

CO 


CO 


CI 


?? 


CO 


rr 




S „ 


-»♦ 






c^ 




CO 




0< 




00 


-4. 




c 
"3d 

s 
O 




a 


.-w 


-w 


-«• 


.»# 


-«l . 


TO* 


^T>» 


-<• 


-•• 


-«l 


'J* 




ij 




^ 


- 


c» 


ct 




« 


CO 


c» 


rw 


N 


w 


CO 




.rap ^ ^ 1 


" 1 


n 




CO 


?f 


^ 


CO 

-*• 

04 


1? 


CO 




CO 




ll#r.^i 


- 


e» 


<N 


c» 


e» 


n 


<»» 


<N 


« 






1 

-5 


1 
try 




1 


us 

CO 


CO 


CO 

CO 


C^ 

1 




»» 




to 





^ ^\ 



395 



TABLE, No. 18. 

The Price of Iramed Bachs, extra from Plain Backs. 

A onc-pannel back, containing four iuperficial feet • • ■ • 10 

Each extra foot superficial Oj 

A two-paunel back, containing six superficial feet 1 3 

Each extra foot superficial 0|- 

A three-pannel back, containing eight superficial feet • • • • 1 9 

Each extra foot superficial Of 

A four-pannel back, containing ten superficial feet • • • • 2 4 

Each extra foot superficial 1 

Each superficial foot less than start of one or two pannels 

back Oi 

Each superficial foot less than start of a three-pannel back Oi 

Each superficial foot less than start of a four-pannel back Of 

A munting in a plain back 4i 

Eacli extra pannel above four 6 

DEDUCTION OF BACKS. 

Deduct for a plain back, containing four superficial feet 9 

Ditto for each superficial foot more than four ditto • • • • li 
uDitto for a framed back with one pannel, containing four 

ditto 1 7 

Ditto 



596 

Deduct for a framed back with two pannels containing 

six superficial feet 

Ditto for a ditto with three pani>ela containing eight ditto 
Ditto for a ditto with four pannels containing ten ditto • • 
Ditto for each extra foot of back above fuur feet with one 

pannel • • • • • • • 

Ditto ditto above six feet with two pannels 

Ditto ditto above eight feet with three pannels • •.•^h^^fU hni) 
Ditto ditto above ten feet with four pannels • iW'vtiv f.*.* 
N. B. When two or more carcases are joined together, 
each back to be deducted separately, as per Table. 



s. d. 






2 


3 


3 





3 


10 





2 





2 





2i 





^i 



iiigf) j'niii 



l».iJlHMJi; 



^7 



- V TABLE, No. 19. 

Tramiffig Tops or Sliders to rGceive Flaps, S^c. 

£. s. d. 
rraniing a top or slider four feet long, for lining or 

veneering, to receive one flap 1 y 

A bead mitred round the well-hole, or a piece of half-inch 

stuff to shew a lipping 

Tliree slips to support the flap 

A plain solid flap, without clamps 

A horse to ditto 

A bottom under ditto, screw'd or bradded on 

If the bottom under the flap is rabbeted in, extra 

Each inch more in length of top, to four feet six inches • • 

Each ditto above four feet six inches 

Each inch less, down to two feet six inches 

Framing a top to receive two flaps for lining or veneering 

A bead mitred round the flap 

For clamping flaps or framing ditto with flush panncls — 

* See Tables q/'Di/^o. 

Framing a solid top or slider four feet long to receive one 

flap- 

Ditto to receive an extra flap at the back or ends, extra 

Each inch more in length, to four feet six inches 

Ditto, above four feet six inches long 

Each inch less, down to two feet six inches j^^. . . i . . . . 

When 






6 





3 


1 




1 


3 





G 





3 





Oi 





1 





04 


o 


4 





8 



2 


s 


1 








li 





H 





1 



'98 



When a framed top or slider is vcneer'd, to be measured 
as square, at per foot superficial (from Table of Ditto, 
K° 6.), when the flap is either solid or for lining, the 
measurement of the iiap being allowed on account of 
the extra trouble of veneering the slider. 

For veneering the flap — See Table, N° 6. 



S9Q 



TABLE, No. 20. 

For Framing the Tops (if Tables, Sliders, ^c. mth Jiush 
Pantwhy for veneering, lining, or solid, extra Jrom 
Start Top, ^Y'. 

£. s. <1. 
Framins; tops . of tables, sliders, &c. for ]iniii<4 or 

veneering oix, . with one tlu§li paunel containing two 

saperficial feet t •. i>. • 1 6' 

Ditto, with two flush pannels containing four superficial 

feet :•• ,..,.,...,.^^.,^,,..^... 2 2 

Ditto, with three flush pannQl? containing six ditto 3 

Ditto, with four flush pannels containirvs; eight dittos • • • 4 0* 

Each extra p-AUuel in ditto ••••• • 7? 

When pannels are framed flush. on both sides, each pannel 

extra .,.../ 2^ 

Each superficial foot extra in tops, &c. with one pannel Of 

Ditto in two-pannel tops, &c. v 04 

Ditto in three-pannel tops, ^c. • 1 

Ditto in fourrpannel tops, (Si^c.,:, •.•,•.♦.;,• li 

For Solid Work. 

Framing tops of tables, Sec. of solid work, with one flush 
pannel containing two superficial feet 

Ditto, with two flush pannels containing four superficial 
feet l '.,'..'.'.','. i :. ^ ... JJ:*^ in Ji><.>« i.'.iuatt h^:. 

Ditto, with three flush pannels containing six superficial 
feet 






1 


lOJ 





o 


9^ 





3 9 
Ditto, 



400 

£. s. d. 
Ditto, with four flush pannels containing eight superficial 

feet 4 10 

Each extra pannel in soUd work 9 

When pannels are framed flush on both sides, each 

pannel extra 2^ 

Each superficial foot extra in tops, (Sec. with one pannel 1 

Ditto in tu'o-pannel tops, &c. 1 

Ditto in three-pannel tops, Sec. •'i'' 'f'-'->i^^^ ll 

Ditto in four-pannel tops, Sec. . k-v-. i'jy^. VW. il:, q H 

I^. B. Flush pannels in solid work considered of equal 
value with an ovale oh the inside of the framing. 
If solid pannels are framed with bead and butt, each 

pannel extra •••••••••• c-l •'i"i'i"«^-4 i-'*^*^^*- ii^v^^-^i •>.j'tii. !iQ q g 

Working a quirk bead on tile Iframing wTien one iflush 

pannel ...^vr.»k=». 8 

Ditto, each extra pannel .•..'...; vi . < v . . * ; ; ... . .... q 3^ 

JFraming the top of Circular Library Writing Table with 
four angle-pannels, wthout the outside fmming, con- 
taining eight superficial feet, flush on both sides 3 

Ditto, with five square pannels, flush on one side, with 
outside framing, and four angle-pannels, flush on both -^^t iii 

sides, without the outside framing 6 8 

Each extra superficial foot in ditto 1? 

Framing the bottom, without pannels, with one w ide cross- . .r 

» i • ."'■ 'snifiiii-ui 

rail •••••••••••••••••. •••••p, .•,*,•,*.*.,•••••?•••••••• o 1 



Ditto, when with two cross-rails • • •* • • • • '']■■' ,]-j,riT v.; * , 9 ^, .,- 



Ki 



Each extra superficial foot in cUtto ••'•.:•::!!!! ^ 0. .-"''^^ 



■ lis iiinr ,( • 
Jo Jl 



402 

TABLE/ No. 21. 

"Wlien a top, &c. is lined with cloth or leather, &c. deduct 

for cleaning up a sohd top, at per it)ot superficial • • • • 
Add for straight lipping on tops, flaps, &c. at per foot run 

Ditto cross-lipping, at per foot run 

On circular work, cross or lon^ way, at ditto 

Lipping round-corner tops, ^|ii corner, under fifteen 
inches diameter, extra from straight measurement • ■ • • 

Ditto, when with one break • . . . .■«^. • 

Ditto, when with two breaks • • • • 

Each extra break or cant • • • ; s . . . v^. o 

Each mitre or butt-joint in ditto 

'N. B- These lippings not to exceed one inch wide ; 
if above, to take the ditterence as in Table of Banding. 
Lipping over half-columns, sweep'd inside, mitres included 

Ditto over three-quarter colunms, each 

Lining with cloth a table-top, &c. containing nine feet' su- 
perficial 

Each extra superficial foot 

Ditto less down to three feet 

When a rising flap is introduced into a lined top or slider, 
the lining of top to be measured the whole size, and the 
flap separately. 
Lining with leather to be one half more than cloth, except 
tops, &c. under three feet superficial, lined with morocco, 
which are to be the same price as cloth, 






u 





1 





n 





11 





u 





2 





2^ 





Ok 





Ui 





3 





s^ 





10 





1 





of 



404 



TABLE, No, 22. 



Price of Sawing-oitt Straight Legs, Columns, S^c. and 

Tapering ditto. 



SAWING-OUT, 
each cut, 


Inch and 
quarter 
or inch 

and halt 
stuff. 


Two-inch 
stuff. 


Two-inch 

and halt 

stuff. 


Three- 
inch 
stuff. 


fAPERING LEGS, 

each side in length 

of taper. 


Inch and 
quarter 
to inch 

and half 
stuff. 


From 

inch and 

half to 

two 
inches. 


From 

two 

inches to 

two and 

a half. 


From 

two 

inches 

and a half 

to three 

inches. 


Two I'eet long or 
under 


Old. 


Old. 


\d. 


Hd. 


One foot six inches 
long and under 


Old. 


oid. 


Oid. 


Id. 


Above two feet to 
two feet six inches 
long 


0| 


1 


n 


ij 


Above one foot six 
inches to two feet 


Oi 


of 


1 


U 


Above two feet six 
inches to three 
feet long 


1 


n 


n 


i| 


Above two feet to 
(wo feet six 
inches 


1 


1 


n 


H 



N. B. If sawing - out or tapering legs exceed the above 
dimensions, to be charged in proportion to the last stages. 



406 



TABLE, No. 23. 



Price of Sawing-ont Sweep Legs, and Shaping Ditto, extra from 

Marlbro Legs. 



To start one foot six inches long, and under. 


These legs 


to be considered taper 


'd. 




SWVING-OUT 

eacU leg. 


No. 1, 'i, 
and 3. 


No. 
4. 


No. 
5. 


No. 
6. 


No. 
7, 


SHAPING LEGS, 
each, 


No. 
1. 


No. 

a. 


No. 3. 


No. 
4. 


No. 5, 


No. 6. 


No- 7. 


Above inch to inch 
an 1 half thick 


d. 


d. 


d. 

2i 


d. 

2S 


d. 

31 


Above inch to inch 
and half 


rf. 

3 


d. 

4 


s. d. 

.5i 


d. 
4i 


s. d. 

6 


t. d. 

6k 


s. d. 

9h 


Above inch and iialf 
to two inches 


n 


2 


n 


3 


4 


Above inch and half 
to two inches 


4h 


6 


8i 


7k 


9 


91 


1 2| 


Abnc two inches to 
two and a lialf 


a 


n 


3 

31 


Si 

Si 


4i 


Above two inches to 
two and a half 


6 


S 


11 


9i 


1 


1 1 


1 7 
1 Hi 


Aboye two and a half 
to three inches 


3 


Above two and a half 
to three inches 


7i 


10 


1 H 


Hi 


1 3 


1 4| 



EXTRAS. 

£. s. d. 
Each extra six inches in length of cutting or shaping of 

two-inch stuff or under Oi 

Ditto from two inches to two and a half Oj 

Ditto from two and a half to three inches Of 



I 



5h 



418 



TABLE, No. 27. 

Price of Saxving-oiit, Shaping, and Fixing Claws. 
All claws to sttnt square on the top edge, and taper'd to the castor. 



Sawiog-out each claw, ( 


Shaping and fixing each claw. 


Each 
square 
or slop, 
as in 
No. 7, 
put to 


ve indies long 
nd under. 


No. 1 

and 2. 


No. 3, 4, 5, 
and 0. 


No. 6, 7, 3, 
10, and 11. 


iwelve inches ioii^ 
and unfler. 


,Vo. 
10 


No. 

\ 

5. d. 

\<d\ 


No. 
3. 


No. 
4. 


No. 5 
and 9. 


No. 6 
and 10. 


No. 7 
and 11. 


No. 
8. 


claws, 
eltra 


&iuH"to inch and 


d. 


d. 


d. 
1\ 


Inch stuff and under 


s. d. 
11 


s. d. 
llj 


s. d. 
1 


1 01 


«. -d. 

1 oi 


3. d. 
1 1 


d. 
1 


^ inch and liult 
vo irulit'ji 


ij 


n 


n 


Above inch to iiich 
and qnarler 


1 


I OJ 


1 1 


1 11 


1 11 


I 3 


1 3^ 


1 n 


u 


c two inches to 
and H half 


O 


1\ 


3i 


Abo\ e inch and quar- 
ter to inct and half 


1 2 


1 2| 




1 3A 


1 4 


1 5 


1 5| 


1 6 


n 


c.two and a half 
irce iiiciies 


2i 


3 


33 


Above inch and hall 
to two inches 


^ 4 


1 4^ 


1 s\ 


1 64 


1 7 


1 8 


1 8i 


1 9 


n 


N. B. All extra work to tho above palttrns, 


Above two inches to 
two and a ball 


1 6 


1 7 


1 8 


1 9 


1 10 


1 11 


1 U^ 


2 


24 


T 111 sawinp-o 
ing to lime. 




"■o> '" "' 




Above two and a half 
to three inches 


1 s 


1 9 


1 10 


1 11 


2 Ql 


1 2 


2 2 


2 3 


2h 



In sawin2;-out claws, every two inches extra in length, of 

two inches and a half stuft' and under Oi 

Every two inches extra, from two and a half to three inches Oi 
In shaping claws, every tAvo inches extra in length of two- 
inch stuff and under Oi 

Every two inches extra ditto to two and a half inches thick Oi 

Every two inches extra ditto to three inches thick 0| 

N. B. If claws exceed the above dimensions, to be 

paid for in T)roportion to last stages. 

TABLE 



419 
TABLE, No. 27, (continued.) 

Fehit-roimd'mg Top Edges of Claws, and Chamfering 

Ditto. 



y 



cUwi. 


N ■. 




3. 


N"- »..''. 6. 7, :i. 9. )'), niMl 11. 


Inch ami half ihick and under . 


u. 


\\d. 


^i.^. 


IfcilliiTof ihisc numlii rs 
be roiimliii orchwmfcr'd, 
to be paid for acconling 
to time. 


Above inch and hnll In Iwo 
inchf» 


'1 


2 


2 


Ah(.vc two inches . . . Cn 


n 


9? 



For the prices of moulding, &c. claws — See Taules of Ditto, ^/f 



References to Table, No. 27. 

Feint-rounding the tops of claws to pillar, one inch and 
half ibick and under ._, 

Ditto, above inch and half thick 

Chamfering claws about half-way up from the castor- • • • 

Ditto Nos, 1, 2, and 3, whole length of claw, fifteen 
inches long and under 

Ditto ditto, above fifteen inches long 

Fixing a square toe on either leg or claw, as in Plate, 
with single tenon 

Ditto, with double tenon 

Tapering ditto, each toe 

Scribina: end of claw to turned toe, extra each toe 

Dowclling tenons, each dowel 

N. B. 'I'he extra length of rounding claws is consi- 
dered in the thickness. 



d.-! 









05 








1 








oi 








1 








H 








3 








u 








u 








1 








Oi 



y 



422 

TABLE, No. 28. 

Veneering and PannelUng Claws twelve inches long, hy inch-and- 

half thick. 
N. B. Extra size to be measured as in solid claws. 





No. 
1. 


No. 

«7^ 


No. 
3. 


No. 

4. 


No. 
5. 


No. 
6. 


No. 


No. 
8. 


No. No. 
9. 10. 


No. 
11. 




Veneering the ftont long- 
way 


d. 
2J 




d. 
3 


& d. 

4 


S. d. 
5 


S. d. 

6 


6, d. 


d. 


S. d. 
5 


S. d. 
5 


S. i. 
4i 




Ditto, cross-way 


3 


4 


H 


4 


5 


S 


6h 


H 


5 


5 


H 




tacli extra quarlL-r-inch 
iii widlli ot veneer on 
llie front 


Oh 


o'i 


ol 


oi 


1 


n 


u 


1 


1 


1 


oi 




\ eaeeriug each side, long 
or no3s-way 


2h 


~-2 


2i 


3 


3 


3 


3 J 


3i 


3 


3 


3 




A panne! o(" single string 
in the Iron', continued 
to the bliape of the 
daw 


4| 


4i 


4 s 


5 


6 


7 


7 


4i 


H 


5 


5 




iMaking and lotting-in a 
pannel in the front 


51 


H 


G 71 


81 


n 


1 1 


5 


H 


Ch 


7 




Uiuo, witii abiring mitred 
round 


7i 83 


8 


10 


Hi 


1 3 


1 5 


7 


1 


9 


9 




A pannel of single string 
in llie side 


5h oh 


5| 


7 


7 


8 


81 




6-J 


8 


8 




iMaking and letiing-in a 
pannel in the side 


Th 


<) 


9 


10.^ 


101 


llj 


1 




!0| 


ni 


I'i 




Djuo, wilh a string mitred 
round 


9i 


11 


11 


1 1 


1 ih 


1 31 


1 4 




I 


1 2 


1 1^ 




Each corner line in the 
upper edge to the shape 
of claw 


H 


2 


If 3 


3i 


H 


3 


la^ 


3 


4i 


2 


Ditto in tlie I'jwer ed^e, 
without breaks 


IJ 


li 


H 


n 


1.^ 


1^ 


li 


If 


o 


2 


'M 



Every six inches extra in length of corner line 

"When corner-line is returned on the top or bottom against the 

dovetail, each break 

AVhen the corner line in the upper edge of N° 11 is continued 

round the top scroll to join the line in the lower edge, each side 

extra 

Every four inches extra length of veneer on front or side 

Extra strings, at per foot run 

Every three inches extra length in a pannel of string in the front 

or side of a claw ^ 

Every three inclies extra length in a pannel let-in on the front • • 

Every two inches ditto ditto on the side 



05 



Oi 
Oi 

Oh 

1 

1 



42: 



Hcfcrcnccs to Table, No, 28. 

Jt- *. d. 

A panncl of single string in the top part of claw N*^ 4 or 5 Sj- 

A ditto ditto in N° 6 4 

A ditto ditto in N° 7 4^ 

Making and Ictting-in a pannel on the top part of N° 4, 

5, or on the curved line of N° 7 4i 

Ditto ditto in N° 6 • 6 

Ditto ditto in N° 7, on the dotted line 7 

A single siring round ditto, on N° 4 or 5 H 

Ditto round ditto, on N° 6 or 7 2 

]L,ach extra string round ditto Oi 

"\\'hen claws are of inch-stuff and under eight inches long, 

deduct iVoni pannclling or veneering each side 0^ 

The pannel s in the front of iS° 8 considered to be 
stopp'd below the squares. 
When the pannel in N° 4 or 5 is not continued through to 
the shape of the claw, the bottom part to be charged 
as No, 8. 
Ditto ditto in N° 6 or 7, to be charged as N° 3. 
Taper-pointed panncls, either in front or sides of claws, 
when formed by strings or panncls let-in, to be extra 

from a s(juare pannel, each Of 

"When narrow stuif is glued up for veneering the front of 
claws cross-wa}', three joints in a foot in width are con- 
sidered in the table; each extra joint at per foot in length \^ 



Glueing 



£. s. d. 

Glueing up stuff' for veneering sides of claws, each joint 

in veneer, at per foot in length 1^ 

If the sides of claws are veneer'd with small pieces, each 
joint on the claw Oi 

When more than one pannel on the front or side of a claw, 
to be measured as one pannel the whole length, adding 
for each extra end or break ••• 1 

Deduct for each start break in pannels of string in claws Oj 

Shaped ends to pannels, either in front or sides of claws, to 
be taken from Table N° 3% and 3d. to be added on 
the shilling on that price. 

When the front or sides of claws are pannelled with long- 
band, to be double the price of a pannel with single 



string. 



Pannels formed with cross-banding on the front, to be the 

same price as long-banding. 
Pannels formed with cross-banding on the sides, to be 

extra from long-banding, per foot of band 01- 

N. B. No charge to be made for making cauls for 

veneering claws. 



408 



TABLE, No. 24. 

Feint-rounding Moulding, and Sinking Pannels in Legs 

or Stump-feet. 



The legs considered two inches 
thick o"r under, and the mould- 
ings aud pannels one fool six 
inches long. 


Marlbro' 
legs. 


Taper 

legs. 


Ko. 
1. 


No. 

2. 


No. 
3. 


No. 
4. 


No. 
5. 


No. 
6. 


No. 
7. 


Each 
stop. 


Evt 
ixir 

nior 
les 
len 

dow 

ni 

inc 


Feint-rounding the front 


Md. 


Md. 


2rf. 


2</. 


2d. 


2jf/. 


eld. 


3irf. 


4d. 


Ohd. 


c 


f«o bedds .md a tiollow,^ or 
round or toad-back moulding, 
in front 


'il 


3 


6 


6 


6 


6 


, 7 


7 


7 


1 





A hollow, or round, with two 
quirks 


2 


24 


4J 


4J 


^ 


4h 


H 


4i 


41 


01 


c 


Tw.) reeds, with a square on 
eavh side, or three reeds with- 
out squares 


3 


4i 


6 


6 


6 


6 


7 


7 


7' 


01 


c 


Each extra reed 


oi 


1 


n 


n 


H 


n 


H 


1| 


li 


Oi 


c 


Sinking a pannel in the front, 
one-eighth ol an inch deep 


5 


5 


6| 


6i 


6k 


6i 


n 


7.^ 


7i 




Do 

in 

] 


i.iito, with a bead wurfiiM round 
to leave a square mari;in 


8 


8 


91 


91 


9i 


m 


10| 


10^ 


lOs 




] 


Ditto, with a bead of diS'ereut 
coloured wood mitred rnuud 


8 


8 


lOi 


lOf 


lOf 


lOJ 


Hi 


Ui 


111 






'inkii.g a pannel in the side, 
Oiie-eiuhih deep 


3 


5 


Ih 


7J 


n 


8 


y 


9 


9 






Ditto, with a bead worked round 
to leave a square mart^in 


8 


8 


llj 


\\h 


1 


1 


1 u 


1 u 


1 1* 






DiH'», Willi a bead ofdilfcrent 
CJluured wood mitred round 


8 


8 


1 OJ 


1 Oi 


1 1 


1 1 


1 n 


1 11 


1 2i 






Each extra halt-inch in width of 
pannel or moalding 


01 


Oi 


1 


1 


1 


1 


n 


li 


U 




( 


Diit'i, when feint rounded 


Oi 


Oi 


01 


Oi 


0| 


01 


o\ 


oj 


Oi 






Each eit a eii;hlh ol an inch in 
depth of a sunLeti pannel 


o 


2 


<1\ 


21 


G| 


'22 


3 


3 


^ 







N. B. The feint-roundins: to be continued over the scrolls and toes. 
Wlien mouldings round sunk pannels — See Tables of Mouldings. 



410 



TABLE, No. 25. 



TJierming Straight Legs, Stump-feet, S^c. to start from 

No. 1, as ill Plate J. 



Suimp-feet, each 
two iiichej square. 


Cellaret or bidet legs, 
two inches square. 


Cellaret, >ideboa;d, diniiin, 

card, Pembroke, cliamber, 

or work table legs, U^o 

iuches square, 


Siileboard or pier table 

legi, two inciies and a 

quarter square. 




d. 
5 





7 



EXTRAS. 

£. *. d. 

When a square is reduced, as N° 2, in Flate 7 ' ■ 1 

Each square, not exceeding one inch wide, sunk beneath 

a moukling, as N° 3 1 

Each extra half-inch or under in width of ditto Oi 

Each quirk, as N° 4 U 

Each hollow or round, not exceeding a quarter-circle, as 

N°5 U 

Ditto, half-circle, as N° 6 1| 

When hollows or rounds are stuck to form eliptic mould- 
ings, top or bottom of ditto, extra Ok 

Each ogee, as N° 7 ^i 

N. B. The above mouldings are considered one inch 
diameter or under. 
Each extra half-inch or under in diameter, in quarter 

circles Oi 

Ditto. 



*411 

£. s. d. 

Ditto, in half fiivlcs U 0* 

This extra size not to be paid when circles arc above 
two inches, l)ut charged as follows : — 

Each ihit circle, as N° 8, from two to three inches wide 2\ 

Each extra inch in width of ditto, cither hollow or ronnd ()•' 

Each flat ogee, as N° 9, from two to three inches wide • • '3 

Each extra inch in witlth of ditto Oj 

Each curve in toe, as N'' 10 

N.B. 'J'hc width of the nioiildinir to measure the 



3 



Q 



lengthwav of the les;. 
When the toe is work'd from below a moulding, as 

!N° 1 1, to be extra from start toe 1 i 

Each half-inch or under in extra thickness, to be charged 

on the full price of therming the leg, 2d. in the shilling. 
When the taper is obstructed at top by projecting muuld- 

iniis, each leg extra 2^ 

Plinthing legs, either with or without mouldings (tapering 

and njitres included), to be the same price as therming 

out of the solid. 
Plinthing with |)lain veneer, each leg, exclusive of tapering 2h 

Ditto, mitreil at corners 3^- 

Each siring, either top or bottom Oi 

Each extra string 04 

If veneer of [)linth is taper'd, to be extra eacii leg Oj 



414 



TABLE, No. 26. 



Bending and Sfrinoiufr, 



Cr-z^s-hant], citlier on slriiigbt 
tT <,->it.'ul;ir flat work, extra 
iVum loi'g hatid, jK*i iuot,02d. 




r\ .,*....• 


\.^ 1. 




Dn circular tops above two feet dianune 




.I.0NC-W.4 Y. 


LONG on CROSS-WA 


l)lie-ii{;Illll 

to a qnarlei 
of an i'.icli 

wide. 


Above 

quarter of 
uii inch to 
hall-inch. 


Ab(»ve hall 
inch ro one 

iliCh. 


Eacli extni 
lialt-inclt 
iu widli. 


Quarter 
incli 
wide. 


Tliree- ' 

eigliilis 

ol ineli 

wide. 


Half- 
iiicli 
wide. 


Above 
lialt-incti . 
to one 
ineh. 


Eacii ext 
balJ-iiic 
in widt; 


Long-way, without a string . 


Hd. 


u^. 


1^./. 


O^rf. 


-2d. 


2^1. 3i<l. 


41(1. 


Ohd 


Ditto, on solid work, or gtoov'd 

iii on vencer'd work 
Ditto, f^ouv'd in from the 

e(\ie. on 'iolid woik 


u 


IS 


o 


Oi 


n n 3j 


5 


oi 


H • 


o 


c.i oh ' 


'^i \ 3 \ 4 5h 


0? 



£. s. d. 



Each mitre or stop in long or cross-bands, one inch wide 

or under 

Each butt-joint in long band, one inch wide or under- • • • 
Above inch to two inches wide, in a mitre, stop, or butt 

joint • 

And so on, in proportion. 
One string to a band, on straight or sweep work, f>er foot 

Each string more than one, per foot 

AVhen narrow stuff is glued-up for cutting out cross-band 
three joints in a foot in width — is considered in the 
Table. Each extra joint, at per foot in length, when 

added together *..... Q H 

Banding oval, cliptic, or serpentine tops, extra from 

circular, per foot : . . . . O Oh 

Ditto 



0^ 
OJ 



Oj 



01^ 
01 



,<>. 


d. 





1 





1} 





o 





ot 





n 





oi 



415 

Ditlo ciirular tops or corners, two irct dianictcr to riftcon 

iiiclu's ^ . . • . 

Ditto ditto, under fil'tccn inches to nine inches • • ^ 

Ditto ditto, untler nine inches •' 

liiind, when stopjied by breaks, each stop extra 

Each break in a baud, inchidini;; its own stop 

Each stop or break in l)and on a sohd top, extra 

N. B 1 he prices of these stops .inel breaks arc ex- 
clusive of mitres. 

'j'he price of band, one-eighth wide, not to interfere 
with the price of corner-line. 
A corner-line on straight work, external mitres included, 

per foot run 1 

■^ ditto, or a lin e routed-in from the edge on circular 

work above two feet diameter, per foot run 1\ 

Ditto, two feet diameter and under 1} 

Ditto, on circular or eliptic corner'd tops, nine inches 
diameter and under, each corner extra from straight 

measure 

Ditto, wlien stopped I)v <i break, each stop 

Each break in corner-line, or line routed in 

Each internal mitre in corner-line 

Each stop in a string routed-in 

A line routed-in from the edge, when formed into a pannel, 

extra '1 

N. B. No mitres to be charged for in lines routed in. 

Crossing table-joints with corner-line, each crossing o\ 

Ditto, with a string routed-in, each crossing- • • • i 

Ditto, 






u 





o.i 





1 





o-i 





oi 



416 

£• s. 

Ditto, with a band, each crossing 

Long or cross b»-Hding on swcep'd work, extra from long 

banding on strln''»t work, j^er foot • 

Long or cross baiicling on hollow or cliptic work, extra 

IVoni cross banding on straiiiht work 



d. 

Ok 

0| 



V 



^ i 



426 



TABLE, No. 29. 

Price of Shamming Drawer Fronts. 





Eight 

inches 

long and 

under. 


From 

eight 

inches to 

one foot. 


From 

one foot, 

to one 

foot six 

inches. 


From 
one foot 

six 

inches, 

to two 

feet. 


From two 
feet, to 

two feet 

six 
inches. 


From two 

feet six 

inches, 

to three 

feet. 


From 
three 
feet, to 
three 
feet six 
inches. 


From 
three 
feet six 
inches, 
to four 
feet. 


"if "a" 

sham- 
front ex- 
ceeds 
four and 
a ball 
inches 
wide, at 
two feet 

long, 
each ex- 
tra foot 
of bead 


Oi; rtMt work, witli a scratch 
bead 


ad. 


i\d. 


nd. 


lid. 


2d. 


3^d. 


3rirf. 


S^d. 


Id. 


On sweep work 


2^ 


n 


n 


3i 


H 


3| 


4J 


4i 


i 


With a cock bead on straight 
work 


H 


6 


5i 


6 


6J 


7 

H 


7i 


8 


h 


^l^h^n circular or elipiic 
won^one foot six inches 
dijnieTcr 


5J 


6 


6\ 


7 


73 


8| 


9i 


i 


Ditto, on circular or eliptic, 
under one foot six inches 
diameter 


Gh 


7 


71 


8 


H 


9i 


93 


loi 


i 


Ditto, on hollow work, under 
one foot six inches diame- 
ter 


7 


71 


8i 


8^ 


91 


I0| 


103 


Hi 


3 


With a sin^e line on straight 
work _^ 


H 


4 


41 


5 


5J 


6 


H 


7 


h 


Ditto, on sweep work - 


4 


H 


5 


5i 


6 


6i 


7i 


71 


i 


When cock beads are made of 
ebony, or rose wood, extra 


IJ 


12 


2 


2i 


n 


3 


H 


H 


3 


Ditto, of white holly, or satin 
wood, extra 


2 


H 


n 


23 


3 


H 


33 


4 


3 


When these panncls are form- 
ed, where yon cannot guage 
on the side of the panoel, 
extra 


I 


i 


I 


* 


■i 


3 


3 


1 





N. B. If these pannels are made with sweep sides or 
ends, or any other shaped pannels — iSee Table, N° 39' 

N. B. If partition edges are shammed, either at the 
ends, top, or bottom of fronts— <See references to 
Table N°3. 



427 



References to Table, No.. 29. 

^' £. a. d. 

For handles, knobs, or escutcheons, on sham fronts — Ste 

Table of Brass-uork. y4jt.yt ^ Jx 

If a sham front exceeds Tour feet long, to be charged 

^n proportion to last stages. 

When drawer fronts are siiannncd across a drawer, lopcr, 
&c. each butt joint in bead extra from the above 
table • Oi 

When the strings for shammrn'sf drawer fronts are made of 

ebony or other hard wood, to be extra per foot on , , 

length of string • • • • • 0^ 

If these beads are stuck of dyed woods, to be extra 
' in the shilling on the price of the table • • '•"• ..\l /.".' . 2 



T 



428 

TABLE, No. 30. 

Of Clamping. 

Square-clamping tops, kc. one foot long or under, each 

clamp 3 

Every three inches longer, extra 0| 

Clamping tops endway to appear as solid, at per foot run 3 

Each joint in ditto 0| 

Each joint of the end clamp to the front or back piece • ' Oi 



it9 



TABLE. No. 31. 

Filling-up the Lisides of Doorframes for Glazing. 

Each piece between two mitres considered a bar. 

£. s. d. 

A straight bar with a plain fillet 3 

An astragal, two reeds, or fillet, cross-banded 3» 

An angle bar, extra 2 

Three reeds, per foot run, extra Oi 

Ditto, when the centre-reed projects 0| 

When glued-up in two thicknesses, and worked to form 

the centre part of moulding, of different coloured wood, ' 

per foot run, extra 1 

When the centre part of moulding is worked separately, 
of dift'erent coloured wood, and glued on the bars, to 
be reckoned from the plain fillet, and per foot run on 

ditto 1 J 

Grooving straight bars to receive the rabbets or mouldings, 

at per foot run • O-!' 

A corner-line on ditto, per foot run 1 

Each extra string 0% 

Each quarter-circle bar, with a plain fillet 10 

An astragal, two iceds, or fillet, cross-banded 1 

Three reeds, extra • f 5 

Ditto, when the centre reed projects Oi 

When glued-up in two thicknesses, and worked to form 

tkc 






2 





1 





U 





oi 


1 





1 


4;. 




;. 





1^" 



430 

£. s. d. 

the centre part of moulding, of different coloured wood, 

extra • • 1 

When the centre part of moulding is worked separately, 

of ditierent coloured wood, and glued on the fillet, 

extra 

Grooving each, to receive rabbets or mouldings 

Each corner-line 

Each extra string - 

Each quarter-oval bar, with a plain fillet 

An astragal, two reeds, or fillet, cross-banded 

Each plain piece let-in across a bar, where the straight or 

sweep bars intersect 

When quarter-circle or straight bars are intersected by a 

mitre on one side only, to be charged as a bar and a 

half. 

N. B. This observation not to interfere with ogee or 

half-circle bars. — An ogee or halt-circle bar to be 

charged as two quarter-circles. 
Rabbeting, glueing, and working different coloured 

moulding round the framing, or working and putting 

the moulding into a rabbet, at per foot 

A corner-line or a band planted on the inner edge of the 

framing, to be the same as start moulding. 
If the cross-band is of hard wood, extra per foot •••••• 

When quarter-circle bars are turned, deduct, each bar- • 
For banding round the frames — See Table, N° 26. 






u 





Ok 





3 



432 



TABLE, No. 32. 

Paimeling with Band or Strings, Friezes^ Pilasters^ 

Legs, Stiimj)-feet, ^c. 





Forming 

a pannel 

with 

single 

string. 


Making and 
letling-in u 

pitnnel 
uilliout a 

string, 


A single 

string 

mitred 

round ditto, 

citra 


Forming a 
pannel with 
long band, 

ihree- 
clghlhs of 

an inch 

wide or 

under, 


Ditto, , 

with a 

string on 

each 

side. 


Forming a 
pannel with 
cross-band, 
three- 
eighths 
ot an inch 
wide or 
under. 


Ditto, 

with a 

string on 

each 

side, 


Each 
extra 
string, 


A square paiinel, four iaclies 
long or uuck-r 


i. 
3 


A. 

3 


<i. 
14 


d. 
4i 


A. 


d. 


s. d. 

6h 


d. 
OJ 


A 'iiaraonil pamiel . . • 


4 


4 


U 


b\ 


fii 


6i 


7h 


0^ 


A diito, willi hollow sides . 


5J 


5 


2 


8 


nj 


9 


1 Oi 


o| 


A taper pointed pannei, with 
a simight ti.p 


3^ 


3 


\\ 


4| 


5i 


5h 


61 


OJ 


An ora. pamiel .... 


^l 


4i 


1 


7 


Q 


8 


10 


o| 


A tiu-ular pannel . . . 


- 3 


3 


1 


5 


'^ 


6h 


H 


OJ 


A hall circular pannel . . 


3 


11 


1 


4J 


6J 


&i 


7h 


0| 


.■V rounu cud lo a pannel, 
extra from straight end 


OJ 


Oi 


Q\ 


^^.• 


24 


H 


n 


04 


A hollow rnd, ditio . . . 


1 


03 


0| 


H 


3 


H 


3 


04 
04 


A hollow corner, ditto 


Oi 


Oi 


\l 


7% 


H 


H 


A double hollow or doable 
round cud, extra 

Each square break, iucltu)- 
\\\^ one inilre 


2i 


^\ 


1 


Z\ 


5 


H 


5 


Oj 


0| 


0| 


Oi 


U 


H 


H 


H 




Each diagonal break or 
canted corner, including 
niitr. s 


1 


04 


04 


n 


32 


li 


H 





433 



Itefercjiccs to Table, No. 32. 
N. B. These pannels consiJcrcd to be tliree inches wide or under. 

£. s. d. 

Ever}' extra two inches in lensjth or width of square 

pannel, wlirn formed l>y single string 0) 

Ditto in width, when rircuhir ends or shaped corners- • • • Oi- 
Every extra three inches in length or width of diamond 

panhel 0^ 

Ditto, in liollow-sidcd diamond pannel Oj 

Every extra two inches in length or width of a pannel 

let-in 0^ 

Extra length of string round ditto, or extra strings, per 

foot run s- 0' Oi 

Strings made of ebony or other hard wood, to be extra 

per foot •• Oi 

In a pannel fortrted by two or itibre strings, if the groove 
exceeds one-eighth of all inch in width, to be extra 

per foot run Ok 

^ivery extra two inches in length or width of square 

■ pannel, when formed by long band Oh 

Ditto in width, when round ends or shaped corners • • • • 1 
Every extrji three inches in length or width of diamond 

pannel, when formed by long band 1 

Ditto, in liollow-sided diamond pannel li 

For cross-band, extra width of band, or banding on sweep- 
work— See Table, N°26. 
For sunk pannels — i>ec Table, N° 24. 
3k 



£. s. d. 
Shaped ends or corners to sunk pannels, not exceeding 

one-eiiilith of an inch deep, to be charged the sanxe as 

in a. pannel made and let-in. 
Ditto, above one-eighth to a quarter of an inch deep,' to 

tie extra in the shilling on the price of the corners ^ • • 4 
Pannels of string, either square or with circular ends or 

shaped corners, in circular or eliptic work, to be extra j,,j.,.. 

. on the shilhng- ........•.•• Vir^-?;V?I 'P ly 

Ditto, diamond pannels 2 

Ditto, diamond pannels with hollow sides • •••••-. ^k 

N. B. All diamond pannels above one inch long, or 

circular pannels, above inch and quarter long, when 
{ made and let-ki^ to be charged as per Table.— Jf that 

length or under, to be charged as follows : 
A circular pannel or berry of different coloured or hard 

wood, inch and quarter to three quarters of an inch, 

Itet-in flat-way •.•.•.•.••••••.•• 2 

A ditto, three quarters of an inch to quarter of an inch 

diameter, ditto : I2 

A ditto, quarter of an- inch or under, let-in flat-way . • • • 1 
A ditto, under a quarter of an inch diameter, let-in 

end-way ••• Oj 

A ^diamond pannel, one inch long to three quarters of an 

inch ^- 21 

A ditto, three quarters- of an inch long or under 2 

A ditto, with hollow sides, one inch long to three quar- 
ters of an inch 3-, 

A ditto, ditto, three quarters of an inch long or under • • 2? 









2^ 








Oi 





. 


. 1 








oi 



435 



JloiiiuUngand TanneUing Round Knees or Stii?nps. 

£. 

Rounding tlie corner of a knee or stump of two-incli stuff 
or under, and not exceeding six inches long 

Ditto eacl) extra lialf-inch in thickness of stull' 

lEvery six inches longer, of two-inch stulf 

Ditto, of each extra half-inch in thickness 

Pannels made and let-in, either with or without strings, 
to be extra from the same in square knees, each 

panncl 4 

■ ^SuiiJv pannels, or pannels of string, to be double the 
.';> price of the same in square knees, except the square 
pannel of string, which is to be only one half the price 
extra. 



• '' 



436 

TABLE, No. 33. 

The Price of Fixing on Brass-worh. 

-£. 

Plate castors, each 0' 

Letting-in the plate of ditto 

Letting-in ditto the depth of the castor, each 

Letting-in end-way of the wood, each 

Socket castors when the legs are taper'd to fit in, each • • 

Ditto, when the legs are shoulder'd, each- • • • 

Ditto on claws, not exceeding one inch in width outside 

measure, each castor 

Each quarter of an inch in width of ditto 

Letting-in each strap, not exceeding one inch and half 

long 1 

Ditto from one inch and a half to three inches extra, and 

so on in proportion • • • • 

Iron or brass rollers, each 

Lifting-handles, per pair 

Each socket ilush ring 

A ditto, with a spring catch and striking plate 

Each pendant screw ring or knob 

Each turnbuckle, morticed ^> 

Fitting on centre quadrants, each when let-in 

Ditto, when not let-in, each 

Fitting on a spring quadrant let-in 

Ditto a joint stay, not let-in 

Ditto, let-in « 



s. 


d. 







1 

^1 





4 





5 





1 





n 





21- 





0^ 






oi 





2 





5 





2^ 





6 





01 





2^ 


1 


3 





9 


1 


3 





6 


1 


3 



>. 



Letting- 



437 

£• s. d. 

Lctting-ln plates for rods on tlic tops of s'ulcboartls each 

plate 2 i 

lixi'ng on a triangle plate on pillar and claw table 3 

A ditto when four claws i 

Lctting-in a triangle plate, the straps not exceeding four 

inches long, extra S 

Ditto, when four claws 4 

Lctting-in each extra inch in length ofstraps when a triangle Oj 

Ditto, when four claw's ..•••• 1 

. JSJaking and fixing on two plates to a four-claw table • • • • 7 

Each brass corner plate screw'd on 1 

Each ditto let-in flush 2i 

Each ditto when let-in Hush and filed off level with the wood 4 

Making each brass plate 2 

A pin and socket li 

Each book-keeper screw'd on the top of a book-rest • • 1 
Each ditto, the i)late let-in on the side of rest to rise with 

a spring 3 

Lcttinir-in card-table hinsres each, exclusive of tonuues and 

, mortices 

Filing and cleaning ditto level with the wood, extra each 

Dolphin hinges, per pair 

Ditto, when the strap is above four inches long 

Tumbler II hinges, each 

11 L hinges extra from butt hinges, each 

Butt hinges, when (bur holes in each, per pair 

Ditto, when six holes in each, per pair 

Desk hinges, not exceeding inch and (Quarter long, per 

pair • • 






4i 





li 





1 2 





2 2 





4 





3 





S 





4 





4 




Ditto, 



£: s. d. 

Ditto, above inch and quarter • 5 

Reversed desk hinges, extra per pair ••■ 1 

Centre hinges, when put on to shew the knuckle in front, 
or straight Centre hinges not to slicw, per pair, extra 

from butts 9 

Ditto, when tiie knuckle appears in front, and partly 
sunk in under the ends of }>ilasters or breaks, per pair, 

extra from butts 

Tt'orking a hollow, not exceeding twelve inches long, on 

pilasters. Sec. when centre hinges •, 

.Ditto, each extra foot run 

A single drawer or cut cupboard lock, the plate not let- 
in, or a straight cupboard lock, the plate let-in 

If more than one lock, each • • • • 

A link-plate lock ••,.•••. 

A mortice or sloping desk lock 

Letting-in lock-plates, each 

Each shutter or pulpit latch 

J 'in bolts the same price as dra\yer locks. 

])itto, with striking plate extra, each 

A flush bolt, three inches long or under 

Each extra inch in length of ditto, up to twelve inches- • 

J'i\ery three inches above twelve inches, extra 

Cutting away a brass astragal to receive a cut cupljoard 

lock 

Cutting a till or box lock to make a mortice lock 

Fixing brass mouldings, ornaments, &c, to be paid for 

according to time. 
For brass-work on extra sham drawers — See page 345. 



1 








2 





0* 





4 





3 





5i 





7 





1 





6 


Q 


1 





n 





01 





1 





H 





2 



440 



CO 

o 












52 






^ rS 



tn 

> 



a 

rv 



O 

to 



3 
C 



^ 






Co 



42 






3 



t/3 

c 
o 
o 



J3 


(J 


CIh 


Vl-i 

O 






-^li 


c 


rs> 


CJ 










^ 


2 


^3 

2? 





2^0 H 











o c 


■^ c 


-f-J 


r^ 


1 ! ! 


Ov 


c 


o 


o 


o 




"a O , 


^ 


! 


1 

o -< 


o 


I;' 


Hw 


r»* 


o 


o 


o 


1 

= 1 


o 


1 


o 




- ^ ■= 

■- i_ CJ 




o 


-*» 


F^M 


—ft* 


o 


-4S* 




C^ 


o 


"■o* 


©■ 


c 


o 


-OS 

O 










n 

o 


CO 


o 


CO 

o 


o 


o 


O 


- 


o 


O 


= 


- 




O 


o 
■o 
o 




«S 


" o 


o 


00 

o 


to 


CO 

O 


O 


c 


o 


O 


o 


00 

O 


-^ 


r-t 


■* 


o 






■XI — 

" O 


o 


00 

o 


o 


00 

o 


O 


o 


o 
c 


o 


o 


00 


--«* 

« CJ 


•* 


o 


c 






" O 


o 


o 


o 


^o 
o 


"R( "JCl 
r^ t^ X 

1 

O 1 o o 


o 


o o 


r-KM 
O 


O — 

o o 


C O 




d . 


" O 


o 


o 


O 


o 


o 


o 

i-H 




^ 


c. 
o 


o 




c> 


0» 


o 




i^ 


» O 


"IK 

o 


o 
o 


o 


o 
o 


o 


o 


c 


c* 


O 


o 

o 




Ci 




"I5< 

o 




d . 


" o 


w 
o 


O 

O 


oo 

o 


"KM 

o 
o 


o 


"le* 
O 


-H 




O 


o 

o 




o 


00 


o I o 




d . 
Z* 


"■ o 


o 


CO 
O 


t^ 

o 


00 

o 


O 


o 


o 


o 


O 


w 


- 


"«l 


"*. 


1 -o» 

o 1 O 




!-■ 


" o 


O 


o 


o 


o 


o 


"t* 
o 


O 


o 
o 


"W 

o 


o 


o 
o 


o 


" 


O 


CO 




d . ■= '- 


c 




O 


o 


O 


"1* 
o 


to 
O 


o 
o 


"* 

o 




o 
o 


o 




C 


o 




d . 


-a '"' 

"" o 


o 


i "^ 

o 


o 


o 




o 


o 


0-, 

o 


o 


'O o 

o o 


o 


° 

i -^ 


o 


CO 

o 






IEach quirk bead on tlie I'ronl 
corner, continued to the sliape 
niclaw 


5 
o 

1" 


1 w o beads and a hollow, or round, 
or a toad-back moulding on 
tlie front 


il 

S > 


Two reeds, with a square on 
each side, or three roeds with- 
out squares 


-a 

K 


1 

-a 
c5 
■u 

Q 
U 

-a 

3) 

ii 


c 
3 
o 

3 


i 

{4 


1 ; o 

I, u « 

o £ -r 
i '- 2 S 

illl 


O 'C 
'■"" ^ 
to ^ 

~ .£!> 

c i 

— c 

Ii 

etc 

.S 5-' 


o" 

o 

c 

LI " 

^ c 

.5 * 


5 

i'i 

■si 

-■i 

■e § 
a 


= -3 

.- o 

3 


c 

5 

5 

c 
n 
o 


"y 

5 

"5 » 

£.| 

.5 ^ 
^ B 



441 

Hefercnccs io Tabic, No. 34. 

£. 5. d. 
The mouldings and panncls on the front of No. 8, are 

considered to be stopp'd below the squares. 
"When mouldings or pannels on No. 4 or 5, are not 

continued through to the shape of the claw, the bottom 

part to be charged as No. 8, which has one stop included 

in the price given for moulding- 
Ditto on No. 6 or 7, to be charged as No. 3. 
The mouldings on No. 11, considered to be stopp'd at the 

top. 
AVhen the quirk bead or lioUow work'd from the edge, is 

returned at top and bottom to form a pannel, each 

return l\ 

Ditto the round with bead and square on each side, each 

return 2 



Sl 



444 






05 







• 


^•s^ 


LO 


"^ 


CO 


^ 


• 








•S. 


"^ 




•\ 


?iD 


W 




h-1 


i;^ 
s 


< 




H 


-^ 




<>, 




5S 






br, 



i 

~ 





'H 




r — 


■"^ 


■■ III <■» 


r^" 




MMH 


r-ir' 


"•ft? 




""■"■ 


— ;?t 


CTW 




~ J) 


CO 




,-< 


t- 


c^ cS 


^ 


)-• 




0^ 


•* 


CO 


to 













'- 








r-" 














■ 06 w 













c 


1— ' 


-« 


fH 


- 


« 




















— iiN 


f-C? 










KW 








- 1- 


CO 




c 


c^ 


C^, c/j 




CO 





to 





C 


<o 



































ic 




























= 











— ' 


p 





-• 


— ' 


— 


— ' 


<N 






































; a; 










•■■ :» 


—I"; 


-.^. 1 -i;i 


-iJ?» 


-w 








^W 






-- 


- c^ 


01 




1.0 





cc ; c> 


C^ 








t^ 


C» 


0( 




Tf 







1 














•-^ 












^ 


"^ 


05 _ 



















r-. 


-1 


- 


- 


<N 


^-^ 







1 




f-i ■( 




1 








r ■;* 




f-IW 


r-x-^ 


r-k;j 


i^ 


"". 


■« w 


C) 




00 


'0 


' C^i 


00 


^^ 


■* 


Oj 


eo 


00 


<M 


■* 


































-ii 


^ 


'^j ^ 










" 











- 





rH 


^H 










■« 


_,., 




'-vl" 


r--? 1 -- 


'HKI 










—IT) 


c^K- 






c 


-' 




<o 


•0 


1-^ 


t^ 


;:; 


^ 


Vj 


CO 


00 












'•0 « 


Q 







S 








^f* 


o_ 


1 n-C^ 


F^ 








■^ ^ 


-.* 


-* 






r—^ 


-.1-1 


(-K» 











c< 


-* 


<a 


T)< 


>o t^ 


0-, 




CO 




>o 


C! 


'i* 




=0 -H 




















r- 







- 










■=05 


<r» 






-.»( 


0* r:!^ 


■HXN 


c^-i* 


■hW 




~^^^^ 


i-h:f 


f>J* 








«0 


•rt 


CO 


•* «? 


(^ 





^JS 





— H 


»-t 


C-( 

























^ 










CO 


'-ri _ 





























- 


Q 







c-.-* 


w 


--ir* 




^H* 


r.* 






-^w^ 




r- 7> 


-«:? 


.^ft( 




^ M 




<?* 


CO 


CO 


TP 


>o 


t^ 





to 





i~H 


I— » 


cv 




z. 






















'-' 










'^ 


t/5 _ 
































t-4 








, 


■«■ rt 


^Vf 


cnW 




1 -* 


r-t* 




"ID) 


-HI 




Mj^ 


-»» 


-1* 




(^ 


C-( 


t 


t^ 


■* 1 -o- 


^ 


00 


r-i 


^ 







T-1 


00 






















)-M 




T-l 










a 


^' -1 
































-. 










■^'o 


«IOI 


^« 




r-ijl 


«-*< 


'-K'* 






— r^ 




■-i^Sf 


-l?i 


-I.JI 






.— » 


<N 


w 


■0 


'T 


»o 


t^ 





^ 





1— 1 




CM 




^ 


















f-1 




f-H 








cn 


'i 


^ — 




















c 











- 








. 




^^H< 






HJ. 


0* 


CCHt 


r^'ax 


->T^ 


'-K' 




-^ift* 


„,-., 


C^M. 


r 


>o 


~ 


F« 





«o 


CO 


•* V5 1 


W 





^ 







1— > 


OV 


'-J 





















— 













^ 


'Z 


^ -< 
































^ 










c'.H* 


CTM* 


<-^\ 


-^W 


ttrt. 


—t^ 






— Kt* 




-^13^ 


-RJ 


— K>t 


." 


* 




^H 


C( 


C3 


CO 


'S' 


•>o 


t^ 





^ 





i—f 


1—1 


OJ 


^ 


3 


■^ 
















-— 




»-t 








^0 


s 


'^0 


© 


© 


























-f 










■^ 


F*» 


CH* 






-* 


-li. 






Hi< 




•-io* 


P^« 


rHrt. 




CO 


r-4 


C( 


'.T 


CO 


•^ <o 1 


t^ 





^ 





-^ 


— t 


■* 







•— ' 










1 




^^ 




t-< 










is 


■^ 
































r- 1 









■^0 


-r.t 


^>?? 


r-:?t 




«H. 


.-w 






rt^ 




W?* 


^'.■?| 


^l?) 




ei 




IN 





CO 


^ 


UO 


t>. 





CS 





f-< 


1— 1 


c« 




c 


















--^ 




»-' 










z 


=^0 
































1— I 












-^^r 


-H" 




1 -:* 


t-.^ 






-* 




r-lJ* 


--;■?) 


-1^1 




'"' 


^ ' '^' 


r-f 


O* 


CO 


CO 1* 


•0 


t^ 





a 





I— 


<— 1 


<N 




-; 
















t-l 




•— • 










z 


^ c 











c c. 

















" 










■2?'- 

Ill 


1 


2 


S 


S 


1 


_8J 






bjD 

M — 


i g 






to 


to 






_ - 
•fi ■*" "" 


t4~ 


J3 ^> 

it 




60 >, 


c 


til 

- « ^ 

t: c 


5 1; 
1^ 


— 5 
-c 




.ri 
I" 


-r 


3c 

u 


c 
5 

-a 









o 

03 



a 

• ^^ 

a 

a 
a 

o 

o 
a* 



o 



••' 



445 



References to Table, No. $5. 

£. s. d. 
Veneering each side of toes when straight to N® 6, 8, 9, 

and 10 0« 

AVhen standards are veneered cross-way for joints more 

than three in a foot — See Table of Banding. 
If a pannel formed by string on the front of standards is 

continued over the scroll, each scroll extra Si- 
Ditto, each side of scroll to form a regular margin 2^ 

For hollow ends, breaks, &c. in any of the above panncls 

—See Table, N° 3l». 
If the corner-line is continued over the scroll, each corner 

extra 2^ 

Veneering or panneling Sofa Table, Shaped Standards, or 

Strctchors, to be charged as Fire-screen Standards of 

similar shape. 



448 



CO 



:^ 



J. 



.5. 



CD fi- 



I 



■^'"^ 




. -':i 


1 CCM* 1 -«« 




cc 


i --ra? 


"■*"" 




«*-! 






"«( 


" 






o 


■«. .o 


' c'j Kd 


O) 


CN 


*-0 


C/ 


•* 


to 


<N 


00 


O) 






;^« 


■ 


! ! 






1 






















" « 


i c i-c 


^^ 


O 


1 _ 


o 


-^ 


-'. 


- 


- 


"• 


- 








1 


-« 


-«, 




-^^ 


■-rat 




-^io» 










f i 


£- 


- o 


C-. O 


^H 


^- 


(M 


^ 


'" 


■* 


«! 


C< 


Ci 


o 




-2 ' 




^ o 


O 1 O 


"^ 


= 


»-« 


o 


- 


-1 


— 


— 


-- 


-^ 




a; 1 






'-.'^ 1 






^*» 






-)?» 






~>-;i 






J I 


- 




cy I *o 


o 


to 


O 


■* 


o 


CJ 


T)" 


O 


*rj 


to 




> 1 






1 


























































' ■' 1 


o 1 o 


- 


o 


- 


c 


- 


— 


- 


— 


— 


- 




■ * 




. -,.. 


r.»* 1 






_,-, 


"Cf 




r^*^ 






■-«» 






o 


^ 


-e rj- 


C< '0 


o 


to 


c 


CO 


o 


c 


O 


'^ 


CO 


re 






i5-'' 






























-; O 


o o 


o 


o 


<=> 


o 


o 


-H 


•-4 


c 


— « 


tH 






^Ot 


■~J3-f 


r^"^J 


f-^?) 






-i^ 


"ra» 




-^K* 




r«< 










-^ c* 


c« 


'S- 


c^ 


>o 


o 


CO 


C^ 


o 


■-I 


-^ 


CO 


Tf 






S5 












'^ 










■^ 












^ o 


o o 1 


o 


o 


o 


o 


s 


■^ 


'^ 


s 


^ 


"■ 










--* 1 «* 




<-!-. 






r-J&l 


-:) 


„,-, 


--, 


rHf^-( 










^ CO 


.-. 


CO 


CO 


" 


CO 


CO 


t^ 


- 


- 




(— < 


C! 






„• 




^-w 


fW. 


--w 


'•«1 




-1^ 








- 


'^M 








^ - ■ 


~ C/ 


"" 


C( 


<o 


CO 


t^ 


tN 


'O 


Oi 


o 


t~ 


o 








■2* 




.-li^ 


r-i* 


f^^ 
















— n) 








g CO 


^ .— 1 


*-< 


c< 


»o 


CO 


to 


C* 


1-0 


X 




t^ 


O 


^^ 






























'^ 


^^ 






^ 


. ^■?* 


^1?) 


-«• 






f^^?! 


-w 


«e» 


^«t 


--."W 




fHW 








^'~ 


^ CO 


1—1 


CO 


b- 


>* 


l-^ 


(N 


to 


C7: 


o 


t^ 


o 


»— t 




X 






















^^ 




"^ 


"* 


































































































^ 


=> . 


„ -Kl 


-^ 


^IJ. 


-tl^ 
















— »> 






— 


S', ■■= 






<N 


o 


eo 


^ 


CX 


o 


eo 


o^ 


!>. 


o 


r^ 




































:^ 






























































.— 


























-«J 






'^ 


J . 


-« -*=' 


r-O^ 


rw 


HSS1 


^^?) 




■-^ 










o 








ss;-" 


■e c-i 1 


-—1 


Ol 


^ 


CO 


t^ 


CM 


to 


O) 


o 


l>. 




^^ 




































^r' 


































c . 


T: ^tt) 


t-i>TJ4 ^h^ 


i~*rt 
















-«» 








<5-* 




*"■ 




»o 


CO 

- 


to 


<N 


«0 


CO 


c^ 


b. 


c 


^H 
















-,'-) 


~f'-yt 


-♦» 


-tel 


HUM 


r-flN 




-*» 








<5" 


■^ C^ , 




CO 


00 


«5 


00 


CO 


t^ 


O 


.— 


b» 


o 


-H 






















■^ 


^^ 




^^ 


'^ 






. 




^■^ 


r^ 


















-*» 








2. ^ 




"" 


<M 


^ 


CO 


to 


o< 


•o 


X 


Oj 


t-~ 


o 


- 








-« '^IG-I 




-«• 


.-KM 
















-^?< 








z, " 


— i 


<M 


»o 


CO 


to 


w 


•o 


oc 


Oi 


t^ 


o 


- 








r ffi 


= 


iC bo 


Cf 


S-fl 






■a 


O 




"H 


= -c 








































C 
O 




5 
5 


c 3 
-3 

Pi _i 
~ 5 




cr 1^ 




5 


If- 

o ^ 


n • - 

u :: 

-3 - 




o 
-o c 

o 2 
s - 

— u 
5 « 


-1 1 

1^ 








-3 


-flJ 


III 

^ 3 C 


n 


^".s 


s 


« 


<n -c 






»i 










^ i 




s 

s 

= 5 


^^2 






*-c: 


c 

id 


'» 1 

d-2 


— -c 








'5 ^^ 


M " 


S " 


S £ ^ 


-^ 


^.. 






Q 


p 


'7i 


3 ~ 


— W 





■s^ 



449 



References to Table, No. ^0. 

N. B. The panncls and mouldings are consuitrcd to bo stopjt'd 
at the scrolls or toes, and the veneering to \)c continued over 
the scrolls. 

The toadback mouldings considered without beads : if beads to 
ditto — See the price of quirk beads in Tablov 



:i n 



452 



TABLE, No. 37. 

Forming Circles or Ovals hy Strings or Band grooved in. 



On 1!-Ht V/ork.. 


1 On Holiow 


or Round Work, above 1 


_ 




four feet diameier. 




. 


i. \ J 


-d 

3d 




c 




3 


pi: 




'7t 
o 


J 




-6 




•a 


B 

^— 
o 

o 


Q 


if 

< 


5» 

_3 

6 
•5 


o 


§ to 
a. 3 

r L 

■"•i 


bo 

o 

<1 


c 

s 




o 

o 
o 

■3 
< 




O 

5 




d. 


s. d. 


J. d 


d. 


s. d. 


I. d 


s. d. 


s. d. 


.. d. 


d. 


s. d. 


.< 


d. 


Abjve loar inches to six 

inches lung 


n 


8 


9 


5| 


9i 


10^ 


4h 


10 


Hi 


6f 


Hf 


1 


1 


Above s\x. inchei to eight 
inches 


^ 


9 


11| 


6i 


]0| 


1 1 


of 


Hi 


1 2i 


8 


1 li 


1 


4i 


Above tight inches to ten 

inches 


51 


lU 


i. 11 


7.^ 


1 1 


1 3 


6'J 


1 n 


I 5 


Si 


1 4i 


1 


6f 


Above ten inches to iwelve 
iiiciies 


6 


1 1?, 


1 3 


8i 


I 3 


1 41 


7h 


1 4f 


1 6f 


10| 


1 6f 


1 


H 


Above one foot lo two feet, 
at per font run 


IJ 


4 


4] 


3 


4| 


5 


2i 


5 


5^ 


3f 


5| 





6i 


Above iwo feet, at per 
foot run 


1-^ 


2| 




2J 


3i 


4 


If 


3h 


4i 


3i 


4 





5 




On Hollow or Round \ 
four feet down to t 


Vork, from 
wo feet. 


On ditto, under two feet diameter. 




3 

if 


-6 
to 

■6 


I 

o 
t 
o 

1 




a 

SP 

B 

o 
■5 


p 

c 

o 
3 


"5 


£3 

fcO 
J 

o 

c 




C 

£ 

u 
O 


o 

= to 

a, ;: 

- to 


c 

ea 
bo 

c 
_o 

o 

2 




o 

u 

O 

6 




d. 

6| 


s, d. 
1 


s. d. 


< 


< 


a 


<; 


< 




a 


<: 


< 




a 


Above, tour inches lo six 
inches long. 

Above six inches to eight 
inches 


s. d. 

Si 


s. d. 

1 1| 


1 3| 


rf. 

6| 


s. d. 

1 2 


5. 

1 


d. 
3| 


s. d. 

91 


s. d. 
1 4 


s, 

1 


d. 

6i 


1 H 


1 51 


9i 


1 3| 


1 7h 


7f 


1 3f 


1 


7i 


Hi 


1 6i 


1 


lOf 


Above eight inclies to ten 

incites 


71 


1 5i 


1 8| 


e 111 


1 7^ 


1 lOl 


9 


1 71 


1 


111 


1 I 


1 lOf 


2 


2i 


Ahore ten inches to twelve i q 
inches j " 


1 Si 


1 lOh 


1 0| 


1 10^ 


2 0^ 


wh 


1 n^ 


2 


2i 


1 2f 


2 2i 


2 


5 


A iwve one foot to two feel, n3 
at per fool run * 


6 


6| 


4j 


6| 


7J 


3 






7 





8 


5i 


8 





H 


Above two feetj at per 
foot run 


n 


4 


5| 


4 


5 


6 


2i 


43 





6 


4f 


5J 





7 



N. B. The bands in this table are considered three-eighths' wide ; if more or less 
lo take the difli'creiire as per Table, of Banding, No. 26, and also for strings to 
ditto, or grooving into solid work. 



454 



TABLE, No. 38. 

.Veneering ciyid Pannellng Table-legs, two inches thick 
or under, and two feet four inches long. 





— 


i 

Marlbrn' 
or tauer 




Shiip 


cd Legs 


as ill Plafi 5. 






Every 
four 
inches 
more or 
less in 
hngth. 






N 


1. 


Xo. 9. 


No, 3. 


N'o. 4. 


N 


3. 5. 


No. 6. 


No. 7 




Veneo'ini: the fmnt or 

b.ct. lo'.lg-H l_V 


s. 




i. 

2 


s. 



d. 

n 


s. d. 
2| 


s. 



d. 
2| 


s. 





d. 

H 


s. 



d. 

4 


s. 



d. 

4i 



0" 


d. 
6 


d. 
Oh 




Ditto crosswity . 





3 





H 


3| 








4 





H 





6 


Oh 

Oh 




Dil!o, eacli si le, long- 
wav 





2 





n 


2^ 





3, 





H 





3^ 





4i 




DiU" cr(iss-wnT . • . 





3 





3h 


3J 





3.^ 





3.^ 





4 





4 





5 


OJ 




A ijaiin' 1 01 sr.it^ie string 
ill ilie front. o:;f Joot 
eiiili' iticiies Ions 





4 J 








5 

7': 
9k 


5 

7^ 
9^ 





5 





5 





H 





H 





5| 


Oh 

1 




Rlakiui and ieUins in 
a panne! in Irrint 







7 

4i 





7h 





7h 





8 





8 





H 




Dilio, with a siring 
mitre < rt und 





10 





10 





10| 





loi 





101 


H 




Panvenna eacli side 
with sini^Ie string 






0" 
9 


6 

91 

1 





6 





6" 





6i 





H 





6| 


oi 




M..king and lelting-iu 
a pani el in side 






7 


1 


9 





9 





10 





10 





10 


1 




Ditto, with a sin.ulc 
strin? mitred rornd 


81 


1 





1 





1 





1 oh 


1 


H 


1 


Oh 


li 




Lach t-\tra s-trjnu' ill 
Irr n1 or sice 





1 





li 


I^ 
2 





I^i 





ih 





li 





H 





H 


Oh 




Each comer srii.g . , 





n 





2 





n 





H 





3 





H 





41 






A taper pujnied p;in- 
nel with siraiglii Mp, 
ot' single siring, in the 
liont 





b\ 





5| 


53 





^i 





^i 





6 





6 





n 


Oh 




iMaliin^ uno lfliini;--n 
a taper-pointed pan- 
nel. willi straiytit top 
in the front 





7 





75 


7i 
1 
10 





8 





8 





8J 





&h 





9 


I 




Ea'-h extra halj inch 
in width of veneer, 
or veneer paii'iel, 
each side or front 





0% 






J 
10 







1 
10 





1 





li 





n 





n 


04 




Pannding the fn^nt 
with long band, three- 
eighths of an inch 
wide or under 

Dittd, with a string on 
eac!i side 





9 





10 





Jl 





11 





ui 


1 




1 





1 


li 


1 i| 


1 


IJ 


1 


H 


1 


n 


1 


2A 


1 


3 


li 




Panneling the side wiih 
long band 





9 





11 


11 





11 





iij 


I 





1 


Oh 


1 


1 


n 




Diilu, wiih a slrnig un 
each side 


1 





' 


2.^ 


1 U 


1 


IJ 


1 


3 


1 


H 


1 


4. 


1 


H 


2 



Shaped ends to pannels, on the straight part of legs, to be taken 

from Table, N° 37- 
Ditto, on the sweep part of legs, to be 3d. on the shilling extra. 



456 





• 

^- 

?*. 

(■•a 

O 

-< 

•-$ 


' 


On Straight 
W-.nk. 


On Circii 


ar 


lElip 


ic Work. 


Siiikiiii; for ditto, 
a A'eiiPtT deep. 




Twr feet ot 

niouidintilh'-ec- 

eij;ti"l>s wMe or 

under, mitres 

included. 


.vbove two 
feet diame- 
ter. 


From two 
eel down to 
one loot dia- 
meter. 


One foot 

diamett-r 

and under. 


On straight 

Ol circular 
wo.k, three 
■it*htlis inch 
vide, or un- 
der. 


Sinking 
reeds flush. 




A squa'"e pannel, inonid:a':s n5 
table "^f ditto, No. 1, lo/ltj. 


J. 
4i 


d 

7k 


s. 



d 
9h 




d. 



d. 
2 


d. 




h ditto, as No 2, 4, A, 6,12, 13. 


6 


.9 





11 




H 


2 






A ditto, a^ No. 3, 7, 1 4. 


H 


9h 





Hi 




2 


2 


4 




K ditto, as No. 8, 0, 11. 


' 1 


10 


1 







21 


2 






A diauifud pannel, nioululr.-s 
as No 1. 10, lo. 


55 ! 


H 





lOj 




1 


23 




• 


Aditto, asNo. i.',4,o, 6, 12, 13. 


7 


10 


1 







'1 


2i 




Oi 


A ditto, as No. 3, 7, 14. 


n \ 


10', 


1 i 




3 


2h 


4^ 


o 


A ditto, as No. 8, 9, 11. 


8 


11 


1 1 




3h 


2i 




.\ huilow-sided diaiuoii'l pannel, 
niouldin-js as Ao. 1, l!', 16. 


5 


8 




1 


10 




0-^ 


6 




»1 


A ditto, as No. 2, 3, 4, 3, 0, 7, 
8, y, 11, 12, 1.;, 14 


7 


10 







2^ 


6 


9 


< 


An oval or circular pannel. 


2i 


H 





4J 




6' 


^ 


7 


A taptT-poinled pannel uilli 
stiaight top, mouldings as 
No. 1, 10, 16. 


5 


8 





10 




Oi 


2 




H 


A dilto, as No. 2, 4, 3, 6, 12, 13. 


li\ 


9i 





"i 




a 


2 






A ditto, as No. 3, 7, 14. 


7 


10 


1 







2i 


o 


4 




A ditto, as No. 8, 9, 11. 


7h 


lOi 


1 


J 




3 


o 






Each square break, including one 
inilre in No, 1,16. 


U 


l.i 





1^ 





12 


0| 


o| 




Each diagonal break, as ditto. 


1| 


n 





2i 





n 


0^ 


0| 




Kacli scjuare break, including one 
mitre in No. 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 
9, lO, 11,12, 13, 14, 


H 


O 





2 





2 


0.] 
0^ 






Each diagonal break, as ditto. 


n 


2j 





n 





n 






Eacli half circle, including one 
luilrc in No 1, 16. 


1^ 


-4 





3^ 





Si 


2i 
2^ 






Each ditto, iu any other num- 
ber. 


2 


.T.' 





3 





3| 


H 




Each quarter circle, including 
one raitre in No. 1, 16. 


14 


i-i 





2 





n 






Each ditto, in a.'iy other num- 
ber. ' 


].? 


Q 





2i 





2^ 


H 


n 




Each double round or double 
hollow corner, including two 
mitres ill No. 1, 16. 


3 


H 





4 





4| 


3 






Each ditto, in any other num- 
ber. 


3i 


4 





'^h 





5 


3 


4J 



457 

References to Table, No, S9. 

All oval, circular, or hollow-sided pannels, hollow or round 

tops or comers, to be prepared by the turner. 
All other mouldings by the workman. 
Planting on each extra foot of moulding in oval or circular 

pannel, on straight work 

Ditto, on sweep work 

Sinking ditto, veneer deep, per foot 

Ditto where reeds are sunk tlush, per foot 

For extra length, width, or proportion of moulding, in any 

other pannel, extra mitres, or butt joints — See Taclks 

of Mouldings. 
Sinking each extra foot of straight moulding, 3-8ths wide 

or under, on straight or sweep work Oj 

Each extra quarter-inch in width of ditto 0$ 

Forming and sinking pannels on serpentine or hollow elip- 

tic, to be 2d. in the shilling on circular oreliptic work. 
^Vllcn pannels are formed of ebony, or other hard wood — 

See Observations on the Tables of Mouldings. 






01 





H 





U 





n 



3 K 



450 



TABLE, No. 40. 



Filling-up the Corners of Door-frames, and Veneering 

ditto. 





No. 
3. 


No. 
2. 


No. 
3. 


No. 


No. 
5. 


No. 
6. 


Fitting-in and shaping with square 
edge to lie upon the pannel, each 
corner 


d. 


d. 
2^ 


A. 


d. 
2 


d. 
3 


d. 


Dilto with OTalo or quarter-round work- 
ed on ditto and mitred into the mould- 
ing of frame 


4 


6h 


7 


5 


9 


10 


fitting-iu when the moulding is turned, 
each corner 




4J 


H 




7i 


5| 


When pannels are brought flush with 
the framing, sinking each corner of 
ditto 


1 


H 


H 


n 


o 


2 



When the corner pieces of doors are mitred in, each mitre Of 
Each canted piece behind the corner, and the pannel 

fitted to ditto 1^ 

When door-frames are veneer'd long-way, with veneer the 

full width, and shaped to the corner, the extra length 

of mitre included, each corner S 

Ditto cross-way, or when the corners are A^eneer'd, with 

two pieces long- way mitred, each corner 1^ 



462 



TABLE, No. 4L 

Forr/im'^ aujiJc Pannels on Draisser Fronts, Table Rails, Pilasters, S^c. by Quai- 
tcrSiiiffl either planted on Solid Work or the Veneer cut away to receive ditto. 





C.'i Flat Work. 


On Circular Work, 
above Iwe ktt 
tliamctcr. 


On Circular Work, 

under iwo fed to one 

fool diameter. 


Oil Circular W'ork, 

under one foot 

diameter. 




If T i-.eer'il Iong-»a_v 
oi. Ai v».)rk, ucfluciptr 
loot run, JJ. 


Threo- 

eigi.iks .1 

dii inch 

wide or 

under, 

with 

square 

cd^e 


1 

Ditto, 
Ditto, with a 
with a quarter- 

L]'iditer- round of 
n und or , liolly or 

hollow 1 dyed 
woi'kMon' wood 
the edge, mitred 
round. 


Threc- 

eigliths 

of auincf^ 

wide or 

under, 

with 

square 

edge. 


Ditto, 
with a 

quarter- 
round cr 
liollow 
work'd 
on the 
edge. 


Ditto, 

with a 
quarter- 
round ol 
liollj or 
djed 
wood 
niitred 
round. 


Thiee- 

eiglilhs 

otanincl 

wide or 

under, 

with 

square 

edge. 


Ditto, 

with a 

quarter- 

ruuiid or 

hollow 

work'd 

on Ihe 

edge. 


Ditto, 
with a 
quarter- 
round of 
holly or 
dyed 
wood 
mitred 
round. 


Three- 
eighths 
uf an inch 
wide or 

under, 

with 
square 

edge. 


Ditto, 

with a 
quarter- 
round or 
hollow 
work'd 
or> the 
edge. 


Ditto, 

with a 
quarter- 
round of 
holly or 
dyed 
wood 
mitred 
round. 


Veneer- 
ing the 
quarter- 
stutf 
cross- 
way after 
11 is put 
down, 
mitres in- 
cluded 


Sinking 
the cor. 
ners or 
shaped 
ends, ve- 
neer 
deep, 
each 
pannel 


VVhe 

the ci 

cles a 

turned 

the sol 

with 

■qua 

to th 

nioul' 

ing, d 

duct 


A fcv«i'^ pannel, con- 
taiiiine two Irel run 
ol ■htifr-stuff, or 
uinirP 


». d. 
6" 


». d. 
8J 


i. i. 
1 


V d. 
7i 


J. d. 
10 


I. d. 
1 3 


>. d. 

9h 


1. d. 
1 


«. a. 

1 6 


«. d. 
1 li 


s. d. 
1 2 


$. d. 

1 9 


s. d. 
5 


d. 



J. 
( 


I pinnilwiih corner*, 
.3 ill Vintp 1. fijj. 1. 


1 


1 8i 


1 S 


1 n 


1 11 


2 2 


1 5^ 


2 2 


2 7 


» 7i 


2 4 


2 )0 


9 


1 


( 


A oif.o, as in fig. 2. 


1 4 


2 4^ 


2 9 


X 6\ 


2 7 


3 2 


1 9i 


2 10 


3 7 


I Hi 


3 


3 10 


11 


H 


! 


A (litlo, as in fig- 3- » 


1 5 


2 71 


2 9 


I 7h 


2 10 


3 2 


I 10| 


3 1 


3 7 


■^ 0^ 


3 3 


3 10 


11 


'J 


1( 


.\ ditto, as in fig. 4. 


1 2 


2 OJ 


2 2 


t ^ 


2 3 


2 7 


i 7i 


2 6 


3 


1 9i 


2 8 


3 3 


9 


n 


( 


A di:to, a« in fig. D. 


1 6 


3 


3 3 


X H 


3 2^ 


3 8 


1 11^ 


3 5J 


4 1 


2 Ij 


3 7i 


4 4 


11 


3 


K 


A dItlQj as in fig. 6. 


1 S 


3 4 


3 8 


1 lOj 


3 6| 


4 1 


2 1^ 


3 9h 


t 6 


2 3J 


3 llj 


4 9 


1 1 


3 


1 S 


A ditto, as iu fig. 7. 


1 s 


3 4 


3 8 


1 lOj 


3 6i 


4 1 


2 H 


3 9 .J 


4 6 


2 3J 


3 lU 


4 .q 


1 1 


3 


1 S 


A ditto, as in fig. 8. 


1 2 


1 8 


2 10 


• H 


3 61 


3 3 


1 7h 


3 9J 


3 8 


1 9i 


3 11^ 


3 11 


9 


3 





A paiincl Willi enrtj, as 
in I'late 1. tig. 9. 


1 


1 10 


1 8 


1 2\ 


1 10^ 


2 1 


1 51 


2 Ij 


2 6 


1 7i 


2 3,J 


3 9 


9 


1 





A ditto, as in fig. 10. 


10 


2 


1 10 


1 Oh 


2 Oi 


2 3 


1 H 


2 3J 


2 8 


1 51 


2 6J 


3 11 


s 


H 


6 


A ditto, as in fig. 11. 


1 


2 6 


2 


1 2J 


2 2J 


3 5 


1 5J 


2 5i 


2 10 


1 7i 


2 7J 


3 1 


10 


H 


7 


A diUo, as in fig. 12. 


1 2 


2 6 


2 6 


1 ^ 


2 8J 


2 11 


» 7i 


2 11| 


3 4 


I 91 


3 li 


3 7 


11 


2 

2 


10 


A ditto, as in ng. 13. 


1 2 


2 2 


2 6 


1 H 


2 8J 


2 11 


1 7i 


2 Hi 


3 4 


1 9J 


3 li 


3 7 


u 


c 


A ditto, as ia fig. 14. 


1 


3 4 


2 2 


1 2J 


2 4J 


2 7 


1 5J 


2 7i 


3 


I 7^ 


2 9^ 


3 3 


10 


2^ 






463 



References to Table, No. 41. 

£. 5. <J. 
Each extra foot in length of quarter stuff*, not exceeding 

three-eighths of an inch" wide \\ 

Above three-eighths to three-quarters of an inch wide, per 

foot run, extra ()| 

Each extra three-eighths of an inch in width, per foot run Oi. 
Each extra foot in length, not exceeding three-eighths of 

an inch wide, oSi sweep work 2 

Above three-eighths to three-quarters of an inch wide, per 

foot run, extra 1 

Each extra three-eighths of an inch in width, per foot run 1 
Each extra foot of moulding worked on the edge, on flat 

or sweep work ()+- 

Ditto planted in on flat work \\ 

Ditto ditto on sweep-work Q 

When pannels with shaped ends (not corners) exceed six 
inches wide, each extra inch in width extra from square 

measurement, each painiel • 0| 

The pannels with shaped ends or corners are con- 
sidered in the Table to be fitted in between the fillets 
(as dotted lines in Vlate I.), or the corners fitted inside of 
the square pannel, formed by fillet. 
Each mitre in corner pieces when fitted inside of fillet- • 0^ 
When shaped ends or corners are cut out in one piece 
with the side fillet, and mitred at the comers, each 
nutre 2 



4G4. - 

£,. s. d, 
Venee.ing 'the sliaped end'-; or corners after the quarter- 

stutl is putdowri, with iv/o pieces mitred in each corner, 

to he tliC same price as ven'^er'd cross-way in I'able. 
li" the veneer of fillets is tlie full width and shaped to the 

corners or ends, when long-way, each pannel extra • • 
Each extra foot in length of veneer when cross-way, and 

not exceedintr three-eio-htlis of an inch wide 






4 





U 





Oh 





oi 



Above three-eighths to three-quarters of an inch in width of 

veneer, at per foot run 

Each extra half-inch in width, at per foot run 

\^ hen (juartcr stuff is veneer'd before the fillets are cut out, 

each piece containing two feet or upwards, to be 

charged at per foot superficial • 3 

If under two feet to be charged according; to its size from 

Table, No. 8, and planting-on ditto to be the same as 

solid quarter-stuff. 
Sinking the corners in the Table considered to be for a 

moulding planted round the inside; if fitted without a 

moulding, or the moulding worked on the edge, to be 

double the price- 
If the circles are turned without a square for veneering 

upon, deduct only one half the price in Table. 
^Vhcn the straight part of fillets on flat work is above one 

inch to two inches wide, each mitre extra 

Ditto on circular work 

Am] so on in proportion. 
Jvich mitre edge-way in quarter-stufl' not exceeding four 

inches long 

Each c.\tra tliree inches in length 






Oi 





01 





u 





Oh 



465 



£. s. d. 

romiing sunk pannels by a veneer planted on flat vork, 

long-way, to be on the sliilling less tliaii quarter-stuff* • -3 

Ditto cross-way on flat work, or cross or long way on 
circular work, to be extra from long-way on flat work, 
per foot run 0/ 

Each mitre in ditto on circular work, when the veneer docs 

not exceed one inch wide, extra • Oi 

Each extra inch in width of ditto, each mitre Oi 

The extra length and width of veneer to be charged the 
same as veneering quarter-stutV after it is put down- 



♦ 



So 



408 



TABLE, No. 42. 

Veneering and Qnatiering-np Oval, Circular, or Diamond Pannah, 

on Flush Work. 



On Flat Work. 


Oil Swet'p Work On ditto t'roin four 
above *Vii'r feet feet to two feet dia- 
diiuiieter. meter 


On ditto under two 
feet diameter. 




Siiaping 
and 1 Hy- 
ing duwi 
the oval 


Quarter- 
ing- up 
diiio, 

long- 

way. 


Ditto 

cross- 
way. 


Prepar- 
ing and 
laying 
do\\n 
veneer 

lor 
pannel. 


Quarter- 

im;-U|) 
ditto, 
long- 
way. 


Ditto, 
cross- 
wa}'. 


I'rei.av. 
ing and 
laying 
down 
veneer 

lur 
pannel. 


^uarte--- 
ingup 
ditto, 
lung- 
way. 


Ditto, 

cross- 
way. 


Pi epar- 
ing .ind 
la_\ ing 
down 
veneer 

lor 
pannel. 


Quarter- 
ing-ap 
ditto, 
long- 
way. 


Ditto, 
cross- 
way. 


An I'val [juiiiR*], six inches 
long o:- under, and the 
qimrtcrini; one inch wide 


s. d. 
4^ 


t. a. 
8 


s. d 

yj 


s. d. s. d. e. d. 
5 10 1 1 


s. d. 
6 


s. d. 
1 


<. d 
1 2 


s. d. 

n 


s. d. 
1 3i 


(. d. 
I 6 


DiUo, above six inches to 
one loot long, and the 
quartering inch and quar- 
ter wide 


7 


10 


1 


S 


1 1 


1 a 


10 


1 31 


1 6 


1 1 


1 8| 


1 111 


Oitto, above one foot to one 
loot six inches long, and 
ihf quartering inch and 
half wide 


10 


1 1 


1 41 


1 


1 5 


1 10 


1 3 


1 8 


1 u 


1 7 


2 2j 


2 C> 


DUto, above one foot six in- 
ches to two feet long, and 
the quartering inch and 
ihne-qiiarters «ide 


t 1 


1 5 


1 10 


1 4 


1 10 


2 4 


1 8 


2 li 


2 5 


2 2 


2 9 


3 1 


Ditto, above two feet to two 
feet six inches long, and 
the quartering two inches 
wide 


1 4 


1 10 


2 4J 


1 8 


2 4 


2 n 


a 2 


2 S 


3 


3 


3 5 


3 9 


Dilfo ab'*\o tuo feel six 
inches lo ihrrc feet, and 
the quaiieiing two inches 
and a quaiter wide 


I 8 


2 4 


2 Hi 


2 1 


2 11 


3 7 


2 9 


3 3^ 


3 8 


3 10 


4 2 


4 6" 


initio, above thnv icet iti 
three feet six inches i>.ng, 
and the quartering two 
ii'.clies an.d a halt* wide 


•2 1 


2 11 


3 71 


2 7 


3 7 


4 4 


3 5 


4 


t 5 








Uitto, above three leet i>ix 
inches to lour feet long, 
and the quartering two 
inches and three quarters 
wide 


2 8 


3 7 


4 4^ 


3 3 


4 4 


5 2 














Ditto, above iour teet to 
four feet h\x inches, and 
I he quartering three inches 
wiih» 


3 4 


4. 4 


5 2J 


4 3 2 


6 1 















N. B. The width of quartering is considered in the narrowest part 
Each extra liaU-inch in width of quartering to be charged as the extra width of 
veneering door-frames in Table, N° 12, page 380- 



4G[) 



References to Table, No. 42. 



£. i. d. 



Circnluv pannels to be measured their diameter, and 

charfTpd as the oval. 
Diamond pannels to be measured their lengfh, and 

charged on the shilhng less than the oval 1 

Quartering-iip to form oval t)r eireular sunk pannels witii 

solid stutr, quarter of an int^h tliick, to be 3d. on the 

shilling more than quartering-up ovals or circles with 

veneer. 
Ditto, when the quartering is to be veneer'd, to be 2d. on 

the shilling less tlian quartering-up with \eneer- 
A'eneering ditto, after it is quartered-up, to be 2d. on the 

shilling less than (piartering with veneer. 
If the quarter stutf is veneer'd in a piece to cut the quar- 

terings out of, for veneering ditto — Sec references to 

Table, K''41. 
When banding or strings are introduced between the oval 

and quartering-up, to be taken from the Tahle of 

Banding, N° 26, fitted u]) from the edge. 



t 



4 



472 



TABLE, No. 43. 

FiUin<r-np Door-Jrames to form Oval or Circular Pannels 

or Tops. 



For frames without mouldings, 
See Table, No. 11. 


FiUing-up and shaping the whole 
thickness of door, or the thick- 
ness of moulding only, mitred 
in with a canted piece behind. 


Each bead or slip bent rnund Ihej 
inside to form rabbets. 1 


Working an ovalo or holhjw, with 
a square on the edge, when the 
rabbet is bent iu. 


C 
1 

s 

cr 
«] 
cT 

5 


'3 
w 
o 
'^ J. 

11 

•2 o 
11- 

Pi 


C 


Veneering door-frames long-wjy, 
mitres included. 


1 

u 

3 


s 
c 

■a .S 

ii 

s = 




With ovals or circles, each pair 
of doors, the pannels one foot 
sis inches long to two feet 


J. d. 
2 6' 


s. d. 
1 4 


.. d. 
2 


>. d. 
1 4 


!. d. 

1 4 


s. d. 
3 3 


s. d. 
2 () 


s. d. 
3 4 


5. d. 

1 




Ditto, above two feet to two 
feet six inches 


2 8 


1 6 


2 6 


1 8 


1 7 


3 7 


2 10 


3 8 


1 IJ 




Ditto, above two feet six inches 
to three feet 


2 n 


1 8 


2 10 


1 10 


1 9\ 


4 


3 3 


4 3 


1 3 




Ditto, above three feel to three 
feet .MX inches 


3 2 1 1 10 


3 1 


1 1 

2 Ik 


1 ii| 

2 If 


4 6 


4 


5 2 

fj 9 


1 4|j 


Diito, above tliree feet six 
inclies to four feet 


3 6 2 


3 4 


5 1 


-5 2 


1 6 


! 



Circular tops to be half the price of the above, except 
the pannels with beads behind, which are to be taken : 
from square j)annels to doors — See T.^ble, N° 11 ; 
and for shaping each top of pannel and bead behind, 

add 4 

li.B. This table is calculated by the measure of the 
pannel ; Avhcn oval to take the length, and when cir- 
cular or round-top to measure the diameter. 

When the mouldings round doors are not bent in crossing, 
each mitre in workintr the mouldins: 2 

Each mitre plough'd and tongued, infilling-up the corners 
of tloor-frames, when the pannels are three feet long or 
under 4 

Ditto, wlien the pannels are above three feet long 5 



f 



4^ 



TABLE, No. 44. 

Reeding or Fluf'nig Turn'd Legs or Cohimus. 

£. s. d. 
Each reed or flute lliree-cit>litlis wide :ind tlirec inches long 

or uiidor Oi 

Ditto, from three inches to one ibot {)| 

Every extra cjuarter-inch in width, one foot long or under Oi 
Every six inches more in l(Migth when three-eighths wide 

or under 0^ 

Ditto, above three-eighths to five-eighths Oi 

Ditto, above five-eighths to seven-eigliths 0^ 

And so on in proportion. 
Each stop in flute or reed, or rounding the end of ditto, 

half-inch wide or under Oi 

Ditto, above half-inch wide 0} 

Vlant'mg Reeds on Talfle-edges, Drawer-fronts, ^c. and grooving, 

at per foot run. 

One inch long or under, containing five dozen, more or less 4 

Above inch to inch and quarter in length 4+ 

Each extra quarter of an inch Oi 

Grooving lor ditto, inch wide or under, per foot 1 1 

Each extra half-inch in width of groove • Oi 

3 !• Planting- 



474 

Jt' St d. 
Plaating-on, from tvro feet to one foot diaiiieter, extra per 

foot--.. •••' OJ 

Ditto, undei" one foot diameter ••• 1 

For grooving sweep-work or breaks — «See Table, N° 16, 

Moulding, N°4 
For planting reeds on breaks — See Observations on Table 

of Mouldings. 
When pannels are formed with cross-reeds, for sinking for 

ditto-^ce Table, N° 59- 
Tor mitres— 5ee Tables, N° 16 and 17. 



FINIS. 



BALLINTINE & BYWORTll, 
Printers, 

Duke-ttrect, Aiktphi, London. 



Y 






/ 



//,• 



'/"' /'■■ /' 



" I J 




I L 






;:i^ 



V 



1 



'r //I /' tl'//, ■ ''If ft , iir/IC'-. 

/,.,.j( /JO. 



, '////ft.JA },i , /"I'/' /<' 



/7< //(■// /r-r/./nfi/f 



n 




y 



/ . ^tr /i't^r *''^'. / 




1 


~^ 


_y- . v.:^^ 



J 




r 



"> 



1^ 






V 



^ 



'fl 



dl 



r" 



y 



/ 



\ 



'ije 



L 



I. .J ]^ 



IJ 



LJ 



\ 



FIJTK V 





r 




(^) 








. 1 r- 



r--i r r- 



nr I 




liW/ 



D 



^'>/A//u/f//t/.i ' ^//t /,///• /-.I '^ .,:^ /•//(/•! /.I. ft'/' • /f/f/ /'/• ^/v/i-y///. >^/vv-,/ 



I'LAII: ./ 



^^- 



G 



' 


1 


■» j 


'1 


iL 


■' I- 


) 














.•^, ■ 








t. 



i 



/) 



r~i~TT-r- I -r TT 




J 



\ 

X 



\ 



k 



I'l.ATi: ; 



yu//r ,Ay. 




u 







li 




// 



'I I 



pLATh 



•A f 



////.J /I ' y/a . tf i/inar JO. 




^'*'/ I 



i 



\- 

A 



V 



NL 




\ 







1 1 1 n 1 1 mi {■ 




J 



1 1 



. ' • « 



~~"^ 


1 


' 




■^ 




.^ 




: 




1 


1 




-, 


"^ 


1 

1 ! 






1 



L- — i 



[_ 




1 t) 



■nr 



L 



LL 



/■' / 



'//>>//■/".•/./>//:/. "iitir /."«"•. ■ 



f / /V AW/ 



/ : 

I 



/ ■ ■ '/ 






\ 




f 




"J . 



■ i2' 




.-••